12 10-26-12 psu s. frear - bp 1 project manual without forms sm · 2012. 11. 8. · email:...

Penn State University South Frear Phase 2 Renovation Project University Park, PA PSU Project Number: 00-00153

BID PACKAGE NO.1 BP 1.01 – Demolition BP 1.02 – Misc. Metals BP 1.03 – Roofing BP 1.04 – Glass Partitions BP 1.05 – General Trades BP 1.06 – Drywall BP 1.07 – Resinous Flooring BP 1.08 – Ceramic Tile BP 1.09 – Paint BP 1.10 – Mechanical / Plumbing BP 1.11 – Fire Protection BP 1.12 – Electrical / Low Voltage

PROJECT MANUAL October 26th, 2012

Penn State University South Frear Phase 2 Renovation

PROJECT MANUAL 00010-4 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 00010 – Table of Contents

SECTION 00010 PROJECT MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION ISSUE DATE

00001 Project Manual Cover (Cover Sheet) October 26th, 2012 00010 Table of Contents October 26th, 2012 00030 Information and Identities October 26th, 2012

SOUTH FREAR PHASE 2 RENOVATIONS BIDDING REQUIREMENT S ISSUE DATE

A Notice to Bidders October 26th, 2012 B.1 MBE/WBE Subcontractor Utilization Form October 26th, 2012 C Agreement Form (Contract) October 26th, 2012 D PSU General Conditions of the Contract October 26th, 2012 D1 Notification of Contract Requirements Pertaining to the Prevailing

Wage Act October 26th, 2012

E List of Drawings & Specifications October 26th, 2012 F General Conduct of the Work and Special Requirements for

University Park October 26th, 2012

G Not Required October 26th, 2012 H Scopes of Work October 26th, 2012

H.1 1.01 Demolition October 26th, 2012 H.2 1.02 Misc. Metals October 26th, 2012 H.3 1.03 Roofing October 26th, 2012 H.4 1.04 Glass Partitions October 26th, 2012 H.5 1.05 General Trades October 26th, 2012 H.6 1.06 Drywall October 26th, 2012 H.7 1.07 Resinous Flooring October 26th, 2012 H.8 1.08 Ceramic Tile October 26th, 2012 H.9 1.09 Paint October 26th, 2012 H.10 1.10 Mechanical / Plumbing October 26th, 2012 H.11 1.11 Fire Protection October 26th, 2012 H.12 1.12 Electrical / Low Voltage October 26th, 2012

I Schedule & Phasing October 26th, 2012 J On-Site Project Safety and Loss Control Program October 26th, 2012 K Hazardous Materials October 26th, 2012 L Regulatory Requirements October 26th, 2012 M Permits October 26th, 2012

DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01140 Use of Premises October 26th, 2012 01250 Changes in the Work October 26th, 2012 01290 Payment Procedures October 26th, 2012 01310 Meetings October 26th, 2012 01320 Communications October 26th, 2012 01330 Submittals October 26th, 2012 01360 Coordination (General) October 26th, 2012 01370 Coordination Drawings October 26th, 2012 01400 Quality Requirements October 26th, 2012 01450 Testing and Inspection Services October 26th, 2012 01500 Interim Life Safety Plan October 26th, 2012 01510 Fire Precautions and Protection October 26th, 2012 01530 Field Engineering and Layout October 26th, 2012 01540 Cutting and Patching October 26th, 2012 01550 Clean-up and Final Cleaning October 26th, 2012


PROJECT MANUAL 00010-5 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 00010 – Table of Contents

01600 Forms October 26th, 2012 01610 Specific Forms Included October 26th, 2012 01630 Product Substitutions October 26th, 2012 01700 Contract Close-out October 26th, 2012 01720 Project Record Documents October 26th, 2012 01730 Operations and Maintenance Data October 26th, 2012 01740 Warrantees and Guarantees October 26th, 2012 01750 Systems Demonstration, Training and Start-up October 26th, 2012

OTHER DOCUMENTS ISSUED FOR BID PACKAGE 1

• Bid Package 1 o 100% Construction Documents dated 10/26/12 o Exhibit A - Barton Malow Baseline Schedule o Exhibit B – 3rd Floor Phasing Plan

• Documents to be issued by Addenda o Bid Form of Proposal o 4th Floor Phase 1 Stored Material o Section E – List of Drawings & Specifications


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION 00030 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 00030 – INFORMATION AND IDENTITIES

SECTION 00030 PROJECT MANUAL

INFORMATION AND IDENTITIES 1. This Project Manual has been prepared by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and contains the Bidding and

Contract Requirements for Office of Physical Plant, Pennsylvania State University - Pennsylvania State University South Frear Phase 2 Renovation project in University Park, PA

PROJECT: Pennsylvania State University South Frear Phase 2 Renovation

Pennsylvania State University University Park, PA 16802 Bid Package No. 1

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER : (Direct all Questions to CM)

Barton Malow Company 300 West Pratt Street, Suite 310 Baltimore, MD 21201 Scott Mull, Project Manager Phone: 703-342-9697 Email: [email protected]

OWNER: Office of Physical Plant, Pennsylvania State University

University Park, PA 16802 Jessica Dubler, Project Coordinator Phone: 814-863-8734 Email: [email protected]

ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER: Stantec Consulting Services Inc.

111 Grant Avenue, Suite 201 Endicott, NY 13760 Jerry Serbonich, Project Manager Phone: 607-321-6133 Email: [email protected]


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION A ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION A – Notice to Bidders

SECTION A

NOTICE TO BIDDERS

THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY, Owner, invites proposals for the following contracts: BP 1.01 – Demolition BP 1.02 – Misc. Metals BP 1.03 – Roofing BP 1.04 – Glass Partitions BP 1.05 – General Trades BP 1.06 – Drywall BP 1.07 – Resinous Flooring BP 1.08 – Ceramic Tile BP 1.09 – Paint BP 1.10 – Mechanical / Plumbing BP 1.11 – Fire Protection BP 1.12 – Electrical / Low Voltage PSU PROJECT: Penn State University South Frear Phase 2 Renovations PSU PROJECT NO.: 00-00153 LOCATED AT: The Pennsylvania State University University Park Campus University Park, Pennsylvania

2. SEALED PROPOSALS will be received by the University and Barton Malow Company at: The

Pennsylvania State University, Physical Plant Design & Construction Division, Room 106, Physical Plant Building, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802.

Contractors may find information and help in efficiently and effectively responding to a competitive Best Value proposal contract selection process by researching information from construction associations, local libraries, and the internet. RESPONSE DATE: November 19th, 2012 at 3:00 PM Prevailing Time for BP 1.02, 1.03, 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, 1.07, 1.08, 1.9 November 20th, 2012 at 3:00 PM Prevailing Time for BP 1.01, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12 PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE: A Pre-Proposal Conference will be held on Wednesday, November 7th, 2012, at 9:30 AM Prevailing Time at 317 Mueller (building to west of Frear). The pre-proposal conference is mandatory for Bid Packages 1.01, 1.10 and 1.12, and strongly recommended for all other bid packages. A tour of South Frear building will be conducted as part of this meeting. Note that parking is not permitted in the lot adjacent to South Frear Building; parking is available in paid garages on campus and in town. Notes taken during this pre-proposal conference will be issued in an Addendum and will be referenced in the final contract. Bidders are responsible for knowing the existing site conditions and should take into account any site restrictions and access in their bid. Any questions requiring clarification prior to the submission of proposal must be received by Barton Malow Company no later than 3:00 P.M. on November 15th, 2012. AMENDMENT TO THE Bid Package: If it becomes necessary to revise any part of this Bid Package, Addenda will be issued to all Contractor(s) who requested the Bid Package. The Contractor(s) must



acknowledge all Addenda in their proposal. Additionally, only submitted written questions will be addressed in Addenda; verbal questions and responses are not considered official and in no way change the requirements of this Bid Package. Amendments may only be made by Barton Malow Company prior to the closing date and time for the response. CANCELLATION OF THE Bid Package: The University may cancel or withdraw a Request for Proposal in whole or in part any time prior to award of contract. PROPOSAL SUBMISSION: THE FORM OF PROPOSAL must be delivered in a sealed envelope, all blanks fully filled in, ALL PRICES BEING INDICATED IN WORDS , and also in figures, and the complete form without interlineation, alteration or erasures, and executed by the proper person or persons authorized to sign for the firm, corporation, or individual Bidder. Proposal shall be address to: The Pennsylvania State University Todd Webber Physical Plant Building, Room 106 University Park, 16802 Phone: 814-865-6876 Fax: 814-863-7954 The Proposal envelope, at lower left corner, shall bear the following identifying notation: Proposal For: [Bid Package No. or combination thereof] Project: Penn State South Frear Phase 2 Renovation PSU Project No.: 00-00153 Proposal Date: November 19th / 20th, 2012 @ 3PM Submitted By: State the Proposer's Name Proposals which do not conform to these requirements, or which contain additions, conditional proposals, or irregularities of any kind, may be rejected. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: The right to reject any or all Bid Proposals, either in whole or in part, or to waive any informalities or irregularities therein is reserved by Barton Malow. AMENDMENT OR WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: A proposal may be amended and/or withdrawn by a Contractor(s) firm if the Contract Administration Office at Office of Physical Plant receives such a request in writing before the closing date and time. A person authorized to represent the firm that submitted the proposal must sign the request. Submission of a subsequent proposal shall normally constitute the withdrawal of any prior proposal submitted by the same firm. DISCLOSURE OF PROPOSAL CONTENTS: All responses become the property of The Pennsylvania State University. Material of a proprietary nature will not be disclosed beyond University representatives and Barton Malow Company. Pricing and MBE/WBE information provided with your proposal will be held in confidence and will not be revealed or discussed with competitors prior to the award of a contract. After a contract is awarded, the name of the awarded firm may be released at the University’s option.

3. PROPOSING DOCUMENTS. The Notice to Proposers, Form of Proposals, Form of Contract, Plans and

Specifications, and other Contract Documents will be distributed to prequalified bidders through a Barton Malow Company FTP site. Please contact Danielle McCann at 443-757-1000 or at [email protected] .



Proposing documents have also been provided to the following publications/agencies: Altoona Builders Exchange Mid Atlantic BX 1927 Union Avenue 2501 North Front Street Altoona, PA 16601 Harrisburg, PA 17110 Phone: 814-944-5444 Phone: 717-234-3255

Fax: 814-946-1755 Fax: 717-234-3316 E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Construction Bulletin F. W. Dodge Company 4178 Market Street Suite 200 Youngstown, OH 44512-1116 600 Waterfront Drive Phone: 330-782-3733 Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4717 Fax: 330-782-8110 Phone: 1-412-330-2205 E-mail: [email protected] Fax: 1-800-662-8884 E-mail: [email protected] Pittsburgh Builders Exchange

1813 North Franklin St Pittsburgh, PA 15233

Phone: 412-922-4200 Fax: 412-928-9406 E-mail: [email protected]

4. PREQUALIFICATION: Bidders must be pre-qualified for this bid package by Barton Malow Company before receipt of bids. Barton Malow Company reserves the right to request qualification forms or additional information from any Bidder before issuing Bidding Documents, receiving Bid Proposals or awarding the Agreement.

All Proposing Firms are required to complete Barton Malow’s on-line Pre-Qualification Form prior to the Bid Due Date. Proposals submitted without a fully complete Pre-Qualification Form may not be considered. The link below will get you started with the Prequalification process:

http://contractors.bartonmalow.com

The Contractors/Sub-Contractors proposed to perform the Telecommunications work must be prequalified by The Pennsylvania State University. Please consult Penn States website at http://www.opp.psu.edu for prequalification requirements and a list of prequalified Telecommunication contractors. The Contractors/Sub-Contractors proposed to perform the telecommunications work are required to be on the Prequalified Bidders List as issued by The Pennsylvania State University at the time of proposal submittal.

Please consult Penn States website at <http://www.opp.psu.edu> on the Requirements for Prequalification.

5. PROPOSAL GUARANTY. A Proposal Guaranty is Required. See Section C for details.

6. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. The Contractor will be required to participate in a contractor control Payment and Performance Bond program called Subguard. Payment and Performance bonds are not required.

7. MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS. Any Proposer may modify its proposal by fax, electronic, or

written communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of proposals, provided such communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time, and provided further, that the Owner is satisfied that a written confirmation of the modification over the signature of the Proposer was mailed prior to the closing time.



The modification communication must not reveal the Bid Price but should provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the Sealed Bid is opened.

8. PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL. Any proposal submitted may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for

opening or authorized postponement thereof.

ANY PROPOSAL RECEIVED AFTER THE TIME AND DATE SPE CIFIED WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. No Proposer may withdraw a proposal within sixty (60) calendar days after the actual opening thereof. BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, the Proposer should CAREFULLY EXAMINE the Bid Package Manual, the Drawings, Schedules, and Specifications, VISIT THE SITE, fully inform itself as to all laws, ordinances, regulations, wage rates, and labor conditions in the area of operation affecting the Contract or the work, and shall include in his proposal a sum to cover the cost of all items, implied or required, to attain the completed conditions contemplated by the Contract Documents.

9. REJECTION OF BIDS A. The Barton Malow Company will have the right to reject any or all Bid Proposals and to reject a Bid

Proposal not accompanied by the required bid security or by other information required by the Bidding Documents, or to reject a Bid Proposal which is in any way incomplete or irregular.

B. Bids Proposals are considered irregular and may be rejected for any of the following reasons unless

otherwise provided by law: 1. If Bid Proposal Form furnished is not used or is altered. 2. If there are unauthorized additions, qualified or conditional Bid Proposals, or irregularities of any

kind which may make the Bid Proposal incomplete, indefinite, or ambiguous as to its meaning. 3. If Bidder adds any provisions reserving right to accept or reject any award, or enter into the

Agreement pursuant to an award. 4. If Unit or Lump Sum prices or Alternates contained in the Bid Proposal are obviously unbalanced

either in excess of, or below, reasonable cost analysis values. 5. If Bidder fails to complete the Bid Proposal Form where information is requested so the Bid Proposal

form cannot be properly evaluated. 10. ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) A. It is the intent of the Barton Malow Company to award the Agreement to the Lowest Responsive and

Responsible Bidder provided the Bid Proposal has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Barton Malow Company shall have the right to waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid Proposal received and to accept Bid Proposals which, in its judgment, are in its own best interest. The Barton Malow Company reserve the right to reject any Bid Proposal in its sole discretion except where otherwise provided by law.

“Lowest Responsive and Responsible Bidder” means a Bidder who’s Bid Proposal conforms in all

material aspects to the terms, conditions, specifications and requirements of the solicitations and who has demonstrated the ability to properly perform the Work to Barton Malow’s satisfaction. Criteria for evaluation and selection will include several variables, to be scored and weighted at Barton Malow’s discretion, including but not limited to the following:



i. Bidder submits a complete and accurate proposal ii. Bidder demonstrates understanding of the project and phasing iii. Bidder presents solutions for temporary provisions during phasing iv. Bidder commits value for MBE/WBE participation

B. The Barton Malow Company shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and to

determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid, Voluntary Alternates, and Alternates accepted.

C. The Barton Malow Company shall have the right to accept combination bids from a Bidder for more than

one Bid Category. 11. POST BID INFORMATION A. After the Bids are received, tabulated, and evaluated, the apparent Lowest Responsive and Responsible

Bidders when so requested shall meet with the Barton Malow Company at a post-bid meeting for the purposes of determining completeness of scope and any contract overlaps or omissions. If requested, the Bidder shall submit additional qualification forms or other information as required in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder will provide the following information at the post-bid meeting:

1. Designation of the Work to be performed by the Bidder with its own forces including manpower for

the Subcontractor and that of its Subordinate Parties.

2. Detailed cost breakdown of the Bidder’s Bid Proposal including labor, equipment and material unit prices.

3. A list of names of the Subordinate Parties proposed for the principal portions of the Work. 4. The proprietary names and suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment

proposed for the Work. 5. The names and backgrounds of the Bidder’s key staff members including superintendent and

assistants. Bidder shall be requested to establish the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents.

6. Commitment to construction schedules, understanding of phasing sequences, identification of items

requiring long lead deliveries and manpower information in accordance with Section 00230 of the Project Manual.

7. Safety program compliance as described in the Contract Documents B. Prior to award of the Agreement, Barton Malow Company will notify the Bidder if either the Owner, the

Architect, or Barton Malow Company, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subordinate Party. If the Owner, Architect or Barton Malow Company has reasonable objection to any proposed Subordinate Party, the Bidder may, at its option: (1) withdraw its Bid Proposal; or (2) submit an acceptable substitute Subordinate Party with an adjustment in its bid amount to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Barton Malow Company may, at its discretion, accept the adjusted bid amount or it may disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification under this Subparagraph, bid security will not be forfeited, notwithstanding bid security provisions in Section C.

C. Upon the Award of the Agreement, the Subcontractor shall submit to Barton Malow Company a

complete list of all items, products, and layouts for which shop drawings, brochures, or samples are required; name of each Subordinate Party; and date of planned submission. Refer to Section 01330 Submittals of the Project Manual for additional information.



D. The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Barton Malow Company, Owner and Architect, the reliability and responsibility of the Subordinate Parties proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents.

E. Before commencement of any Work, a Certificate of Insurance executed by Bidder's insurance agent or

carrier showing evidence of required insurance coverage shall be submitted in accordance with the Insurance Requirements set forth in the Project Manual.

12. PROPOSERS SHALL AGREE, if awarded the Contract for the work, to execute a separate agreement for the work proposed. The Agreement, as a Lump Sum Contract, shall be executed on the Barton Malow S-Order Agreement included within Section C of the Bid Package Manual which is an integral part of the Contract Documents. PROPOSERS SHALL AGREE, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within ten (10) days after date of "Notice to Proceed," and to complete the entire work on or before the Completion Date stipulated hereinbefore.

Refer to Project schedule section I for substantial and final completion dates

13. TIME OF COMPLETION--LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Contractor must agree to begin work

contemplated by this contract within ten (10) days after the date specified in the Notice to Proceed as the starting date and to complete the work on or before the completions dates described in Section I subject to extension of Contract time as provided in Article 10 of the General Conditions. Liquidated Damages are defined in the Owner and Construction Manager Contract included with Section D. Liquidated Damages will be assessed proportionally to the subcontractor(s) that cause a delay(s).

14. Local Building Permit costs shall not be included in the Contract Amount. 15. In the case that a Proposer finds discrepancies or omissions in, or is in doubt as to the meaning of the

drawings or contract documents, the Proposer shall at once make inquiry to the Professional, who will send answers in the form of Addenda to Barton Malow for distribution to all Proposers. To receive attention, such inquiries must be received by Barton Malow Company not later than 3:00 PM EST on November 15th, 2012, so written clarifications can be returned to all proposers prior to November 20th.

16. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY AND REFERRAL TO NON-DISCRIMINATION

CLAUSE In performing the work or making or furnishing any article required by this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended by Executive Order No. 11375 of October 13, 1967, and all subsequent rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 1972-1 or any regulations issued by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission, 16 Pa. Code, Chapter 49. The Non-Discrimination Clause as issued by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission is attached as Article 13 of the General Conditions of the Contract.

17. PREVAILING WAGE ACT

This project is subject to the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act, Act No. 442, August 15, 1961 (P.L. 987), as amended August 9, 1963, Act No. 342. All Contractors and Subcontractors shall comply with all requirements of this Act. Refer to Sections D and D1 of this specification for additional information.



18. STEEL PRODUCTS PROCUREMENT ACT

A. This project is subject to the provisions of the Steel Products Procurement Act of 1978 (P.L. 6, No. 3) as amended by the Act of July 9, 1984 (P.L. 674, No. 144). All Contractors, Subcontractors, and Material Suppliers shall be required to comply with all provisions of this Act.

B. The Contractor shall be required to provide with each Application-Certificate of Payment form

an executed copy of the Certification of Compliance with the Steel Products Procurement Act form and additional documentation, including but not limited to, invoices, bills of lading, mill certifications, or other acceptable evidence that the steel products represented on the payment application comply with one or more of the following categories:

(1) That the steel utilized on this project was melted and manufactured in the United

States; and/or (2) The product contains both foreign and United States steel, and at least seventy-five

percent (75%) of the cost of all of the articles, materials, and supplies incorporated in the product have been mined, produced, or manufactured, as the case may be, in the United States; and/or

(3) The steel product is not produced in the United States in sufficient quantities to meet

the requirements of the contract, and prior written approval to use foreign steel has been obtained from The Pennsylvania State University.

C. Any nonconforming steel products incorporated into the work shall be removed and replaced by

the Contractor, at its own expense, with products meeting the requirements of the Act. D. Willful violation of this Act can result in penalties, including (but not necessarily limited to)

prohibition from submitting any proposals, or performing any work, or supplying any materials to a public agency for a period five (5) years from the date of the determination that a violation has occurred.

19. All work relating to this project shall be subject to all federal, state and local codes, ordinances and

regulations regarding occupational safety and health, environmental protection and construction standards. Nothing contained in the specifications or the drawings shall be construed to conflict with such laws, codes, ordinances or regulations, and in the event of such conflict any requirement imposed by law, ordinance or regulation shall be deemed controlling.

20. LEAD-FREE PLUMBING CERTIFICATION. The Contractor shall provide a certification that all

plumbing materials are lead-free and meet the requirements of the Pennsylvania Plumbing and Lead Ban Notification Act. This certification shall be signed by the Contractor, notarized and submitted to the University before the water service turn-on.

21. MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES

A. Barton Malow is requiring 15% for combined utili zation of minority (MBE) and women

business enterprises (WBE) contractors & suppliers on all projects unless otherwise noted. This is a performance requirement of the contract and will be tracked.

B. The University recognizes MBE/WBE contractor and supplier certifications granted to firms by

any of the following agencies:

Department of General Services Bureau of Minority & Women Business Opportunities (DGS BMWBO) Federal Department of Transportation National Minority Development Council (NMSDC) or its affiliates



Southeastern PA Transportation Authority (SEPTA) Women Business Enterprise National Counsel (WBENC) Pennsylvania Unified Certification Program (PA UCP) Pennsylvania Department of Transportation (Penn DOT) National Women Business Owners Corporation (NWBOC) Minority Business Enterprise Council (MBEC)

Penn State reserves the right to revise this list at its own discretion

C. The Contractor is responsible to submit M/WBE utilization reports to the OPP Contractor Liaison upon request, identifying all M/WBE contractors and suppliers associated with the project including their original contract amount and change orders.

D. The MBE/WBE Contractor/Supplier Utilization Proposal Form (B.1) is REQUIRED AT TIME OF PROPOSAL. If a subcontractor and value is entered onto this form it is Required that cost is incorporated into their bid.

E. The MBE/WBE Utilization data is required to be submitted immediately following substantial completion of this project. Final payment will not be processed until this data is submitted.

END OF SECTION A


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION B.1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION B.1 – MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM

SECTION B.1

MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM

B.1 The Office of Physical Plant MBE/WBE CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY 1. This document shall be completed in its entirety and FURNISHED with the BID. The Contractor’s bid amount shall include utilization of certified minority and/or women owned businesses to the extent possible certified by one of the following entities: Department of General Services Bureau of Minority & Women Business Opportunities (DGS BMWBO), Federal Department of Transportation, National Minority Development Council (NMSDC) or its affiliates, Southeastern PA Transportation Authority (SEPTA), Women Business Enterprise National Council (WBENC), Pennsylvania Unified Certification Program (PA UCP), Pennsylvania Department of Transportation (Penn DOT), National Women Business Owners Corporation (NWBOC), Minority Business Enterprise Council (MBEC). Owner MBE/WBE goal is 15%. 2. The information contained herein shall remain confidential and shall be shared with the Owner and Owner’s representative only.

M/WBE Contractor/Supplier Name MBE or WBE Contact Name &

Phone Number Description of Work Projected Contract

Amount 1. $

2. $

3. $

4. $

5. $

6. $

7. $

TOTAL $

01/2009

Penn State University South Frear Renovation

PROJECT MANUAL SECTION C ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION C – FORM OF AGREEMENT

SECTION C

Form of Agreement 1 AGREEMENT FORM

1.1. The form of Agreement that will be used for Work under this Bid Package is Barton Malow Company Subcontractor Order and associated Terms and Conditions. A copy of the Barton Malow Company Subcontract Order is included following this Section.

2. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

2.1. S-Order Terms and Conditions shall govern this Project. A copy of Document the S-Order Terms and Conditions is included at the end of this Section

3. BOND REQUIREMENTS

3.1. BID BOND/GUARANTY

3.1.1. A Bid security in the form of a bid bond issued by a qualified surety, certified check or cashier's check in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Base Bid amount will be required at the time of submission of the Bid Proposal. Bid bonds shall be duly executed by the Bidder, as principal and by a surety that is properly licensed and authorized to do business in the state in which the Work is to be performed. All sureties providing bonds for this Project must be listed in the latest version of the Department of Treasury’s Circular 570, entitled “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies”, with the bond amount less than or equal to the underwriting limitation, and/or have an A.M. best rating of A- or better.

3.1.2. Bid bond shall pledge that the Bidder, with the understanding that if its Bid Proposal is accepted, will

enter into the Agreement with the Barton Malow Company for any of the Bid Category (ies) accepted from its Bid Proposal and will, if required, furnish performance and payment bonds covering the faithful performance of the Agreement and the payment of all obligations arising there under. The attorney-in-fact, who signs the surety bond must submit along with the bond, a certified and effectively dated copy of his/her power of attorney

3.1.3. Bid bond form AIA Document A310, is approved for use on this Project.

3.1.4. The bid security obligees shall be Barton Malow Company and the Pennsylvania State University, and

the amount of the bid security shall become its property in the event that the Bidder fails, within fifteen (15) days of notice of award or receipt of the Agreement form, to execute the Agreement. In such case, the bid security shall be forfeited to the Barton Malow Company as liquidated damages, not as a penalty

3.1.5. The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security(ies) of Bidders to whom an award is being

considered until either (a) the Agreement has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bid Proposals may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bid Proposals have been rejected.

3.1.6. Bid security will be returned to the successful Bidders after the Agreement has been executed. The

bid security of Bidders that are not under consideration for award of the Agreement will be returned to those Bidders.”

3.2. PERFORMANCE BONDS AND PAYMENT BONDS

3.2.1. Barton Malow reserves the right to require all Subcontractor’s to participate in a Subguard Bonding Program in which case Payment and Performance Bonds will not be required. If Barton


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION C ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION C – FORM OF AGREEMENT

Malow chooses not to use Subguard, the following are requirements for Performance and Payment Bonds.

3.2.2. Barton Malow Company will require Subcontractor to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, in amounts equal to the Agreement price, by a qualified surety naming both the Owner and Barton Malow as the Dual Obligee. All sureties providing bonds on this Project must be listed in the Department of Treasury’s Circular 570, entitled “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” with the bond amounts less than or equal to the underwriting limitation indicated in the Circular, and/or must have an A.M. Best rating of A – VII or better. Bonds shall be duly executed by the Subcontractor, as principal, and by a surety that is licensed in the state in which the Work is to be performed

3.2.3. The Subcontractor shall deliver the required bonds to Barton Malow prior to execution of the Agreement. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder, at a minimum, shall submit evidence to the satisfaction of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER that such bonds will be furnished prior to commencement of on site Work. In no event may the Subcontractor commence on-site Work without the required bonds properly issued and delivered.

3.2.4. Performance Bond and Payment Bond unmodified form AIA Document A311 (1970 Edition) or A312 (1984 Edition), must be used for this Project. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be deemed “Owner” and Subcontractor shall be deemed “Contractor”.

3.2.5. The Bidder’s proposed surety must be acceptable to the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. If, at any time, after acceptance of the Subcontractor’s bonds, the surety fails to meet the stated criteria Subcontractor must, as a precondition to continuing Work and receiving further payments, replace the bonds with bonds from a surety that meets the stated criteria.

3.2.6. The Performance and Payment Bond penal sums (i.e., the Agreement price) must be listed as a separate line item in the schedule of values.

3.2.7. In the event of a Change Order, the penal sum of any required Performance and Payment Bonds shall be adjusted to equal the adjusted Contract Price. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or Owner shall have the right to request submission of bond riders, issued by the original qualified surety, evidencing that such adjustments to the penal sum of the bonds have been accomplished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the next pay application after the Agreement price has been increased by twenty-five percent (25%) or more, as a condition precedent to payment, Subcontractor shall deliver a bond rider issued by the original qualified surety evidencing that the appropriate adjustment in penal sums has been accomplished. See Project Manual Section 01290 – Payment Procedures.

4. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

4.1. Barton Malow Company Document No. 2 Insurance Requirements shall govern this Project. A copy of Document No. 2 is included at the end of this section

4.2. Barton Malow Company and The Pennsylvania State University shall be named as additional insureds.

4.3. All Subcontractors are required to submit their Additional Insured Endorsements with their Certificate of Insurance throughout the course of the Project. Only the Additional Insured forms listed in the attached Barton Malow Company Document No. 2 Insurance Requirements will be accepted.

5. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS

5.1. Section D PSU General Conditions of this contract shall also govern this Project. A copy of the general conditions of the contract can be found in section D.

END OF SECTION C


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION D ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION D – PSU GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

SECTION D

PSU GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 1 of 39

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 1-CM-GMP-GC

THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY

SCHEDULE OF ARTICLES

ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL CONTRACT DEFINITIONS ARTICLE 2 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARTICLE 3 - INSURANCE AND BONDS ARTICLE 4 - GOVERNING LAWS ARTICLE 5 - STANDARDS, SUBSTITUTIONS, AND SHOP DRAWINGS ARTICLE 6 - KNOWLEDGE OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 7 - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION ARTICLE 8 - CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 9 - CHANGES IN THE WORK ARTICLE 10 - CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME ARTICLE 11 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ARTICLE 12 - CONTRACT WARRANTY PERIOD ARTICLE 13 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY ARTICLE 14 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 2 of 39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article 1 - General Contract Definitions 1.1 The Contract Documents 1.2 The Contract 1.3 Owner 1.4 Professional 1.5 Construction Manager 1.6 Trade Contractor 1.7 The Work 1.8 The Project 1.9 The Drawings 1.10 The Specifications/Project Manual 1.11 Day 1.12 The Guaranteed Maximum Price 1.13 The Contract Sum 1.14 Claim 1.15 Scope of Work 1.16 Substantial Completion Article 2 - Construction Documents 2.1 Ownership and Use of Documents 2.2 Copies Furnished - Drawings and Specifications 2.3 Drawings and Specifications at the Site 2.4 As-Built and Record Drawings 2.5 Interrelationship and Intent of Documents Article 3 - Insurances and Bonds 3.1 Construction Manager's Liability Insurance 3.2 Owner's Liability Insurance 3.3 Property Insurance 3.4 Performance and Payment Bonds Article 4 - Governing Laws 4.1 Governing Law 4.2 Compliance with Laws 4.3 Prevailing Wage Act / Steel Procurement Act 4.4 Taxes 4.5 Royalties and Patents Article 5 - Standards, Substitutions, and Shop Drawings 5.1 Standards 5.2 Substitutions 5.3 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Article 6 - Knowledge of Contract Requirements 6.1 Notice 6.2 Examination and Conditions at the Site 6.3 Examination of Contract Documents 6.4 Labor

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 3 of 39

Article 7 - Contract Administration 7.1 General Administration 7.2 Contract Administration Communications and Interpretation 7.3 Access to and Inspection of the Work 7.4 Separate Contracts 7.5 Claims and Disputes 7.6 Contract Termination Article 8 - Construction 8.1 Construction Schedule, Field Measurements and Supervision 8.2 Trade Contracts 8.3 Permits, Fees and Notices 8.4 Acts and Omissions 8.5 Protection of Persons and Property 8.6 Materials and Workmanship 8.7 Tests and Inspections 8.8 Uncovering Rejection and Correction of Work 8.9 Owner's Right to Stop and/or Carry Out the Work 8.10 Cleanup 8.11 Project Sign 8.12 Construction Fence 8.13 Construction Waste Management Article 9 - Changes In The Work 9.1 Changes 9.2 Change Orders 9.3 Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Orders - Contract Sum Adjustments 9.4 Overhead and Profit Allowance 9.5 Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order Contract Time Adjustments 9.6 Minor Changes in the Work 9.7 Notice to Surety: Consent 9.8 Effect of Executed Maximum Price Change Order Article 10 - Contract Completion Time 10.1 Notice to Proceed 10.2 Progress and Completion 10.3 Delays and Extension of Time 10.4 Completion and Liquidation Damages 10.5 Substantial Completion 10.6 Partial Occupancy Article 11 - Payments and Completion 11.1 Schedule of Values 11.2 Applications for Payment 11.3 Payments for Stored Material 11.4 Certificates of Payment 11.5 Withholding of Payment 11.6 Payments to Trade Contractors 11.7 Failure of Payment 11.8 Final Completion and Final Payment

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 4 of 39

Article 12 - Contract Warranty Period 12.1 Warranty 12.2 Correction of Defects 12.3 One-Year Inspection Article 13 - Equal Employment Opportunity 13.1 Non-Discrimination Clause Article 14 - Miscellaneous Provisions 14.1 Rights and Remedies 14.2 Indemnification 14.3 Ownership and use of Documents Compiled by Construction Manager 14.4 Construction Manager’s Records/Right-to-Audit

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 5 of 39

ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL CONTRACT DEFINITIONS 1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Form of Agreement 1-CM-GMP, hereinafter called the Agreement, General Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to receipt of Trade Contract bids, Form of Proposal, other documents listed in the Agreement and those modifications to the Contract as follows: 1.1.1 Owner's written authorization to the Construction Manager for changes to the Guaranteed

Maximum Price Scope of Work 1.1.2 Change Order 1.1.3 A written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the

Professional. 1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements either written or oral. The Contract may be amended only by those modifications described in Paragraph 1.1. 1.3 OWNER The Owner is The Pennsylvania State University, a corporation created and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, hereinafter called the Owner, and shall mean the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 1.4 PROFESSIONAL The Professional is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or engineering, or the firm employed to provide architectural or engineering services. The term "Professional" shall mean the Professional or the Professional's authorized representative. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER The Construction Manager is the individual, corporation, company, partnership, firm or other organization that has contracted to perform the Work under the Agreement with the Owner. The term "Construction Manager" shall mean the Construction Manager or the Construction Manager's authorized representative. 1.6 TRADE CONTRACTOR A Trade Contractor is a person or organization who contracts under the Construction Manager for a portion of the Work defined in the Contract between the Owner and the Construction Manager. The Trade Contract may be direct with the Construction Manager or a subcontract with another Trade Contractor. 1.7 THE WORK The term "Work" shall mean whatever is done by or required of the Construction Manager to perform and complete its duties under this Contract, including the following: construction of the whole or a designated part of the Project; furnishing of any required surety bonds and insurance; and the provision of furnishing of labor, supervision, services, materials, supplies, equipment, fixtures, appliances, facilities, tools, transportation, storage, power, permits and licenses required of the Construction Manager, fuel, heat, light, cooling, and all other utilities as required by this Contract.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 6 of 39

1.8 THE PROJECT The term "Project" shall comprise the Work defined by the Contract Documents and may include work by the Owner or other Separate Contractors, Trade Contractors, Sub-Trade Contractors or the Professional. 1.9 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic portion of the Contract Documents generally consisting of plans, elevations, sections, details, diagrams and schedules of the Work. 1.10 THE SPECIFICATIONS/PROJECT MANUAL The Specifications are the written portion of the Contract Documents generally outlining the requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, methods, standards, workmanship and performance necessary to properly complete the Work. The Project Manual is the document assembled consisting of all the written portions for the Work including the Specifications, bidding requirements, sample forms, General Conditions and Special Requirements. 1.11 DAY Whenever the word "day" is used in the Contract Documents, it shall be interpreted to mean a calendar day unless otherwise noted. 1.12 THE GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE The Guaranteed Maximum Price is the maximum compensation payable to the Construction Manager in performance of the Work for the Project as specified in the Contract Documents or subsequently adjusted by modification to the Contract through a Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order. 1.13 THE CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum is the allowable compensation payable to the Construction Manager for performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contract Sum cannot exceed the Guaranteed Maximum Price. 1.14 CLAIM A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Construction Manager arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate claims shall rest with the party making the claim. 1.15 SCOPE OF WORK All Work reasonably contemplated, required, implied, or reasonably inferable by the Contract Documents, whether or not explicitly contained in the Contract Documents. 1.16 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION "Substantial Completion" shall mean that stage in the progression of the Work when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with this Contract that the Owner can enjoy beneficial use or occupancy of the Work and can utilize the Work for its intended purpose.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 7 of 39

ARTICLE 2 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.1 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS All Drawings, Specifications and other documents of the Work furnished by the Professional are and shall remain the Professional's property. They are not to be used by the Construction Manager on other projects without written consent of the Owner and the Professional. 2.2 COPIES FURNISHED - DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Professional will furnish to the Construction Manager, free of charge, three (3) copies of Drawings and Specifications for the execution of the Work. The Drawings will be prints on paper, unmounted. Any additional copies of the Drawings and Specifications which the Construction Manager may desire will be furnished at the cost of reproduction and delivery. 2.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE The Construction Manager shall maintain at the site one copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Contract Modifications, in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. 2.4 AS-BUILT AND RECORD DRAWINGS The Construction Manager shall, at the time of substantial completion of the Work, deliver to the Professional the complete set of as-built drawings. The Professional will, within 30 days after receipt from the Construction Manager, transpose all changes recorded by the Construction Manager onto a full set of reproducible drawings, and CADD electronic media, compatible with the Owner's CADD system, which shall become the record drawings for the Project, and shall forward same to the Owner. 2.5 INTERRELATIONSHIP AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS The interrelation of the Drawings, the Specifications and the schedules is as follows: 2.5.1 The intent of this Contract is to require complete, correct, and timely execution of the Work.

Any Work that may be required, implied, or inferred by the Contract Documents, or any one or more of them, as necessary to produce the intended result shall be provided by the Construction Manager for the Contract Price.

2.5.2 This Contract is intended to be an integral whole and shall be interpreted as internally

consistent. What is required by any one Contract Document shall be considered as required by the Contract.

2.5.3 When a word, term, or phrase is used in this Contract, it shall be interpreted or construed, first,

as defined herein; second, if not defined, according to its generally accepted meaning in the construction industry; and third, if there is no generally accepted meaning in the construction industry, according to its common and customary usage.

2.5.4 The words "include," "includes," or "including," as used in this Contract, shall be deemed to be

followed by the phrase, "without limitation." 2.5.5 The specification herein of any act, failure, refusal, omission, event, occurrence or condition as

constituting a material breach of this Contract shall not imply that any other, nonspecified act, failure, refusal, omission, event, occurrence, or condition shall be deemed not to constitute a material breach of this Contract.

2.5.6 Words or terms used as nouns in this Contract shall be inclusive of their singular and plural

forms, unless the context of their usage clearly requires a contrary meaning.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 8 of 39

2.5.7 The Construction Manager shall have a continuing duty to read, carefully study and compare

each of the Contract Documents, the Shop Drawings, and the Product Data and shall give written notice to the Owner of any inconsistency, ambiguity, error, or omission which the Construction Manager may discover with respect to these documents before proceeding with the affected Work. The issuance, or the express or implied approval by the Owner or the Professional of the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, or Product Data shall not relieve the Construction Manger of the continuing duties imposed hereby, nor shall any such approval be evidence of the Construction Manager's compliance with this Contract. The Owner has requested the Professional to only prepare documents for the Project, including the Drawings and Specifications for the Project, which are accurate, adequate, consistent, coordinate, and sufficient for construction. HOWEVER, THE OWNER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER CONCERNING SUCH DOCUMENTS. By the execution hereof, the Construction Manager acknowledges and represents that it has received, reviewed, and carefully examined such documents, has found them to be complete, accurate, adequate, consistent, coordinated, and sufficient for construction, and that the Construction Manager has not, does not, and will not rely upon any representation or warranties by the Owner concerning such documents as no such representation or warranties have been or are hereby made.

2.5.8 Neither the organization of any of the Contract Documents into divisions, sections, paragraphs,

articles (or other categories), nor the organization or arrangement of the Design, shall control the Construction Manager in dividing the Work or in establishing the extent or scope of the Work to be performed by Subcontractors.

2.5.9.1 The Drawings establish the quantities, dimensions and details. 2.5.9.2 The Specifications determine the nature and installation of the various materials and

equipment. 2.5.9.3 The schedules give the locations. 2.5.9.4 The Drawings and Specifications are complementary and what is required by one shall be as

binding as if shown or mentioned in both. 2.5.9.5 Should the Drawings disagree with one another, or with the Specifications, the better quality or

greater quantity of work or materials shall be performed or furnished. Dimensions given on Drawings govern small scale Drawings. Dimensions given on Drawings govern scale measurements, and large scale details govern small scale drawings. In case of discrepancy in the Dimensions, in the Drawings, in the schedules, or in the Specifications, the matter shall be promptly submitted to the Professional who will promptly make a determination, after advice and consent of the Owner, in writing.

2.5.9.6 The "Scope of the Work," usually placed in the front part of each Section of the Specifications,

is intended to designate the scope and locations of all items of the Work included therein, either generally or specifically. It is not intended to limit the Scope of Work should plans, schedules, or notes indicate an increased scope. Inadvertent omission of an item from its proper section of the Specifications and its inclusion in another section shall not relieve the Construction Manager of responsibilities for the item specified.

ARTICLE 3 - INSURANCES AND BONDS 3.1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Construction Manager shall purchase from and maintain with a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania such insurance as will protect the Construction Manager from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Construction

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 9 of 39

Manager's operations under the Contract and for which the Construction Manager may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Construction Manager or by a Trade Contractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 3.1.1 Claims under the Workers' Compensation Act including Employers' Liability. 3.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, personal injury, sickness or disease, or death of

any person other than the Construction Manager's employees. 3.1.3 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of

tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom. 3.1.4 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, or property damage arising out of ownership,

maintenance or use of a motor vehicle. 3.1.5 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Construction Manager's

obligations under Paragraph 14.2 Indemnification. The insurance required above shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. Before commencing the Work, the Construction Manager and any Trade Contractor shall purchase and maintain at its own expense until final completion and acceptance of the Work, the following minimum insurance: 3.1.6 Workers' Compensation for statutory obligations imposed by workers' compensation or

occupational disease laws. Employers' Liability insurance shall be provided with limit of not less than $100,000 for each subcategory of coverage.

3.1.7 Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance with limits of liability not less than:

Bodily Injury Liability

and $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Property Damage Liability 3.1.8 Commercial General Liability Insurance including the Broad Form Endorsement. Such policies

shall show The Pennsylvania State University as an “additional insured,” and include coverage for premises and operations, products and completed operations and contractual liability for all operations required to complete the Work, including, if applicable, coverage for damage caused by explosion, collapse, or damage to underground utilities with limits of liability not less than:

PROJECTS UNDER $1,000,000 Bodily Injury Liability

and $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Property Damage Liability PROJECTS OVER $1,000,000 Bodily Injury Liability and $5,000,000 Combined Single Limit Property Damage Liability

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 10 of 39

3.1.9 The Products and Completed operations liability insurance shall be provided for a period of not less than two (2) years after completion of the Work.

3.1.10 Special Hazards - If there is a possibility of special hazards existing in the Work contemplated,

such hazards shall be covered by endorsement to the policy or policies. Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Paragraph 11.8. Information concerning reduction in coverage shall be furnished by the Construction Manager with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Construction Manager's information and belief. 3.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Construction Manager shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 3.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis subject to reasonable deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 11.8 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 3.3 to be covered whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Construction Manager, Trade Contractor and Sub-Trade Contractors in the Work. 3.3.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire

and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for the Professional's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.

3.3.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and

with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Construction Manager in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Construction Manager may then obtain insurance which will protect the interests of the Construction Manager, Trade Contractors and Sub-Trade Contractors the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Construction Manager is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Construction Manager, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.

3.3.3 The property insurance has a deductible. The Construction Manager shall be responsible for

the first $5,000 of such deductible. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. Construction Manager's payment towards the deductible will not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

Boiler and Machinery Insurance

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 11 of 39

The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall protect the interests of the Owner, Construction Manager, Trade Contractors and Sub-Trade Contractors in the Work. Loss of Use Insurance The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Construction Manager for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. If the Construction Manager requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Construction Manager by appropriate Change Order. The Owners shall file a certificate of insurance with the Construction Manager upon written request. Waivers of Subrogation The Owner and Construction Manager waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their trade contractors, sub-trade contractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Professional, Professional's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 7, if any, and any of their trade contractors, sub-trade contractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 3.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Construction Manager, as appropriate, shall require of the Professional, Professional's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 7, if any, and the trade contractors, sub-trade contractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. The Construction Manager shall pay Trade Contractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Construction Manager, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Trade Contractors to make payments to their Sub-Trade Contractors in similar manner. Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 10.6 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Construction Manager shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 3.4 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS At the time of signing the Contract and before it becomes effective, the Construction Manager and its surety, acceptable to the Owner, shall execute two bonds each in the amount of 100% of the contract price of the Work awarded to the Construction Manager. The Bonds shall be written by a Surety authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and shall be delivered to the Owner prior to award of Contract and within three (3) days of the Owner's request thereof. The Attorney-in-Fact who signs the Bonds must be a resident of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and shall file with each Bond a certified and effectively dated copy of the Attorney-in-Fact's Power of Attorney.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 12 of 39

One bond shall be a performance bond covering the faithful performance by the Construction Manager of all covenants and agreements on the part of the Construction Manager contained in this Contract. The other bond shall be a labor and material payment bond protecting all parties that have performed labor or supplied material on this Contract from suffering any loss due to the failure of the Construction Manager to pay any or all obligations incurred under this Contract. The Construction Manager shall pay all premiums for all bonds. Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Construction Manager or Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 4 - GOVERNING LAWS 4.1 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In the event litigation arises out of this Contract, the parties agree to submit any claim to the competent courts of Centre County, Pennsylvania. 4.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS The Construction Manager at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State and Local laws, by-laws, ordinances, codes and regulations, in any manner affecting the conduct of the Work or applying to any employees on the Project, as well as all orders or decrees which have been promulgated or enacted, or which may be promulgated or enacted during the progress of the Work, by any legal bodies or tribunals having authority or jurisdiction over the Work, materials, employees or the Contract. Construction Manager shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all its officers, employees and agents from all suits, actions, or claims of any character or description brought for, made on account of, or arising from the violation of any such law, by-law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree. 4.3 PREVAILING WAGE ACT / STEEL PROCUREMENT ACT The Construction Manager is hereby notified that this Contract is subject to the provisions, duties, obligations, remedies and penalties of the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act, Act No. 442, August 15, 1961 (P.L. 987), as amended August 9, 1963, Act No. 342; and said Act is incorporated herein by reference as fully as though the same were here set forth at length. Steel Products Procurement Act: This project is subject to the provisions of the Steel Products Procurement Act of 1978 (P.L. 6, No. 3) as amended by the Act of July 9, 1984 (P.L. 674, No. 144). 4.4 TAXES The Construction Manager shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work on portions thereof provided by the Construction Manager which are legally enacted when bids are received, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. The Construction Manager is obligated to pay all Pennsylvania sales tax with the exception of those items for which an exemption might be claimed under Sales and Use Tax Regulation 150 (61 Pa. Code SS31.11--SS31.16). 4.5 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Construction Manager shall pay all royalties and license fees, and defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall be responsible for all such royalties and license fees and loss when a particular design or process, or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; provided, however, if the Construction Manager has reason to believe the design, process or product specified

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 13 of 39

constitutes an infringement of a patent, the Construction Manager shall be responsible for such royalties, license fees and loss unless the Construction Manager promptly gives such information to the Owner and the Professional. ARTICLE 5 - STANDARDS, SUBSTITUTIONS, AND SHOP DRAWINGS 5.1 STANDARDS Whenever a material, product or process is specified by reference to a governmental, trade association or similar standard, it shall comply with the requirements of the latest publication thereof, and amendment thereto, in effect on the bid date. Such standards are as effectively part of the Contract Documents as if therein printed. 5.2 SUBSTITUTIONS The various materials, products or equipment specified in the Specifications are mentioned for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality and cost. It is not the intent to limit to any one product, but rather to set up the same as the standard desired or acceptable and to establish a basis of equality. Where trade or proprietary names, catalog numbers and manufacturers of materials, products or equipment are used or specified, whether or not followed by the words "or equal as approved by the Professional," materials, products or equipment to be equal in quality to that mentioned in the Specifications will be acceptable. It will be up to the Construction Manager, supplier and/or vendors to prove by the submission of proper data that their product is equal in quality to that specified. These standards of quality were established and made only after careful study by the Professional and will, therefore, be strictly adhered to and all substandard materials, products or equipment will be rejected. Each Trade Contractor, supplier and/or vendor shall in securing a substitution, submit a request in writing through the Construction Manager. This request will then be forwarded to the Professional. The Construction Manager shall obtain written approval of the Professional for all such substitutions of material, products or equipment not less than five (5) working days before bids are due. When submitting a request for a substitution, the requestor shall clearly indicate the item to be substituted, and shall include all calculations, catalog data, literature and/or drawings, so the substitution can be properly evaluated and processed in the shortest period of time. Verbal communication regarding substitutions will not be construed as acceptance by the Professional and Owner; only written approvals on all substitutions will be valid. The Professional will be the sole judge in evaluating and approving substitutions, and the Professional's decisions with the Owner's approval will be final. No substitution for the above-named products or processes will be permitted after award of a Trade Contract, except as follows: (i) The Construction Manager may submit substitute products or processes which will reduce the cost of

the work for review by the Professional and Owner. This proposed substitution must be fully documented as described above, and accompanied by the amount to be deducted from the Guaranteed Maximum Price if approved by the Owner.

(ii) A substitution submitted by the Construction Manager for reason that a product is not available will not

be considered unless written proof is submitted that a firm order for the product was placed within 45 days after Notice to Proceed.

5.3 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 14 of 39

Shop drawings, product data and samples are defined as follows: 5.3.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts,

brochures and other data prepared by the Construction Manager, or any Trade Contractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor which illustrate some portion of the Work.

5.3.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,

brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Construction Manager to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.

5.3.3 Samples are physical examples furnished by the Construction Manager to illustrate materials,

equipment or workmanship, and to assist in the establishment of standards by which the Work will be judged.

Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate how the Construction Manager proposes to comply with the information given and the design concept outlined in the Contract Documents. 5.3.4 Shop Drawing Submittal Schedule: Based on the priorities of the construction schedule, the

Construction Manager shall submit a shop drawing submittal schedule on or before the Second Regular Job Conference. The Professional shall review and check the shop drawing submittal schedule within fifteen (15) days of receipt from the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall thereafter submit all shop drawings, product data and samples in accordance with the approved submittal schedule.

The Construction Manager shall review all shop drawings, product data and samples for compliance with the Contract Documents and shall certify that the Construction Manager has done so by stamp, or otherwise, affixed to each copy thereof. Submittal data presented without such certification will be returned without review or other comment, and any delay resulting therefrom will be the Construction Manager's responsibility. At the time of submission, the Construction Manager shall inform the Professional and Owner in writing of any deviation in the shop drawings, product data or samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. By approving and submitting shop drawings, product data and samples, the Construction Manager thereby represents that the Construction Manager has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, or will do so, and that the Construction Manager has checked and coordinated each shop drawing, product data and sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents and shall so certify as required above. The Professional shall review, approve and process, subject to the right of review by the Owner, shop drawings, product data, samples, and other submissions of the Construction Manager as to compliance with the Contract Documents and for conformity to and harmony with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Professional shall not approve any substitution of or deviation from specified materials and/or equipment without first obtaining the Owner's consent. The Professional shall return the approved shop drawings or detailed notation for resubmission if required, within twenty-one (21) days after receipt from the Construction Manager. The Professional shall act on any resubmissions within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt thereof. A detailed log shall be maintained by the Professional as to time of receipt of the shop drawings and time of return with adequate notes as to their disposition. If the Construction Manager considers any correction indicated on the revised shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Drawings or Specifications, written notice shall be given promptly to the Owner and the Professional.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 15 of 39

The Construction Manager shall make any corrections required and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of the shop drawings, product data, or new samples of materials until approved. The Construction Manager shall direct specific attention in writing to any new revisions other than the corrections requested on previous submissions. No Work requiring a shop drawing, product data, or sample submission shall be commenced until the submission has been approved. All such Work shall be in accordance with Contract documents which shall include approved shop drawings, product data, and samples. The approval of the shop drawings, product data or samples shall not relieve the Construction Manager of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Construction Manager has informed the Owner and the Professional in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Owner or the Professional has not objected to the specific deviation. The approval shall not relieve the Construction Manager from responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings, product data, or samples. The approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Owner reserves the right to review all Submittal data. No Work required by these submittals shall be commenced until the submittal has been approved by the Professional and Owner. The approval of shop drawings, product data and samples by the Professional shall not be construed as a complete check, but will indicate only that the general method of construction and detailing is satisfactory. Approval of shop drawings, product data and samples will not relieve the Construction Manager of the responsibility for any error which may exist therein, and the Construction Manager shall be responsible for the dimensions and design of adequate connections, details, and the satisfactory construction of all work. Work done contrary to this procedure shall be at the risk and expense of the Construction Manager. All shop drawings used for fabrication and erection shall be those approved by the Professional, without change. If change is found to be necessary on any approved shop drawings or sample, it shall be resubmitted to the Professional for review and approval. The number of copies of shop drawings and other submittals will be established at the Initial Job Conference. The Construction Manager shall bear the cost of all required shop drawing reproductions. The Construction Manager is required to submit a complete set of Approved Shop Drawings, organized by CSI Division, in electronic .pdf format within thirty(30) days of the project’s date of Final Completion. All Operation and Maintenance data is required to be submitted in electronic .pdf format to the Owner subsequent to approval by the Professional. The Construction Manager is required to organize information by system and CSI division. Exact requirements to be outlined by the Owner. One hard copy is required by the Owner. ARTICLE 6 - KNOWLEDGE OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 6.1 NOTICE The Construction Manager, its Trade Contractors and materialmen shall consult in detail the Project Manual, the General Conditions of the Contract, all Divisions and Sections of the Specifications, all Drawings, and all Addenda to the Project Manual for instructions and requirements pertaining to the Work, and at its and their cost shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to furnish, install and complete the Work in strict conformance with all provisions thereof. 6.2 EXAMINATION AND CONDITIONS AT THE SITE The Construction Manager is responsible for having visited the site and having ascertained and informed itself, its Trade Contractors and materialmen, of all pertinent local conditions such as location, accessibility, and general character of the site or building, the character and extent of existing work within and adjacent to the site, any other work being performed thereon at the time of the submission of the Construction Manager's proposal, and subsurface conditions. Any failure to do so will not relieve the Construction Manager from responsibility for successfully performing the Work without additional expense to the Owner. 6.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 16 of 39

The Construction Manager will be held to have examined the Contract Documents, and Modifications thereto, as they may affect subdivisions of the Work and to have informed itself, its Trade Contractors, Sub-Trade Contractors and materialmen of all conditions thereof affecting the prosecution of the Work. The Scope of the Work for the Contract is not necessarily limited to the description of each section of the Specifications and the illustrations shown on the drawings. Included within Scope of Work are minor items not expressly indicated in the Contract Documents, or as might be found necessary as a result of field conditions, in order to complete the Work as it is intended, without any gaps between the various subdivisions of Work of the Construction Manager, or between the Work of all Trade Contractors. The Construction Manager shall at once report to the Professional errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Construction Manager shall not be liable to the Owner or Professional for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Construction Manager recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and failed to report it to the Professional. If the Construction Manager performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Professional, the Construction Manager shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction. 6.4 LABOR The Construction Manager will be held to be thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting labor in the location of the Project, including, but not limited to, unions, incentive pay, procurement, living and commuting conditions, and to have informed its Trade Contractors and Sub-Trade Contractors thereof. ARTICLE 7 - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION 7.1 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION The Professional will provide general administration of the Contract beginning with the execution of the Agreement between the Construction Manager and the Owner until expiration of the Construction Manager's one year guarantee period against defective materials, equipment and/or workmanship. The Professional shall advise and consult with the Owner and will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. The extent of the Professional's duties and responsibilities and the limitations of the Professional's authority as outlined hereunder shall not be modified without written agreement between the Owner and the Professional. 7.2 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION COMMUNICATIONS AND INTERPRETATION 7.2.1 Communications: The Owner assumes no responsibility for any understanding given or

representation made orally by the Owner's agents prior to the execution of this Contract, unless such understanding(s) or representation(s) are expressly stated in the Contract. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by the Construction Manager. Any failure by the Construction Manager to become acquainted with available information will not relieve the Construction Manager from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Work or mutually agreed changes thereto. The Owner's instructions to the Construction Manager will generally be issued through the Professional except that the owner reserves the right on appropriate occasions to issue instructions directly to the Construction Manager through the Owner's designated representative. Communications by and with the Professional's consultants shall be through the Professional. Communications by and with Trade Contractors and material suppliers shall be through the Construction Manager. Communications by and with the Owner's Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 17 of 39

All instructions affecting contract sum, contract time, or contract interpretation shall be confirmed expeditiously in writing with copies furnished to the Professional, the Owner's designated representatives, and the Construction Manager by the party issuing the instruction. No instruction affecting the Professional's design liability shall be issued without the Professional's prior written consent.

7.2.2 Interpretation: The Professional will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements

of the Contract Documents. The Professional will, within a reasonable time, render such interpretation as the Professional may deem necessary for the proper execution or progress of the Work. All interpretations by the Professional shall be defined in writing and/or by drawing and shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. In its capacity as interpreter, the Professional will exercise its best efforts to insure faithful performance by the Construction Manager. The Professional's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final with the Owner's consent and if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

7.3 ACCESS TO AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK The Professional, the Owner and their authorized representatives shall be provided full and safe access to the Work at all times by the Construction Manager for their observation and/or inspection of same. The Professional, or an authorized and qualified representative, shall visit the project periodically as required by the Owner during periods of active construction, review the progress of the Work, and take such actions as in the Professional's judgment are necessary or appropriate to achieve the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications in the Work of the Construction Manager, including advising the Owner as to particular matters to watch and guard against. The Professional will have its consultants visit the site periodically as required during their respective phases of the Work at such intervals as may reasonably be deemed necessary by the Owner and the Professional, to review their respective phases of the Work in order to achieve the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications. In addition to the above, the Professional shall be required to attend, at the determination of the Owner, any and all project site conferences dealing with interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be consulted by the Construction Manager on matters pertaining to the Work and shall transmit instructions of the Professional regarding the Work to the Construction Manager. The Owner will, in addition to the Professional's inspection, inspect all Work under Contract. While the Owner will assist the Construction Manager in obtaining additional information in explanation of the Contract Documents and will serve as liaison between the Construction Manager and the Professional, the Owner is not empowered to authorize deviations from the Contract, except by a written modification as identified in Paragraph 1.1, nor to enter into the Construction Manager's area of responsibility for supervision and construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures or coordination or for safety of persons and property. The fact that the Owner may have permitted faulty Work or Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents to be performed shall not relieve the Construction Manager from any responsibility to perform fully in accordance with the Contract. The Work will be subject to inspection by the Owner and by representatives of the Professional as outlined above; however, such representatives are not authorized to make oral changes in any provision of the Drawings or Specifications except as provided in Article 9, Changes in the Work. Changes resulting from such inspections will be processed in the manner prescribed in Article 9. The absence or presence of the Owner shall not relieve the Construction Manager from any requirements of the Contract. The Owner reserves the right to inspect, at their sources, all materials, supplies or services not manufactured or performed within the Construction Manager's on-site facility. Such inspection shall not constitute acceptance, nor shall it replace in any way the Construction Manager's responsibility for inspection or requirement to furnish acceptable materials.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 18 of 39

The Owner will notify the Construction Manager of any non-compliance with the Contract Documents and the action required; and, the Construction Manager shall take immediate corrective action. If the Construction Manager fails or refuses to take prompt action, the Owner may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until the Construction Manager takes appropriate action. No part of the time lost due to any such stop orders shall be made the subject of claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Construction Manager. 7.4 SEPARATE CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to award other, separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project under these or similar conditions of the Contract and/or to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces. The term "Separate Contractor" shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner/Contractor Agreement. If part of the Construction Manager's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor, the Construction Manager shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Professional apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Upon receipt of such report, the Professional shall make a determination as to the unsuitability of such other construction. Failure of the Construction Manager to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Construction Manager's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable and which may develop in the Owner's or Separate Contractor's construction after the execution of the Construction Manager's Work. The Construction Manager shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Construction Manager to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractors. Should the Construction Manager cause damage to the Work or property of any Separate Contractor on the Project, the Construction Manager shall, upon due notice, endeavor to settle with the Separate Contractor by agreement. If such Separate Contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Construction Manager who shall defend such proceedings and pay all costs in connection therewith, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Construction Manager shall pay or satisfy it. The Construction Manager shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractor reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Construction Manager's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 7.5 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 7.5.1 Claims: Claims by either party must be made within twenty-one (21) days after occurrence of

the event giving rise to such Claim, or within twenty-one (21) days after the claimant first becoming aware or reasonably should have become aware of the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. Pending final resolution of a Claim unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Construction Manager shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 19 of 39

7.5.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions: If conditions are encountered at the site which

are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or discoverable by the Construction Manager or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and no later than forty-eight (48) hours after first observance of the conditions. The Professional will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Construction Manager's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or Contract Time, or both. If the Professional determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or discoverable by the Construction Manager and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Professional shall so notify the Owner and Construction Manager in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within twenty-one (21) days after the Professional has given notice of the decision. The failure by the Construction Manager to make the written notice and claims as provided in this subparagraph shall constitute a waiver by the Construction Manager of any claim arising out of or relating to such concealed or unknown condition.

7.5.3 Claims for Additional Cost: If the Construction Manager wishes to make Claim for an increase

in the Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Construction Manager shall give written notice of such claim to the Professional and the Owner within twenty-one (21) days after the occurrence of the event or first appearance of the condition giving rise to such claim and before proceeding to execute the Work. The failure by the Construction Manager to give such notice and within the time presented and prior to executing the work shall constitute a waiver of claim for additional compensation. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 8.5. In connection with any claim by the Construction Manager against the Owner for compensation in excess of the Contract Price, any liability of the Owner for the Construction Manager's cost shall be strictly limited to direct costs incurred by the Construction Manager and shall in no event include indirect costs or consequential damages of the Construction Manager. The Owner shall not be liable to the Construction Manager for claims of third parties, including Trade Contractors, unless and until liability of the Construction Manager has been established therefore in a court of competent jurisdiction.

7.5.4 Claims for Additional Time: If the Construction Manager wishes to make Claim for an

extension of the date of Completion of Construction, written notice as provided herein shall be given to the Professional and the Owner at the time of any Change Order proposal submitted. If the Construction Manager believes additional time is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) changes ordered to the Contract, or because of (2) strikes, (3) lockouts, (4) fire, (5) unusual delay in transportation, (6) or any cause beyond the Construction Manager's control, which constitute a justifiable delay, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein.

If unusual inclement weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions prevented the execution of major and/or critical items of the Work. Unusual inclement weather as used herein means unusually severe weather which is beyond the normal weather recorded and expected for the locality and/or the season or seasons of the year. Normal weather shall be determined based on records for the closest stations of the United States Environmental Data Service and for a period of ten (10) years.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 20 of 39

Any claim for extension of time on account of labor strike or lock-out shall be supported by a certificate of all facts concerning the strike, including, but not limited to, the dates, the crafts(s) concerned, the reason for the strike, efforts to resolve the dispute, and efforts to minimize the impact of the strike on progress. Any claim for extension of time on account of delays in transportation, or for failure of suppliers, shall be supported by a certificate of all the facts involved, demonstrating that the delays were beyond the Construction Manager's control and including, but not limited to, the Construction Manager's efforts to overcome such delays. If the Construction Manager fails to make such claim as required in this subparagraph within twenty-one (21) days of such occurrence giving rise to the claim, any claim for extension of time shall be waived.

7.5.5 Injury or Damage to Person or Property: If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage

to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding twenty-one (21) days after first becoming aware of such injury or damage. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for additional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 7.5.3 or 7.5.4 respectively.

7.5.6 Decision of the Professional: Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the

Professional, shall be referred initially to the Professional for action as provided in Subparagraph 7.5.7. A decision by the Professional, as provided in Subparagraph 7.5.7, shall be required as a condition precedent to litigation of a Claim between a Construction Manager and Owner as to all such matters arising prior to the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been completed. The decision by the Professional in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to litigation in the event (1) the position of Professional is vacant, (2) the Professional has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Professional has failed to take action required under Subparagraph 7.5.7 within thirty (30) days after the Claim is made, (4) forty-five (45) days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Professional.

7.5.7 Resolution of Claims and Disputes: The Professional will review Claims and take one or more

of the following preliminary actions within ten (10) days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Professional expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Professional may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety of the nature and amount of the Claim. If a Claim has been resolved, the Professional will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation.

If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten (10) days after the Professional's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Professional, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Professional that the initial Claim stands. If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Professional, the Professional will notify the parties in writing that the Professional's decision will be made within seven (7) days. Upon expiration of such time period, the Professional will render to the parties the Professional's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or Contract Time or both. If there appears to be a possibility of the Construction Manager's default, the Professional may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy.

7.6 CONTRACT TERMINATION

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 21 of 39

7.6.1 Termination by Construction Manager: If the Work is stopped for a period of ninety (90) days

under an order of any court or other public authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, such as a declaration of a national emergency making materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Construction Manager or a Trade Contractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Construction Manager, then the Construction Manager may, upon ten (10) additional days written notice to the Owner and the Professional, terminate the Contract and the Owner shall pay the Construction Manager for all Work executed and for any loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including Construction Management fee earned to date associated with such Work or losses and reasonable expenses resulting from such termination. If the cause of the work stoppage is removed prior to the end of the ten (10) day notice period, the Construction Manager may not terminate the Contract.

7.6.2 Termination by Owner: If the Construction Manager refuses or fails, except in cases for which

extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials to perform the work, or disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is in violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, or fails to so prosecute the Work as to insure its completion, within the time, or any extension thereof, specified in this Contract, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and after giving the Construction Manager and its surety ten (10) days' written notice, terminate the work and services of the Construction Manager and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Construction Manager and assume all Trade Contracts. In such case, the Construction Manager shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the Construction Manager shall generally not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or if the Construction Manager shall commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered in its behalf as debtor or to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property; or if the Construction Manager shall take any action to authorize or in contemplation of any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph, then this agreement will automatically terminate upon written notification by Owner to Construction Manager and its surety. Should the surety fail to respond within fifteen (15) days following the date of the notice of termination given to the surety and fail to pursue completion of the work with diligence acceptable to the Owner, the Owner may arrange for completion of the Work and deduct the cost thereof from the unpaid Contract Sum remaining, including the cost of additional Professional services made necessary by such default or neglect, in which event no further payment shall then be made by the Owner until all costs of completing the Work shall have been paid. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Professional's additional services made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Construction Manager. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Construction Manager or its surety shall pay the difference to the Owner. This obligation for payment shall survive the termination of the Contract.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 22 of 39

7.6.3 Termination for Convenience of Owner: Prior to, or during the performance of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the Contract for unforeseen causes including but not limited to court orders, loss of funding, acts of the federal government to discontinue the Work, etc., that may occur. Upon such an occurrence, the following procedures will be adhered to:

7.6.3.1 The Owner will immediately notify the Professional and the Construction

Manager in writing, specifying the effective termination date of the Contract. 7.6.3.2 After receipt of the notice of termination, the Construction Manager shall

immediately proceed with the following obligations, regardless of any delay in determining or adjusting any amounts due at that point in the Contract:

(1) Stop all work. (2) Place no further trade contracts or orders for (4) Cancel all material and equipment orders as applicable. (5) Take action that is necessary to protect and preserve all property related

to this Contract which is in the possession of the Construction Manager. 7.6.3.3 Within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of the notice of termination, the

Construction Manager shall submit a final termination settlement proposal to the Owner based upon costs up to the date of termination, reasonable profit on Work done only, and reasonable demobilization costs. If the Construction Manager fails to submit the proposal within the time allowed, the Owner may determine the amount due to the Construction Manager because of the termination and shall pay the determined amount to the Construction Manager.

7.6.3.4 If the Construction Manager and the Owner fail to agree on the settlement

amount, the matter will be handled as a dispute through the procedures as outlined in Subparagraphs 7.5.6 and 7.5.7.

7.6.4 Written Notice: Written notice shall be considered to have been duly given if delivered in

person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by United States mail to the last business address known.

ARTICLE 8 - CONSTRUCTION 8.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, FIELD MEASUREMENTS, AND SUPERVISION 8.1.1 Construction Schedule: The Construction Manager, promptly after being awarded the

Contract, shall prepare and submit for approval by the Professional, a construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits as contained in the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. The construction schedule shall be coordinated with the Construction Manager's shop drawing submittal schedule.

8.1.2 Field Measurements: The Construction Manager shall take field measurements and verify field

conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Construction Manager with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Professional at once.

8.1.3 Supervision: The Construction Manager shall supervise and direct the Work. The

Construction Manager shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, safety, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under this Contract. The Construction Manager shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 23 of 39

The Construction Manager shall employ a competent superintendent who shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Owner, and shall not be changed except with the written approval of the Owner unless the superintendent leaves the employment of the Construction Manager. The superintendent shall represent the Construction Manager and shall have full authority to act on the Construction Manager's behalf. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Construction Manager. All oral communications affecting contract time, contract cost and contract interpretation will be confirmed in writing.

8.2 TRADE CONTRACTS As soon as practicable after the execution of the Contract, the Construction Manager shall submit to the Professional and to the Owner, a list of all Trade Contractors, including those who are to furnish materials or equipment, the Construction Manager and/or its major Trade Contractors propose to employ in the construction of the Project. Trade Contracts will be awarded after consultation with the Owner and Professional. Construction Manager shall have final authority and responsibility for selection of all Trade Contractors and award of all Trade Contracts. Construction Manager hereby specifically agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner and Owner’s agents, employees, trustees and attorneys for any and all loss, damage, cost, charge, award, verdict, judgment, liability or expense, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of any claim, actions or suits which are based upon or in any way related to the process of selecting Trade Contractors or the award of Trade Contracts for the project. A change in any approved Trade Contractor or the addition of any new Trade Contractor can only be made with the written approval of the Owner and Professional. The Construction Manager agrees to bind every Trade Contractor, and every Trade Contractor agrees to be bound, by the terms of the Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, and the Drawings and Specifications insofar as they are applicable to the Trade Contractor's respective portion of the Work. The Construction Manager shall further more fully inform each of its Trade Contractors, prior to executing an agreement with, conformance with related documents and to submit Cost Estimates and Change Order proposals in complete and full analytical detail when so required or requested. The Construction Manager shall indemnify the Owner for any Trade Contractor's claim which may result from the failure of the Construction Manager to incorporate the provisions of this Contract, in the Construction Manager's agreements with any of its Trade Contractors. The Construction Manager shall indemnify the Owner for any Trade Contractor's claim which may arise out of an inconsistency between the Contract Documents and a Trade Contract. Trade Contracts entered into between the Construction Manager and Trade Contractors shall not be inconsistent with the obligations of the Construction Manager under the Contract Documents and shall be assignable to the Owner in accordance with Article 8.2.1. 8.2.1 Contingent Assignment of Trade Contracts: Each Trade Contract agreement for a portion of

the work is hereby assigned by the Construction Manager to the Owner provided that: 8.2.1.1 Assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for

cause pursuant to Subparagraph 7.6.2 and only for those trade contract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Trade Contractor in writing.

8.2.1.2 Assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety obligated under bond

relating to the Contract. 8.3 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES The Construction Manager shall secure and pay for, with the exception of the building permit, all other permits, fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Agreement and which are legally required.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 24 of 39

It is not the Construction Manager's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Construction Manager observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Construction Manager shall promptly notify the Professional and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification. If the Construction Manager performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Professional and Owner, the Construction Manager shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 8.4 ACTS AND OMISSIONS The Construction Manager shall be responsible for acts and omissions of the Construction Manager's employees and Trade Contractors, their agents and employees and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Professional in the Professional's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Construction Manager. 8.5 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 8.5.1 OSHA: It shall be the duty and responsibility of the Construction Manager and all its Trade

Contractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Construction Manager to be familiar and comply with all requirements of Public Law 91-596, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) and all amendments thereto, and to enforce and comply with all of the provisions of this Act.

8.5.2 Safety: Safety is of utmost importance to the Owner. Therefore, at a minimum, the Owner

requires:

A. The Construction Manager must provide a site specific written safety program. The safety plan must address all public interfaces, critical activities, and overall project safety. The first pay application will not be processed until this safety plan submission is received.

B. The Construction Manager’s on-site superintendent must be 30-hour OSHA certified. Proof of certification is required. Date of certification must be within (5) years of the start of the project.

C. The Construction Manager’s Safety Director must visit the site on a monthly basis. Inspection report from the site visit must be distributed to the Owner.

D. 100% eye protection and 100% hard hats are required on the construction site. Eye protection must be ANSI approved safety glasses.

E. OSHA recordable accident data must be submitted to the Owner prior to final payment. 8.5.3 Emergencies: In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Construction

Manager shall act, at its discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Construction Manager on account of an emergency shall be considered in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 and Article 9.

8.5.4 Precautions: The Construction Manager shall take appropriate precautions for safety of and

shall provide necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 25 of 39

8.5.4.1 Employees of the Owner at the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby.

8.5.4.2 The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in

storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Construction Manager or the Construction Manager's Trade Contractors.

8.5.4.3 Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns,

walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

The Construction Manager shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards. When the use of explosives is necessary for execution of the Work and such use is approved by the Owner, the Construction Manager shall conform to the procedures specified. The Construction Manager shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety.

8.5.5 Hazardous Material: The Construction Manager and all its Trade Contractors and their agents

and employees and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Construction Manager shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal or disposal of, or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the Project site, including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic material. If the Construction Manager encounters or suspects hazardous or toxic material, the Construction Manager shall advise the Owner immediately. The Work in the affected area shall not be resumed by the Construction Manager until the hazardous material has been removed or rendered harmless by the Owner.

8.5.6 Property Damage Repair: The Construction Manager shall promptly remedy any damage and

loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Subparagraphs 8.5.4.2 and 8.5.4.3 caused in whole or in part by the Construction Manager, a Trade Contractor, their agents and employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Construction Manager.

8.6 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The Construction Manager shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. All Work shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents, complete in all parts and in accordance with approved practices and customs, the finish specified and of the best workmanship. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work under the Contract shall be new. The Construction Manager shall provide, without extra charge, all incidental items required as a part of the Work, even though not particularly specified nor indicated and, if the Construction Manager has good reason for objecting to the use of a material, appliance, or method of construction as shown or specified, the Construction Manager shall register its objections to the Professional, in writing, sending a copy to the Owner; otherwise, the Construction Manager shall proceed with the Work, with the understanding that a satisfactory job is required.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 26 of 39

8.6.1 Use of Site: The Construction Manager shall confine operations at the site to areas indicated

in the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Subject to prior approval of the Owner, the Construction Manager may use spaces within the building for shops and the storage of materials and equipment. Every space so used shall be repaired, patched, cleaned and restored to new condition by the Construction Manager.

8.6.2 Cutting and Patching: The Construction Manager shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or

patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. The Construction Manager shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Construction Manager shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with consent of the Owner and of such Separate Contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Construction Manager shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a Separate Contractor the Construction Manager's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. The Construction Manager or a Trade Contractor or Sub-Trade Contractor requiring the cutting of openings in, or relocation of, Work installed by others shall have such openings cut and patched and relocations made by the trade skilled in performing the particular Work; and such cutting, patching and relocation shall be at the expense of the Construction Manager, Trade Contractor, or Sub-Trade Contractor requiring the opening or relocation.

8.7 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. The Construction Manager shall schedule and coordinate such tests, inspections and approvals with the independent testing laboratory. The Owner or Owner’s agent will retain the testing services. The Construction Manager shall give the Professional timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Professional may observe such procedures. In addition, the Owner or the Professional may require special inspection, testing or approval of material or work for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Upon direction of the Owner and Professional, the Construction Manager shall promptly arrange for such special testing, inspection or approval procedure. Should the material or work fail to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Construction Manager shall bear all costs of the testing, inspection or approval as well as the cost of replacement of unsatisfactory material or work as provided by Paragraph 8.8; otherwise, the Owner shall bear such costs and an appropriate change order shall be issued. 8.8 UNCOVERING REJECTION AND CORRECTION OF WORK 8.8.1 Uncovering of Work: If any portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Professional's or the

Owner's request or to the requirements of the Contract Documents, it must, if requested by the Professional or Owner, be uncovered for observation by the Professional or Owner. All costs of uncovering, recovering and replacement of Work, if not installed in accordance with the Contract Documents, shall be borne by the Construction Manager and with no change in Contract Time. Any other portion of the Work requested to be uncovered by the Professional or the Owner and found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be replaced by the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall bear all the costs of uncovering and replacement of such work. If the portion of Work uncovered is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the costs of uncovering and recovering shall be paid by the Owner by appropriate Change Order.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 27 of 39

8.8.2 Rejection and Correction of Work: Any Work rejected by the Professional or the Owner or found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be corrected promptly by the Construction Manager at its cost and with no change in Contract Time. The Construction Manager shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or Separate Contractors caused by the Construction Manager's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Construction Manager fails to correct rejected or nonconforming work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 8.9.

8.8.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work: If the Owner prefers to accept Work found not to be in

accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced downward appropriately as determined by the Owner.

8.9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP AND/OR CARRY OUT THE WORK 8.9.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work: If the Construction Manager fails to correct rejected or

nonconforming Work as required in Subparagraph 8.8.2 or fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the Owner may, in writing, order the Construction Manager to stop the Work, or any portion thereof until the proper corrective action has been implemented.

8.9.2 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work: If the Construction Manager fails or neglects to carry out

the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or ceases work for a period of seven (7) consecutive days, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, perform or cause to be performed the Work. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Construction Manager the cost of performing work pursuant to this subsection. If payments then or thereafter due the Construction Manager are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Construction Manager shall pay the difference to the Owner.

8.10 CLEANUP The Construction Manager shall keep the premises clean at all times of dirt, rubbish and debris resulting from the Work, and shall remove rubbish and debris in metal containers at the end of each working day. The Construction Manager shall remove rubbish and cartons resulting from the installation of fixtures and equipment. Prior to substantial completion of the Work, the Construction Manager shall do the final cleaning and polishing of the surfaces of the Construction Manager's installations as may be required by the various Specifications sections. The Construction Manager, in addition, shall employ a professional cleaning organization to remove all paint and stains from glass, and to wash all glass, throughout the Work, to clean and polish the finished surface of all fixtures, equipment and accessories and to vacuum clean all floors. If the Construction Manager fails to clean up as outlined above, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Construction Manager. 8.11 PROJECT SIGN A project sign shall be prepared and erected by the Construction Manager and shall conform to the Specifications provided by the University. The appropriate project name shall be included. A proof/sample of the sign must be approved by the Owner prior to installation. 8.12 CONSTRUCTION FENCE The Construction Manager shall be required to provide a construction fence enclosing the area of the work within the central limits. Construction fencing is also required for trailers and stored material that may be located outside the area of work. Fencing material should be adequate to protect persons and property.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 28 of 39

Provide a six foot high (6') chain-link fence with galvanized frame and fabric, and adequate gates as required. Posts shall be 2 inch dia and spaced at maximum of 8 feet OC. Anchor posts in concrete footing. Footing shall be 10 inch diameter, with bottom at 36 inches below grade. Place tops of footing 3 inches below grade and cover with soil. Embed posts 24 inches in concrete. Provide top stabilizing rail between posts. Top of posts shall be closed. Provide 5’–6” mesh fabric windscreen, mount top of fabric to top stabilizing bar. Fabric shall be PVC vinyl coated polyester, equal to Tenn-air curtain style, color US Open blue as manufactured by M. Putterman and Co., Inc. (800) 621-0146. Windscreen shall have reinforced hems and grommets every 12 inches on all edges. Install windscreen on construction side of fence, using 50-pound break strength tie wraps at every grommet. Pull fabric taught. (Optional: Penn State Logo shall be imprinted on windscreen facing the non-construction side of the fence at the request of the Project Manager.) 8.13 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT The Construction Manager is required to recycle and/or salvage 75% construction, demolition, and land clearing waste. A waste management plan is to be developed for the project which outlines how you will achieve the required recycling rate, including materials to be recycled or salvaged, materials handling requirements, and how you will communicate the plan to your crews and trade/subcontractors. The waste management plan is to be approved by the OPP Project Leader and submitted with the initial application for payment. At the end of the project, prior to the application for Final Payment, the Construction Manager is required to submit a calculation documenting that the project achieved a 75% diversion rate. The Application for Final Payment will be held until this documentation is received by the Owner. The documentation should include a tabulation of the total waste material, quantities diverted and the means by which they were diverted. A signature declaring that the requirements have been met must be included. If this project is attempting to achieve LEED certification, the LEED process to achieve the Construction Waste Management credit(s) supersedes this section. ARTICLE 9 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 9.1 CHANGES Except as provided in this article, no order, oral statement or direction of the Professional or the Owner shall be treated as a Change Order or entitle the Construction Manager to an adjustment to the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If such changes cause an increase or decrease in the Construction Manager's cost of, and/or time required for, performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made and confirmed in writing in a Change Order. 9.2 CHANGE ORDERS A Change Order is a written order to the Construction Manager, signed by the Owner and issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work and/or an adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the Construction Manager indicates the Construction Manager's agreement therewith, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time. It is recognized by the parties hereto and agreed by them that the Specifications and Drawings may or may not be complete or free from errors, omissions and imperfections or require changes or additions in order for the Work to be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and to the satisfaction of Owner and that, accordingly, it is the express intention of the parties, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Contract, that any errors, omissions or imperfections in such Specifications and Drawings or any changes in or additions to same or to the Scope of Work ordered by Owner and any resulting delays in the Work or increases in the Construction Managers costs and expenses, shall not constitute or give rise to any claim, demand or cause of action of any nature whatsoever in favor of Construction Manager, whether for breach of

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 29 of 39

contract, quantum merit, or otherwise; provided, however, that Owner shall be liable to Construction Manager for the sum stated to be due Construction Manager in any Change Order approved and signed by both parties, it being agreed hereby that such sum, together with any extension of time contained in said Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order, shall constitute full compensation to Construction Manager for all costs, expenses and damages to Construction Manager, whether direct, consequential or otherwise in any way incident to, arising out of, or resulting directly or indirectly from the Work performed by Construction Manager under such Change Order. 9.3 GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE CHANGE ORDER - CONTRACT SUM ADJUSTMENTS Adjustments in the contract price for Work covered by a Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order shall be computed on the basis of one or more of the following procedures. The Construction Manager shall have a maximum time of fourteen (14) calendar days to submit change order pricing, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. 9.3.1 Unit Prices: Unit prices as stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently mutually agreed

upon by the Owner and the Construction Manager for the increase or reduction in the Scope of Work or portion thereof. Unit prices shall be inclusive of all costs and shall be applied to units of measure as defined in the Contract Documents for each category of Work.

9.3.2 Lump Sum: A lump sum agreed upon by the Owner and Construction Manager based on an

estimated cost of the increase or reduction in the Scope of the Work properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation.

9.3.3 Actual Cost: The actual cost of the Work as determined from job records after the completion

of the extra Work. For Work done under this paragraph, the Construction Manager shall maintain and submit to the Owner for review and approval as directed by the Owner, accurate accounts of all costs and supporting data. There shall be a lump sum cost-not-to-exceed agreed upon by the Owner and Construction Manager before this provision is used.

9.3.4 Net Cost of Increase or Reduction in Scope of Work: The net cost of the estimated or actual

cost of the Scope of Work shall be the actual or prorated cost of:

9.3.4.1 Labor at the prevailing rate of wages and fringe benefits. 9.3.4.2 Materials entering permanently into the Work, including delivery to the site. 9.3.4.3 The ownership or rental cost of construction equipment at actual cost, prorated

for the time necessary for the Work. 9.3.4.4 Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment at actual

cost, prorated for the time necessary for the Work. 9.3.4.5 Insurances and bonds only when supported by paid invoice. 9.3.4.6 When a change in the Scope of Work includes a category or categories of work

both added to and deleted from the Contract, the total quantities of added Work and of deleted Work shall be determined separately for each category and the appropriate Unit Price or net cost of the Work shall be the difference between the two total quantities.

If no mutual agreement can be reached between the Owner and the Construction Manager as to the method to complete the Work covered by a Change Order, the change in the Contract Price, if any, shall then be determined on the basis of the reasonable expenditures or savings of those performing, deleting, or revising the Work attributable to the change. In such case, the Construction Manager shall present, in such form and with such contents and details as the Owner requires, an itemized accounting of such expenditures or savings, plus appropriate supporting data for inclusion in a Change Order. Reasonable expenditures or savings shall be limited to the following: reasonable costs of materials, supplies, or equipment, including delivery costs; reasonable costs of labor and fringe benefits required by agreement or custom; reasonable rental or Owner costs of machinery and equipment exclusive of hand tools whether rented from the

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 30 of 39

Construction Manager or others; actual costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, only when supported by paid invoice, permit fees, and sales, use, or other taxes related to the Work. In no event shall any expenditure or savings associated with the Construction Manager's home office or other non-job site overhead expense be included in any change in the Contract Price. Allowance for overhead and profit shall be determined in accordance with Subparagraphs 9.4.1 and 9.4.2. 9.4 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT ALLOWANCE 9.4.1 For Work Performed by the Construction Manager: The gross cost to the Owner for the

estimated or the actual cost of the Work performed by the Construction Manager under a Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order shall include the net cost of the Work to the Construction Manager plus an adjustment in fee as provided in Article 10 of the Form of Agreement. No additional allowance for Overhead and Profit will be permitted.

9.4.2 For Work Performed by Trade Contractor: The Overhead and Profit Allowance paid to the

Trade Contractors by the Construction Manager for Work performed by the Trade Contractor under a Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order shall not exceed 15% for labor cost and 10% for material and equipment cost of the actual or estimated costs of such work.

9.5 GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE CHANGE ORDER CONTRACT TIME ADJUSTMENTS Adjustments in the time required for performance of the Contract for Work covered by a Change Order shall be as agreed upon by the Owner and the Construction Manager as part of the Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree on the time extension or reduction, the Professional shall make a determination of the time extension or reduction to be allowed for a change. 9.6 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK The Professional, with the Owner's approval, will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or an extension of the Contract Time. Such changes will be effected by written order which the Construction Manager shall carry out promptly. 9.7 NOTICE TO SURETY: CONSENT The Construction Manager shall notify and obtain the consent and approval of the Construction Manager's surety with reference to all Change Orders if such notice, consent, or approval are required by the Construction Manager's surety or by law. The Construction Manager's execution of the Change Order shall constitute the Construction Manager's warranty to the Owner that the surety has been notified of and consents to such Change Order, and the surety shall be conclusively deemed to have been notified of such Change Order and to have expressly consented thereto. 9.8 EFFECT OF EXECUTED CHANGE ORDER The execution of a Change Order by the Construction Manager shall constitute conclusive evidence of the Construction Manager's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work, this Contract as thus amended, the Contract Price and the Contract Time. The Construction Manager, by executing the Change Order, waives and forever releases any claim against the Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. ARTICLE 10 - CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME 10.1 NOTICE TO PROCEED The Contract Time will begin on the date designated in the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner, and the Construction Manager is required to complete the Work in the time stated therein and in the Agreement.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 31 of 39

10.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Construction Manager confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. The Construction Manager shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 10.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME If the Construction Manager is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Professional, or of an employee of either, or of a Separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Scope of Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Construction Manager's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner, or by other causes which the Professional determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Professional may determine with the Owner's approval. Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Subparagraph 7.5. This Paragraph 10.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by the Owner under other provisions of the Contract Documents. Apart from extension of time, no payment or claim for damages shall be made to the Construction Manager as compensation for damages for any ordinary delays or hindrances from any cause whatsoever in the progress of the Work, notwithstanding whether such delay be avoidable or unavoidable. 10.4 COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATION DAMAGES The Construction Manager shall substantially complete all of the Work included in the Contract Documents ready for the Owner's use and occupancy in the Contract Time noted in the Construction Manager's Form of Proposal and the Agreement, subject to extensions of Contract Time as provided in Paragraph 10.3 above. Pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 10.4, for each calendar day's delay in said completion, the Construction Manager shall pay to the Owner as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum in the amount noted in the Project Manual and the Agreement. The Construction Manager and its surety shall be liable for the amount thereof. Any delay attributable to lack of coordination or cooperation by or between the Construction Manager and its Trade Contractor(s) will not be recognized by the Owner as the basis for any claim for increase in the Contract Sum Guaranteed Maximum Price or Contract Time. 10.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION When the Construction Manager considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner wishes or agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete in accordance with Paragraph 1.16, the Construction Manager shall prepare for submission to the Professional and the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Construction Manager to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Professional and the Owner, on the basis of an inspection, determine that the Work is substantially complete, the Professional will then prepare a Substantial Completion Inspection Report which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion; shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Construction Manager for maintenance, heat, utilities, operation of permanent equipment, warranty and insurance; and shall fix the time within which the Construction Manager shall complete the items listed therein. The Substantial Completion Inspection Report shall be submitted to the Owner and the Construction Manager as their notification of the responsibilities assigned to each of them. All necessary inspections shall be coordinated and scheduled by the Construction Manager prior to occupancy. The Construction Manager shall be charged with any cost for re-inspection resulting from substantial differences between the Construction Manager's list of items to be completed or corrected and the list of items resulting from the Professional and Owner's inspection.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 32 of 39

10.6 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY The Owner may take occupancy or make use of any substantially completed portion of the Work and in accordance with the Construction Manager's review and approval. The procedures for the preparation of a list of items to be completed or corrected, Partial Occupancy Inspection and Inspection Reports are to be followed as outlined in Paragraph 10.5 above. The Construction Manager agrees that the Owner may place and install as much material, equipment and furnishings as is possible during construction without interfering with orderly progress of the Work and prior to use and occupancy of the various parts of the Work, and further agrees that such placing and installation shall not evidence completion of the Work or signify the Owner's acceptance of the Work or any part thereof. Partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 11 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 11.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Upon execution of the Agreement between the Owner and the Construction Manager, the Construction Manager shall submit to the Professional and Owner for approval, a breakdown of the Guaranteed Maximum Price, itemizing material and labor for the various classifications of the Work. The breakdown will be used as the basis for the progress payments of the Contract. The schedule shall be tabulated into trade contracts, for each of which the Quantity, Labor, Material, Other Cost and resulting final Cost per Unit shall be indicated. Quantity, Labor, Material, Other Costs, and Cost per Unit generally include but are not necessarily limited to the following: 11.1.1 Quantity: Total number of items for each portion or Unit of Work as determined from the

Contract Documents. 11.1.2 Labor: On-site labor required for the handling and installation of material from point of delivery

at site. 11.1.3 Material: Cost of material as delivered to site for installation and erection. 11.1.4 Other Costs: Rental equipment, depreciation, site office, administration, overhead and profit,

testing, survey and layout, samples and other costs not included in Labor and Material. 11.1.5 Cost per Unit: Total of Labor, Material and Other Cost for each portion or Unit of Work derived

from the total Quantity of same. The Construction Manager's monthly application for payment shall reflect the same items as outlined above. Unit costs shall be realistic for their part of the Work. 11.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, and except for any amounts withheld or disallowed due to deficiencies or errors in documentation as defined in Paragraph 11.5 below, payment of progress and final payment applications shall be due from the Owner forty-five (45) days after the end of a billing period or forty-five (45) days after delivery of the Application for Payment, whichever is later. Within ten (10) calendar days of the effective date hereof, the Construction Manager shall submit to the Owner and to the Professional, a Schedule of Values allocating the Contract Price to the various portions of the Work. The Construction Manager's Schedule of Values shall be prepared in such form, with such detail, and supported by such data as the Professional or the Owner may require to substantiate its accuracy. The Construction Manager shall not imbalance its Schedule of Values nor artificially inflate any element thereof. The violation of this provision by the Construction Manager shall constitute a material breach of this Contract. The Schedule of Values shall be used only as a basis for the Construction Manager's Applications for

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 33 of 39

Payment and shall only constitute such basis after it has been acknowledged in writing by the Professional and the Owner. Ten days before the date established for each progress payment submittal to the Owner, the Construction Manager shall submit to the Professional an itemized Application Certificate of Payment for construction activities completed in accordance with the approved Schedule of Values and which shall reflect the appropriate retainage as outlined. Such application shall be supported by such data substantiating the Construction Manager's right to payment as the Owner may require, including weekly payroll certifications (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry form LLC-25) if applicable. Such applications may include requests for payment for Changes in the Scope of Work which have been properly authorized by a Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order and fully executed. Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the Construction Manager does not intend to pay to a Trade Contractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. The Construction Manager warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application Certificate of Payment will pass to the Owner at the time of payment. The Construction Manager further warrants that upon submittal of an Application Certificate of Payment all Work for which Certificates of Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Construction Manager, Trade Contractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. This provision shall not be construed as relieving the Construction Manager from the sole responsibility for the care and protection of materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged Work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all of the terms of the Contract. Payments to the Construction Manager shall not be construed to release the Construction Manager or its surety from any obligations under this Contract. A Certificate of Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11.3 PAYMENTS FOR STORED MATERIAL Payments on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location agreed upon in writing, will be made by the Owner subject to the following conditions: 11.3.1 Such materials or equipment shall have been fabricated or assembled specifically for the

Project and delivered to storage no earlier than needed for the orderly progress of the Work as demonstrated by the Progress Schedule.

11.3.2 Title to such materials or equipment shall pass to the Owner pursuant to the Construction

Manager's bill of sale which shall contain a guarantee of replacement thereof in the event of damage thereto or disappearance thereof due to any cause. Payment by the University for stored material will be made only upon receipt of the Construction Manager's paid-in-full invoice from the manufacturer or supplier.

11.3.3 In the case of off-site storage, the Construction Manager shall also provide consent of Surety to

such payment and insurance of such materials or equipment against the perils set forth in Paragraph 3.3, both while in storage and during transportation to the site.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 34 of 39

11.3.4 Raw materials or other materials or equipment readily duplicated or usable on other projects will be paid for only after the materials are incorporated into the Project.

11.4 CERTIFICATES OF PAYMENT Based on observations of the Work, the Professional will either recommend, within seven (7) days (except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 11.5.8 below) after receipt from the Construction Manager, approval of payment on the Application Certificate of Payment or notify the Construction Manager and Owner in writing of the Professional's reason(s) for withholding its recommendation in whole or in part as provided in Paragraph 11.5 below. The Professional shall mark the Certificate of Payment so as to indicate the disapproval of those items for which payment is to be withheld or disallowed and to indicate the corrected values, and shall forward the Certificate of Payment to the Owner for further processing, except that, should the Professional disapprove payment of the entire progress payment, the disapproved Certificate of Payment will be returned to the Contractor, with notification of said return provided to the Owner by the Professional. Approval of the Certificate of Payment shall constitute a representation by the Professional to the Owner that the Work has progressed to the point indicated on the Application, and that to the best of the Professional's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Professional. The issuance of a Certificate of Payment will further constitute a representation that the Construction Manager is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate of Payment will not be a representation that the Professional has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality of quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Trade Contractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Construction Manager's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Construction Manager has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and upon written request of the Construction Manager, certification by the Professional and approval of the Owner, retainage for the uncompleted portion of the work may be reduced to a percentage mutually agreed upon by all parties. 11.5 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT The Professional or the Owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds, and if necessary, demand the return of some or all of the amounts previously paid to the Construction Manager or, nullify that part of any Application Certificate of Payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss because of any of the following: 11.5.1 Defective Work not remedied by the Construction Manager nor, in the opinion of the Owner,

likely to be remedied by Construction Manager. 11.5.2 Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims. 11.5.3 Failure of the Construction Manager to make payments promptly and properly to Trade

Contractors or others. 11.5.4 Any evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum. 11.5.5 Damage to the Owner, another Separate Contractor, or any third party. 11.5.6 Any evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid

balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 35 of 39

11.5.7 Failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11.5.8 Errors in Documentation: If a Certificate of Payment is filled out incorrectly or incompletely, or

if there is any other defect or impropriety in a Certificate of Payment, the Professional or Owner shall give written notice to the Contractor within ten (10) working days after receipt of the Certificate, and the Owner shall make payment for the correct amount to the Contractor provided the Certificate of Payment is approved by the Professional in accordance with this Agreement.

If the Construction Manager and Professional cannot agree on a revised amount, the Professional will promptly issue a Certificate of Payment for the amount for which the Professional is able to recommend to the Owner. When the above reason(s) for withholding recommendation or nullifying any part of a Certificate of Payment are removed, recommendation and payment will be made for amounts previously withheld. 11.6 PAYMENTS TO TRADE CONTRACTORS Upon receipt of payment from the Owner, the Construction Manager shall promptly pay each Trade Contractor, out of the amount paid to the Construction Manager, the amount to which said Trade Contractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Construction Manager on account of such Trade Contractor's portion of the Work. The Construction Manager shall, by appropriate agreement with each Trade Contractor, require each Trade Contractor to make payments in similar manner. The Professional or Owner will, on request, furnish to a Trade Contractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Construction Manager and action taken thereon by the Professional and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Trade Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Professional shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Trade Contractor. Payment to material suppliers by the Construction Manager shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided above. 11.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT If the Professional does not recommend approval of payment, through no fault of the Construction Manager, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Construction Manager's Application of Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Construction Manager within a reasonable time the amount certified by the Professional, then the Construction Manager may, upon seven (7) additional days written notice to the Owner and Professional, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Construction Manager's reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 9. 11.8 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 11.8.1 Notification: When the Work is completed, the Construction Manager shall notify the

Professional and Owner in writing that the Work will be ready for final inspection on a definite date. Upon verification by the Professional that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Professional and Owner will make a final inspection and, when the Work is found acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract is fully performed, the Owner will make final payment to the Construction Manager.

11.8.2 Final Payment Documentation: The final payment for the remaining retained percentage shall

not become due until the Construction Manager submits to the Professional for transmittal to the Owner (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or will be paid or otherwise satisfied within thirty (30) days after receipt of final payment from the Owner, (2) consent of surety to final payment, (3)

Certificate of Completion and Release of Liens, and (4) all maintenance manuals, as-built

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 36 of 39

drawings and warranty certificates that may be required. If any third party fails or refuses to provide a release of claim or waiver of lien as required by Owner, the Construction Manager shall furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner from liability.

11.8.3 Final Payment: Acceptance of final payment by the Construction Manager shall constitute a

waiver of all claims by the Construction Manager except those specifically enumerated in writing previously and identified in writing as unsettled at the time of final payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from any of the following:

11.8.3.1 Liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and

unsettled. 11.8.3.2 Failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 11.8.3.3 Terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 12 - CONTRACT WARRANTY PERIOD 12.1 WARRANTY Except as otherwise specified, the Construction Manager warrants and guarantees all Work against defects in materials, equipment and/or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project or Partial Occupancy of any portion thereof and for that period of time noted in any special or extended warranty. This period of one (1) year shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. The Construction Manager's warranty excludes damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Construction Manager, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation or normal wear and tear under normal usage. This warranty and guarantee is not the exclusive remedy of the Owner but is in addition to the general obligation of the Construction Manager to faithfully perform the Contract and it in no way limits the responsibility of the Construction Manager for faulty materials or workmanship. 12.2 CORRECTION OF DEFECTS Upon receipt of written or verbal notice from the Owner or Professional of the discovery of any defects in materials, equipment and/or workmanship, the Construction Manager shall remedy the defects and replace any property damaged therefrom occurring within the warranty and guarantee period. Any defects discovered in materials, equipment and/or workmanship which are included in any manufacturer's written warranty certificate shall be remedied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and procedures. Any of the Work found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, such work will be considered defective and shall be corrected promptly by the Construction Manager after receipt of notice from the Owner or Professional. If the Construction Manager, after notice, fails to proceed promptly and remedy such defects within thirty (30) days or within another period of time which has been agreed to in writing, in compliance with the terms of the warranty and guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected and the Construction Manager and its surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred. 12.3 ONE-YEAR INSPECTION

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 37 of 39

Prior to the expiration of the one (1) year guarantee period against defective materials, equipment and/or workmanship, the Professional and Owner shall conduct an inspection to determine any other defects in material, equipment and/or workmanship not previously noticed and corrected as outlined in Paragraph 12.2 above. Should any additional defects be discovered, the Construction Manager, upon receipt of written notice from the Professional or Owner, shall promptly remedy the defects and replace any property damaged therefrom. If the Construction Manager, after notice, fails to proceed promptly and remedy such defects within thirty (30) days or within another period of time which has been agreed to in writing, in compliance with the terms of the warranty and guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected and the Construction Manager and its surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred. ARTICLE 13 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 13.1 Non-Discrimination Clause During the term of the Contract, the Construction Manager agrees as follows: 13.1.1 Construction Manager shall not discriminate against any applicant for employment of any

Trade Contractor or any other person because of race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age or sex. Construction Manager shall not discriminate against any employee or Trade Contractor or other person because of race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age or sex. Construction Manager shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees or agents are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age or sex. Such affirmative action shall include, but is not limited to, the following: Employment upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training. Construction Manager shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees, agents, applicants for employment and other persons, notices to be provided by the contracting agency setting forth the provision of this non-discrimination clause.

13.1.2 Construction Manager shall in solicitations or advertisements placed by it or on its behalf state

all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age or sex.

13.1.3 Construction Manager shall send each labor union or workers' representative with which it has

a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising said labor union or workers' representative of its commitment to this non-discrimination clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. Similar notices shall be sent to every other source or recruitment utilized by Construction Manager.

13.1.4 It shall be no defense to a finding of a non-compliance with Executive Order 1972-1 or any

regulations issued by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission or this non-discrimination clause that recipient had delegated some of its employment practices to any union, training program or other source of recruitment which prevents it from meeting its obligations.

13.1.5 Where the practices of a union or any training program or other source of recruitment will result

in the exclusion of minority group persons, so that Construction Manager will be unable to meet its obligations under Executive Order 1972-1 or any regulations issued by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission or this non-discrimination clause, Construction Manager shall then employ and fill vacancies through other employment procedures without

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 38 of 39

regard to race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, sex or age, taking affirmative action to obtain qualified minority group persons.

13.1.6 Construction Manager shall comply with all rules, regulations and orders issued by the

Governor, the Attorney General, and the Human Relations Commission relating to laws, prohibiting discrimination in hiring or employment opportunities. In the event of Construction Manager's non-compliance with the non-discrimination clause of the contract or with any such rules, regulations or orders, this Contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and recipient may be declared ineligible for further Commonwealth contracts, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided by rule, regulation or order of the Governor, Attorney General, or the Human Relations Commission, or as otherwise provided by law.

13.1.7 Construction Manager shall furnish all information and reports required by the Governor,

Attorney General, and the Human Relations Commission and will permit access to its books, records and accounts by the contracting agency and the Human Relations Commission, for purpose of investigations to ascertain compliance with provision of Executive Order 1972-1 or any regulations issued by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission or this non-discrimination clause.

13.1.8 Construction Manager shall actively recruit minority Trade Contractors or Trade Contractors

with substantial minority representation among their employees. 13.1.9 Construction Manager shall include the provisions of Paragraphs 13.1.1 through 13.1.10 in

every contract or purchase order, so that such provisions will be binding upon each Trade Contractor, vendor or other person.

13.1.10 The terms used in this non-discrimination clause shall have the same meaning as in the

Contract Compliance Regulations issued by the Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission, 16 Pa. Code Ch. 49.

ARTICLE 14 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14.1 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No actions or failure to act by the Owner, Professional or Construction Manager shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 14.2 INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Construction Manager shall appear for and defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner, Professional, Professional's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work of whatsoever nature caused in whole or in part by the Construction Manager, a Trade Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 14.2. In Claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 14.2 by an employee of the Construction Manager, a Trade Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 14.2 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payment by or for the Construction Manager or a Trade Contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

04/2012 1-CM-GMP-GC, Page 39 of 39

The obligations of the Construction Manager under this Paragraph 14.2 shall not extend to the liability of the Professional, the Professional's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Professional, the Professional's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. The status of the Construction Manager in the Work to be performed by it under this Contract is that of an Independent Contractor and as such the Construction Manager shall properly safeguard against any and all personal injury including death, or damage to the public, to public and private property, materials, and things; and as such, the Construction Manager alone shall be responsible for any and all damage, loss, or injury to persons or property that may arise or be incurred in or during the conduct or progress of said work without regard to whether or not the Construction Manager, its Trade Contractors, Agents, or Employees have been negligent; and the Construction Manager shall keep the Owner and Professional indemnified from and discharged of and from any and all responsibility and liability for risks and casualties of every description, as provided in the Agreement between the Owner and the Construction Manager. 14.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS COMPILED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER All studies, special requirements, cost estimates, project schedules, and all other data compiled by the Construction Manager under this Agreement, shall become the property of the Owner, and may be used for any purpose desired by the Owner. The Construction Manager shall not be liable for any reuse of these documents by the Owner. 14.4 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’S RECORDS/RIGHT-TO-AUDIT Documentation accurately reflecting the time expended by the Construction Manager and its personnel and records of Reimbursable Expenses shall be maintained by the Construction Manager and shall be available to the Owner for review and copying upon request.

14.4.1 Construction Manager’s "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. An Owner’s representative or an outside representative engaged by Owner may perform such audits. The Owner or its designee may conduct such audits or inspections throughout the term of this contract and for a period of three years after final payment or longer if required by law.

14.4.2 Construction Manager shall require all payees (examples of payees include subcontractors,

insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this article by incurring the requirements hereof in a written contract agreement between Construction Manager and payee. Such requirements to include flow-down right of audit provisions in contracts with payees will also apply to Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. Construction Manager will cooperate fully and will require Related Parties and all of Construction Manager's subcontractors (including those entering into lump sum subcontracts) to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to Owner from time to time whenever requested in an expeditious manner any and all such information, materials and data.

14.4.3 Owner's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the Construction

Manager's facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this contract and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with this article. If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article, discloses overpricing or overcharges (of any nature) by the Construction Manager or any subcontractor to the Owner in excess of one-half of one percent (.5%) of the total contract billings, the reasonable actual cost of the Owner's audit shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Construction Manager. Any adjustments and/or payments which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the Construction Manager’s invoices and/or records shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days) from presentation of Owner's findings to Construction Manager.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT: April 2012


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION D.1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION D1 – Prevailing Wage Requirements

SECTION D.1

NOTIFICATION OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO THE PREVAILING WAGE ACT 1. The Subcontractor, Sub-Subcontractor, or any other person or entity providing labor, materials, good or

services on this Project shall pay no less than the wage rates as determined in the decision of the Secretary of Labor and Industry and shall comply with the conditions of the Pennsylvania Prevailing Wage Act approved August 15, 1961 (Act No. 442), as amended August 9, 1963 (Act No. 342), and the Regulations issued pursuant thereto, to assure the full and proper payment of said rates.

2. Such workmen shall be paid no less than such general prevailing minimum wage rates and such other

provisions to assure payment thereof as heretofore set forth in this Section. 3. The Subcontractor provisions shall apply to all work performed on the Contract by the Subcontractor and

to all work performed on the Contract by all Subcontractors. 4. The Subcontractor shall insert in each of its subcontracts all of the stipulations contained in these

required provisions and such other stipulations as may be required. 5. No workmen may be employed on the public work except in accordance with the classifications set forth

in the decisions of the Secretary. In the event that additional or different classifications are necessary, the procedure set forth in Section 7 of these Regulations shall be followed.

6. All workmen employed or working on the public work shall be paid unconditionally, regardless of

whether any contractual relationship exists or the nature of any Contractor, Subcontractor, DA, Supplier and workmen, not less than once a week without deduction or rebate, on any account, either directly or indirectly, except authorized deductions, the full amounts due at the time of payment, computed at the rates applicable to the time worked in the appropriate classification. Nothing in the Contract, the Act, or these Regulations shall prohibit the payment of more than the general prevailing minimum wage rates as determined by the Secretary to any workman on public work.

7. Each Subcontractor, Sub-Subcontractor, or any other person or entity providing labor, materials, good or

services on this Project shall post for the entire period of construction the wage determination decisions of the Secretary, including the effective date of any changes thereof, in a prominent and easily accessible place or places at the site of the work and at such a place or places used by them to pay workmen their wages. The posted notice of wage rates must contain the following information:

a. Name of project. b. Name of public body of which it is being constructed. c. The crafts and classifications of workmen listed in the Secretary's general prevailing minimum

wage rate determinations for the particular project. d. The general prevailing minimum wage rates determined for each craft and classification and the

effective date of any changes. e. A statement advising workmen that if they have been paid less than the general prevailing

minimum wage rate for their job classification or that the Contractor and/or Subcontractor are not complying with the Act or these Regulations in any manner whatsoever, they may file a protest with the Secretary of Labor and Industry. Any workmen paid less than the rate specified in the Contract shall have a civil right of action for the difference between the wage paid and the wages stipulated in the Contract, which right of action must be exercised within six (6) months from the occurrence of the event creating such right.


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION F ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION F – GENERAL CONDUCT OF THE WORK AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

8. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall keep an accurate record showing the name, craft and/or classification, number of hours worked per day, and the actual hourly rate of wage paid (including employee benefits) to each workman employed by him in connection with the public work, and such record must include any deductions from each workman. The record shall be preserved for two years from the date of payment and shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the public body awarding the contract and to the Secretary or his duly authorized representative.

9. Apprentices shall be limited to such numbers as shall be in accordance with a bona fide apprenticeship

program registered with and approved by the Pennsylvania Apprenticeship and Training Council, and only apprentices whose training and employment are in full compliance with the provisions of the Apprenticeship and Training Act approved July 14, 1961 (Act No. 304), and the Rules and Regulations issued pursuant thereto shall be employed on the public work project. Any workman using the tools of a craft who does not qualify as an apprentice within the provisions of this Subsection shall be paid the rate predetermined for journeymen in that particular craft and/or classification.

10. Wages shall be paid without any deductions except authorized deductions. Employers not parties to a

contract requiring contributions for employee benefits which the Secretary has determined to be included in the general prevailing minimum wage rate shall pay the monetary equivalent thereof directly to the workmen.

11. Payment of compensation to workmen for work performed on public work on a lump-sum basis, or a

piecework system, or a price certain for the completion of a certain amount of work, or the production of a certain result shall be deemed a violation of the Act and these Regulations, regardless of the average hourly earnings resulting therefrom.

12. Each Contractor and each Subcontractor shall file a statement each week and a final statement at the

conclusion of the work on the Contract with the contracting agency, under oath, and in form satisfactory to the Secretary, certifying that all workmen have been paid wages in strict conformity with the provisions and if any wages remain unpaid to set forth the amount of wages due and owing to each workman respectively. Two (2) copies of Certified payrolls are to be turned into the Construction Manager at the conclusion of each week to an address to be determined at a later date. Subcontractor must keep a record of each certified payroll (including NO WORK forms) for a period of 5 years past the date of Project Completion.

13. The provisions of the Act and these Regulations shall be incorporated by reference in the Contract. 14. The Subcontractor shall be financially responsible for any and fines levied should the certified payrolls

be inaccurate or falsified. The Subcontractor shall not misclassify any work assignments, but shall in each and every case follow proper jurisdictional assignments in compliance with the Act.

15. See the specific Prevailing Wage Rates for the South Frear Phase 2 Renovation at the end of this section.

END OF SECTION D.1

10/19/2012Determination Date:

BuildingProject Classification:

12-05944Serial Number:

1/31/2013Contract Award Date:

Awarding Agency:

South Frear Phase II RenovationProject Name:

PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES

Assigned Field Office:

Centre County

Toll Free Phone Number:

814-940-6224Field Office Phone Number:

Altoona

Penn State University

Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe

BenefitsTotalBuilding

6/28/2010 $20.13$30.63 $50.76Asbestos & Insulation Workers





1/1/2010 $15.15$23.59 $38.74Boilermaker (Commercial, Institutional,

and Minor Repair Work)





1/1/2011 $28.12$37.35 $65.47Boilermakers

1/1/2012 $29.85$37.62 $67.47Boilermakers

5/2/2011 $14.45$30.05 $44.50Bricklayers, Stone Masons, Pointers,

Caulkers, Cleaners


Caulkers, Cleaners


Caulkers, Cleaners


Caulkers, Cleaners


Caulkers, Cleaners


Caulkers, Cleaners

Page 1 of 12 10/22/2012


Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe


6/1/2009 $9.68$24.79 $34.47Carpenters

6/1/2010 $10.14$25.33 $35.47Carpenters

6/1/2011 $10.61$25.85 $36.46Carpenters

6/1/2006 $8.79$23.70 $32.49Carpenters, Soft Floor Layers

5/3/2009 $13.40$26.55 $39.95Cement Finishers




6/1/2010 $11.99$24.60 $36.59Cement Masons

7/1/2010 $11.99$24.60 $36.59Cement Masons

7/12/2011 $12.59$24.85 $37.44Cement Masons

6/1/2012 $13.19$25.15 $38.34Cement Masons

6/1/2013 $13.84$25.45 $39.29Cement Masons

1/1/2010 $12.25$29.95 $42.20Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers




6/1/2009 $13.59$24.45 $38.04Drywall Finisher





5/1/2009 $16.03$39.54 $55.57Electric Lineman






12/26/2008 $17.13$33.11 $50.24Electricians & Telecommunications

Installation Technician



Page 2 of 12 Serial Number: 12-05944


Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe










1/1/2009 $21.20$37.33 $58.53Elevator Constructor




1/1/2007 $0.00$0.00 $0.00Elevator Tender (Use Elevator Apprentice

or Constructor)

9/1/2010 $14.82$20.38 $35.20Glazier

9/1/2011 $15.32$20.88 $36.20Glazier

9/1/2012 $15.82$21.38 $37.20Glazier

9/1/2013 $16.32$21.88 $38.20Glazier

6/1/2009 $20.10$24.73 $44.83Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,

Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)







7/1/2009 $9.19$18.05 $27.24Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)














Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe






7/1/2009 $9.05$18.25 $27.30Landscape Laborer

7/1/2010 $9.90$18.25 $28.15Landscape Laborer

7/1/2009 $9.05$18.67 $27.72Landscape Laborer (Skilled)

7/1/2010 $9.90$18.67 $28.57Landscape Laborer (Skilled)

7/1/2009 $9.05$18.97 $28.02Landscape Laborer (Tractor Operator)

7/1/2010 $9.90$18.97 $28.87Landscape Laborer (Tractor Operator)

6/1/2011 $15.08$34.42 $49.50Millwright

6/1/2012 $16.11$35.89 $52.00Millwright

5/1/2013 $16.76$36.49 $53.25Millwright

6/1/2014 $17.15$37.35 $54.50Millwright

7/1/2009 $12.63$25.47 $38.10Operators (Class 01 - see notes)



7/1/2009 $12.63$22.79 $35.42Operators (Class 02 -see notes)





7/1/2011 $13.96$22.65 $36.61Operators (Class 03 - See notes)

7/1/2009 $12.63$20.84 $33.47Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party

(Surveying and Layout))

7/1/2010 $13.13$21.74 $34.87Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party


7/1/2009 $12.63$19.84 $32.47Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person

(Surveying & Layout))

7/1/2010 $13.13$20.74 $33.87Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person

(Surveying & Layout))

7/1/2009 $12.63$19.39 $32.02Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman


7/1/2010 $13.13$20.29 $33.42Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman


6/1/2009 $12.81$24.77 $37.58Painters Class 6 (see notes)



Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe







1/1/2009 $12.00$43.28 $55.28Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,

Highway)


Highway)


Highway)


Highway)


Highway)


Highway)

6/1/2008 $9.64$20.97 $30.61Plasterers

6/1/2010 $9.94$20.97 $30.91Plasterers

6/1/2011 $9.94$21.57 $31.51Plasterers

5/1/2009 $18.16$30.27 $48.43Plumbers and Steamfitters




5/1/2009 $23.10$30.00 $53.10Roofers (Composition)




5/1/2011 $15.62$23.75 $39.37Roofers (Shingle, Slate, Tile)

5/1/2009 $13.62$23.25 $36.87Roofers (Shingle, Slate, Tiles)

6/1/2009 $29.12$29.56 $58.68Sheet Metal Workers




7/1/2009 $15.99$24.17 $40.16Sign Makers and Hangars

5/21/2010 $16.37$24.33 $40.70Sign Makers and Hangars



Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe


1/1/2010 $17.60$33.85 $51.45Sprinklerfitters






5/1/2009 $14.37$26.54 $40.91Terrazzo Finisher



5/1/2009 $17.27$25.86 $43.13Terrazzo Setter

5/1/2010 $17.32$27.21 $44.53Terrazzo Setter

5/1/2011 $17.32$27.46 $44.78Terrazzo Setter

5/1/2008 $11.85$20.37 $32.22Tile & Marble Finisher




5/1/2008 $13.09$23.27 $36.36Tile & Marble Layer




1/1/2010 $12.25$29.95 $42.20Tilesetters & Marble Masons













Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe



1/1/2009 $11.44$24.23 $35.67Truckdriver class 1(see notes)





1/1/2009 $11.51$24.38 $35.89Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)












Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe

BenefitsTotalHeavy/Highway

1/1/2009 $12.16$28.23 $40.39Carpenter Welder





1/1/2009 $12.16$27.53 $39.69Carpenters

1/1/2010 $12.56$28.48 $41.04Carpenters

1/1/2011 $13.57$28.47 $42.04Carpenters

1/1/2012 $14.40$28.74 $43.14Carpenters

1/1/2013 $15.12$29.12 $44.24Carpenters



























Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe



































Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe















1/1/2011 $15.74$23.77 $39.51Operators (Class 03)




















Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe

























1/1/2009 $12.00$28.85 $40.85Piledrivers

1/1/2010 $12.25$29.95 $42.20Piledrivers

1/1/2011 $13.10$30.35 $43.45Piledrivers

1/1/2012 $13.70$30.85 $44.55Piledrivers

1/1/2013 $14.20$31.45 $45.65Piledrivers

5/1/2010 $26.09$30.27 $56.36Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas

Distribution)

5/1/2012 $26.86$34.87 $61.73Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas

Distribution)



Effective

Date

Expiration

Date

Hourly

Rate

Fringe


Notes:

If you can not find a classification under Heavy/Highway please refer to the Building classifications.

For further information on construction types review the

on the Labor and Industry Website. Go to www.dli.state.pa.us, scroll down to the picture labeled "Labor Law Compliance"

and click the picture. Then scroll down on the left menu and click on the "Prevailing Wage" link.

"Notes as Referenced in Predeterminations"


http://www.portal.state.pa.us/portal/server.pt/community/prevailing_wage/10519/forms/553564


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION E ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION F – GENERAL CONDUCT OF THE WORK AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION E

LIST OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

(TO BE ISSUED WITH THE FIRST ADDENDUM)



SECTION F

GENERAL CONDUCT OF THE WORK AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS F-01 General

A. This section contains special instructions relating to the execution of the work shown on the drawings and required by the specifications, and is applicable to all Contracts. In instances where language here and in any other specification is in a direct conflict with one another, the more stringent requirement will apply.

F-02 Definitions

A. Wherever the Contract Documents contain the terms "work," "building," "structure," "project," or words like import are used, it shall be understood to refer to and designate all construction materials and labor, complete and ready for use, within the limits of the contract lines as shown on the plot plan and specified.

B. "Provide" as used in the specification documents shall be understood to mean furnish and install

complete and ready for use. F-03 Project Coordination

A. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be responsible for the overall coordination, control, and progress of the work for all of the other Subcontractors, and material suppliers involved in the project.

All Subcontractors are responsible to assist in the overall project coordination effort. All Subcontractor’s Superintendents/Foremen will be responsible for direct coordination with

all other trades. Regular site meetings will be held by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to assist in this field coordination effort.

B. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall also be responsible for preparing the progress

schedule indicating the sequence and time required for the varied disciplines of the work. The progress schedule shall be submitted by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to the other Subcontractor’s requesting their sequence and time requirement input. The Subcontractor’s will be required to accept the progress schedule submitted by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or give comments for correction. One progress schedule showing all disciplines shall be prepared. The completed progress schedule shall then be submitted to the Professional for review and approval. The approved progress schedule shall then be issued by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to all Subcontractors, the Professional, and the University.

C. Subcontractors need to report to the Site Superintendent prior to beginning work. Subcontractor

to have supervisory personnel on site during all of the work covered under this scope of work.

D. Subcontractor shall provide a competent full-time foreman while performing work on the site. The foreman will have an extensive knowledge of the work and have a complete set of current Construction Documents and all approved shop drawings associated with the Subcontractor’s work. The foreman will also have a means to communicate with those within the company authorized to make binding decisions.



E. Subcontractor will attend and participate in coordination meetings as required. Prior to proceeding with any work or phase on this Project, Barton Malow may require that a pre-mobilization start-up meeting be held with our Regional Director and/or Project Safety Officer. This meeting will review the established Project Safety Program. Subcontractor’s project superintendent and supervisors of any subcontractors working for Subcontractor must attend.

F-04 Project Meetings

A. Pre-installation meeting. Prior to commencement of the work, the Subcontractor’s shall meet in pre-installation meeting with representatives of the Owner and the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, to discuss and develop mutual understanding, relative to administration of the project, general conduct of the work, progress schedules, safety programs, labor provisions, and other contract procedures relating to the work.

B. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall provide a space to conduct a regularly scheduled,

biweekly (every two weeks) meeting at the site for the purpose of coordinating the work. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall require representation from all Subcontractors upon request of the Professional or the University.

C. Subcontractor’s shall attend personally or be represented at such meetings. Should the

Contractor elect to be represented, it shall be understood and agreed that the University and the Professional, in dealing with contractor's representatives, do so with full assurance that such representative's actions and commitments may be accepted the same as though the contractor who signed, and is bound by the contract, were itself present and personally made such agreements or commitments.

D. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall take and retain a verbatim record of the biweekly

meeting (Job Conference) and shall prepare and distribute summary minutes of each meeting within four (4) days to the University and all other interested parties. Any corrections to the minutes are to be sent to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within four (4) working days after receipt of same.

F-05 Order of Work

A. If in the judgment of the University and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to expedite the work or any part of it to conform with the approved project schedule, the Subcontractors shall cease work at any location, transfer its men to other locations, and execute other portions of the work as may be directed.

F-06 Parking for Subcontractor’s' Employees

A. There is no on-site parking. B. Parking for all Subcontractor’s vehicles (either company-owned or employee-owned) may be

provided in a parking lot designated by the University. The parking fee for these vehicles shall be established by the University's Parking Office. Each Contractor is advised to contact the Parking Office at (814) 865-1436 for rate information.

C. It will be each Subcontractor’s responsibility to inform its employees that they cannot park at

any location on the campus other than the assigned area. All existing University parking regulations shall be enforced.

D. Each Subcontractor’s shall arrange for transportation between the assigned parking area and the

project site.



F-07 Unclassified Excavation –N/A F-08 Blasting – N/A F-09 Protection of Property

A. Protect all trees, shrubs, lawn areas, curbing, walks, roadways, and ground areas from damage during the course of the construction. Protect the existing structures and Subcontractor’s shall use care in the work in general in, on, and around the structures. Repair all damage to the satisfaction of the University at the responsible party's cost and expense.

B. There is a variety of existing equipment, materials and spaces that will remain in the building

during the construction phases through out the building. There are also items and areas in the construction spaces and adjacent to the construction spaces that are basically new construction from the first phase of the South Frear renovations. Some examples are new ductwork and VAVs, finn tube at the North and South windows on all floors, cabinet unit heaters, flooring in hallways and offices, new casework and equipment on the 3rd floor and ceilings in some areas. All necessary precautions to fully protect all existing items must be taken by each Subcontractor. Under no circumstances should it be assumed that existing items will be protected by others unless specifically called out in the project manual.

F-10 Warning Lights

A. Where warning lights are required, they shall be the blinker type, battery or electrically operated. Open-flame-type torches are not permitted.

F-11 Access

A. Each Subcontractor shall maintain unobstructed pedestrian and automobile traffic lanes on the campus roads, service drives, and parking areas.

B. Protect existing buildings and structures from damage. Take all precautions to avoid damaging

utilities. C. Each Subcontractor shall provide constant protection against rain, wind, storms, frost, or heat so

as to maintain his work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures free from damage. At the end of each day's work, cover work likely to be damaged. During cold weather, protect work from damage by freezing and provide such enclosures and heating apparatus as may be necessary to prosecute the work without stoppage for reason of unfavorable weather.

D. Each Subcontractor, in all areas of operations, shall provide barricades, guard lights, and other

appurtenances for the protection of workmen and public as required by applicable regulations and for the protection of roads, lighting, hydrants, walks, curbs, and adjacent grounds and planting for the duration of such operations. The Contractor shall bear the costs of damage caused by it and/or its Subcontractors.

E. No storage is permitted at the site. Materials must be scheduled to arrive within one week prior

to incorporation into the work. Any exceptions are to be approved in writing in advance by Barton Malow. Deliveries must be coordinated 48 hours in advance with the Barton Malow Superintendent. Subcontractor acknowledges the complexity of delivering materials for this project. Therefore, considerations have been made and are included in this Subcontract for premium time associated with ‘off’ hour deliveries to the site. Once materials are on site, stored materials are to be secured and protected by Subcontractor accordingly. Subcontractor shall



make its own arrangements for obtaining and paying for offsite locations for material/equipment storage as is necessary.

F. Due to the partially occupied and phased nature of this project, several access points and work

areas will be shared by the PSU Staff, Students, Facilities and Maintenance while the Construction Manager and Subcontractors are on site. The Construction Manager shall establish temporary barriers and doorways at Closed Construction Areas and each Subcontractor shall be responsible for enforcing that these doorways remain closed during the work day. Each Subcontractor shall also be responsible for assisting in the monitoring of these Construction Areas to ensure that only authorized construction personnel are present.

F-12 Construction Fence

A. A construction fence enclosing the area of the work within the central limits shall be required. Construction fencing may also be required for trailers and stored material that may be located outside the area of work. Fencing material should be adequate to protect persons and property.

1. Provide a six foot high (6') chain-link fence with galvanized frame and fabric, and

adequate gates as required. Posts shall be 2 inch diameter and spaced at maximum of 8 feet OC. Anchor posts in concrete footing. Footing shall be 10 inch diameter, with bottom at 36 inches below grade. Place tops of footing 3 inches below grade and cover with soil. Embed posts 24 inches in concrete. Provide top stabilizing rail between posts. Top of posts shall be closed.

2. Provide 5’–6” mesh fabric windscreen, mount top of fabric to top stabilizing bar. Fabric

shall be PVC vinyl coated polyester, equal to Tenn-air curtain style, color US Open blue as manufactured by M. Putterman and Co., Inc. (800) 621-0146. Windscreen shall have reinforced hems and grommets every 12 inches on all edges. Install windscreen on construction side of fence, using 50-pound break strength tie wraps at every grommet. Pull fabric taught. (Optional: Penn State Logo shall be imprinted on windscreen facing the non-construction side of the fence at the request of the Project Manager.)

3. Subcontractors are responsible to move, open or otherwise relocate fencing as required to

complete their work. It is the subcontractor’s responsibility to immediately restore the fencing to its original condition.

F-13 Temporary Facilities

A. Offices. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may erect a temporary office where directed. It shall be adequate in size for conducting the work, accommodating project meetings, and shall contain a plan-table and plan-rack available for use by the University's representative(s).

B. Sheds. The Subcontractors may provide and erect temporary sheds, as directed, for the storage

of tools, equipment, and materials ONLY after approval by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Subcontractor is responsible for securing their facilities.

C. Toilets. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall provide, erect, and maintain adequate toilet

facilities for the convenience of workmen and others employed on the site. The University shall approve the type of facility and location.

D. Scaffolding and Staging. The Subcontractors shall furnish and erect all ladders, staging, and

scaffolding required. E. Design. The University shall approve the design and appearance of offices, sheds, and toilets

prior to erection.



F. Removal. Prior to completion of each phase or sub-phase, the Subcontractors shall completely

remove the temporary buildings, offices, sheds, toilets, scaffolding, etc., and all other items of temporary facilities and construction provided by them, and restore the area to the original condition acceptable to the University.

F-14 Existing Underground Utilities

A. The existence and locations of underground utilities indicated on the drawings are not guaranteed. The Subcontractors shall investigate and verify in the field before starting any work.

B. All excavation within three (3) feet of any existing underground utility line shall be

accomplished by hand labor. Extreme caution shall be used in this area to prevent any damage to existing facilities.

C. The Subcontractors shall adequately protect from damage (including shoring, if necessary), all

underground utilities uncovered or exposed. The Subcontractors shall be responsible for all damage to existing underground utilities caused by its work and shall repair by a method approved by the University.

D. Utilities serving existing buildings, installation, or facilities shall not be interrupted until the

Contractor has made the necessary arrangements with and has received approval from the University.

E. In the event that interruption of any existing utility service is necessary, the responsible

Subcontractors shall be required to make all arrangements for shutdown and start-up of such service with the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Superintendent. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will coordinate with the University Representative. Some outages require a two week notice with the University so all outages will need to be planned and submitted well in advance of the work.

F-15 Temporary Utility Services

A. Each Subcontractor shall, at its own cost and expense, install, operate, protect, and maintain the respective temporary services as hereinafter specified, during the construction period of the entire project. These temporary services shall include water supply, electric light and power, temporary heat, material hoists, sanitary facilities, access roads, and any other services as may be stipulated in the General Conditions, Special Requirements, and/or specifications.

B. Temporary or permanent connections made by any Subcontractors to existing University

systems shall be approved by the University, as to location and the manner and time of the connections to such systems. Where such connections require shutdown of an existing University system, at the University Park Campus the shutdown will be made by University personnel. At other locations, the shutdown will be performed by the Subcontractors. A written advance notice of at least fourteen (14) days shall be given to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Superintendent by the Subcontractors requesting the shutdown. Directly after the final connection by the Subcontractors, at the University Park Campus, reinstatement of the service shall be performed by University personnel. At other locations, reinstatement will be done by the Contractor.

C. Temporary connections to new and/or existing permanent service lines shall be made at

locations as directed by the University, protected while in use, and when the temporary service lines are no longer required, they shall be removed by the Subcontractors. Any part or parts of the permanent service lines, grounds, and buildings, disturbed or damaged by the installation



and/or removal of the temporary service lines shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor responsible for the temporary installation, by a method approved by the University.

D. At the University Park Campus, University personnel must be used to shut down and start up all

University services which require interruption for temporary or permanent connections. All underground utilities or service lines uncovered or exposed by the operations under this contract shall be adequately protected by the Subcontractors, who shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to such services. Services and utilities in and to existing buildings must not be connected to or interrupted without making the necessary written requests to the University and receiving written permission. All interruptions to University services must be scheduled two (2) weeks in advance and will generally be made outside of normal working hours.

E. The Owner shall pay all costs for water, and electric power required for the operation of

temporary services. Temporary Generators and necessary fuel as required will be supplied by Subcontractors.

F. Any Subcontractors who fails to carry out its responsibility in supplying temporary services, as

set forth in its contract, shall be held responsible for such failure and the University shall have the right to take such action as it deems proper for the protection and conduct of the work and shall deduct the cost involved from the amount due the Subcontractors.

G. Temporary Water Supply

1. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at its own cost and expense, install, operate, protect, and maintain an adequate water supply, on each floor, for the use of all Subcontractors on the project during the period of construction, either by means of the permanent water supply or by the installation of a temporary water supply line.

2. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the removal of a temporary water

supply line, if installed, and restoration which may be required because of same. 3. Subcontractors are responsible for providing drinking water to their employees. H. Telephone Services. The Subcontractors shall obtain and pay for all expenses associated with

temporary telephone, fax, etc., services. Service shall be arranged by calling the Office of Telecommunications (OTC) Business Office at (814) 863-7096. The Subcontractors shall inform OTC of the company name, services desired, location, contact name, billing address, and telephone and fax numbers. OTC will initiate the service order and all one-time, ongoing, and disconnect charges shall then be billed directly to the Subcontractors. The Subcontractors shall notify OTC when service is required to be disconnected.

I. Temporary Heat

1. The phasing and partial occupancy of the building requires a coordination effort to the temporary heating of the building. The current conditioning of spaces is broken into three general areas. The areas along the North facing exterior wall of the building are supplied by a North side AHU on the roof that was installed under a recent renovation. The areas along the South facing exterior wall of the building are supplied by a South side AHU on the roof that was installed under a recent renovation. The central areas of the building are currently supplied from a Basement level AHU that is being replaced by a pair of AHUs on the roof during this renovation.

2. With the 3rd floor remaining partially occupied during construction, it will be necessary

for the pair of new AHUs to be installed and operational prior to starting work on this floor. The phasing of the 3rd floor requires that each area be operational and turned over prior to starting the next phase of the floor. The new supply duct coming down



the shaft will replace the old supply duct going up the shaft and there will likely be some temporary duct installation required to keep other areas of the 3rd floor on the old system as the new is being installed.

3. Temporary heat in the enclosed structures will be required on a twenty-four hour basis

when the ambient temperature is officially predicted or is actually at 35°F, or lower. Temporary heat may be required at times other than above in order to maintain job progress and will be the responsibility of the respective Subcontractor to supply and pay all costs thereof.

4. After the structure is enclosed and temporary heat is required for proper construction as

determined by the Professional or the University, the Subcontractor, at his own cost and expense, shall provide the equipment and heating personnel for temporary heat. The Subcontractors may install gas or oil-fired portable heating units provided the products of combustion are totally vented outside the building. The Subcontractors, upon approval by the University, may utilize the permanent system or portions thereof or may install temporary steam or hot water radiation or convection or a combination of both. If the permanent system is used and water treatment equipment is to be installed as part of the contract, then such equipment is to be installed and operated to protect the system. The Subcontractors shall operate portable steam or hot water generating equipment for supply to permanent or temporary structure heating facilities unless steam is available from University lines. The Subcontractors may install, valve, meter, operate, protect, and maintain a temporary steam heating system through connections to existing University steam lines, but may do so only if the University will state, in writing, that the existing steam system can supply sufficient quantity of steam to meet the Professional's estimate of the quantity that will be needed to maintain adequate temporary heat. The University, within its facilities, will furnish steam for temporary heat under a specified schedule of charges.

5. Temporary heating system shall be of sufficient capacity to heat the interior of the

building to 50°F, when the outside temperature is 0°F. Temperature at all times must be 50°F or above. This service shall be continued until the entire project is completed.

6. Where electricians or plumbers are required to install, operate, supervise, or maintain

equipment used in the provision of temporary heat, the payment for the services of such personnel shall be the responsibility of the Electrical or Plumbing Contractor, respectively.

7. The Subcontractors, at its own cost and expense, shall remove all soot, smudge, and

other deposits from walls, ceilings, and exposed surfaces which are the result of the use of any temporary heating equipment, including the use of the permanent heating system for temporary heating purposes. The Contractor shall not do any finish work until all such surfaces are properly cleaned.

8. All permanent heating equipment used to supply temporary heat shall be completely

cleaned and reconditioned as necessary by the Subcontractors prior to final acceptance by the University. All permanent heating equipment such as radiator trap seats and diaphragms, valve seats and discs, strainer internals, or any other equipment found to be damaged due to being used for temporary heat shall be replaced. All such replacements must be checked and approved by the University.



J. Construction Light and Power 1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install temporary construction lighting in

coordination with the cut/cap/safe/demo of the old system and the installation of the new lighting system.

2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install up to four temporary power stations (120 V)

on each floor of the building in coordination with the schedule phasing. Each station will consist of four GFCI duplex outlets powered by two (20A) breakers, enough slack in the cable to move 10 feet in all directions and comply with all code guidelines for proper installation.

3. At University Park Campus, where temporary electric service is secured from the

University's 5 KV or 12 KV distribution system, the Electrical Subcontractor shall install the system in the same manner as if the system were permanent. This includes fused disconnects installed as close as possible to the tap to the University's system, 5 KV or 15 KV shielded cable as required, proper termination of cable including stress cones, grounding, lightning arresters on overhead lines and proper insulators and adequate clearance for overhead lines. Transformer bank shall be connected for a balanced 120/240 V distribution except when directed otherwise. When this installation is complete and before connections may be made, the University shall be notified so that arrangements can be made for testing, inspection, and approval by the University before final connection is completed. It will be the University's option to waive the test. All interruptions to University services must be scheduled two (2) weeks in advance. In order to keep the downtime to a minimum, the Electrical Subcontractor shall complete as much of the work as possible prior to the interruption.

4. The temporary service distribution points shall be located as near as possible to the

building and shall not cause an obstruction or interference to other Contractors in the performance of this work.

5. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install the temporary electrical services

for construction light and power for all Subcontractor’s, maintain and operate the services as long as required during the entire period of construction for the project. Temporary electrical service shall be supplied during normal daily working hours based upon a forty-hour work week. When any Subcontractor requires service beyond the above, that Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the cost thereof.

6. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide all wiring, safety switches, panels, poles,

supporting structures, lamps, and weatherproof sockets, all of which shall be properly and safely installed.

7. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide a 100-watt electric lamp and 120-volt power

receptacles approximately every fifty (50) feet on the lines in weatherproof sockets. These facilities shall be installed so as to light all exitways, stairway landings, and to provide one light and one receptacle for each 1,000 square feet in all spaces which exceed 1,000 square feet. Lights shall be provided with protective cages.

8. Where temporary electrical service is required at the Commonwealth Campuses, and

this service is secured from the high-voltage distribution system, the Electrical Subcontractor shall make all arrangements with the local electric utility company for obtaining temporary electric service. As a minimum, the temporary service installation



shall meet all requirements of the utility company. Where the utility company requirements are less stringent than the requirements herein specified, at the option of the University, the more stringent requirements shall be applied.

9. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide three (3) 208-volt, single-phase power

receptacles, each rated at 4,000 watts, outside the building. The maximum size motor to be used by any Contractor shall be limited to five (5) horsepower. Where a service of a type other than that herein specified is required, each Subcontractor requiring same shall furnish and install and pay all costs for special services. If special service is not available, the Subcontractor requiring same shall furnish, install, and maintain separate internal-combustion engine-generator sets. Electrical power will not be made available for welding machines or electric heating equipment.

F-16 Electric Power Equipment

A. Due to the limited capacity of electric distribution on the Campus, the use of A.C.-powered welders and electric heaters is prohibited.

F-17 Temporary Sanitary Facilities

A. Sanitary facilities will not be provided by the Owner. The use of Owner's facilities is prohibited (unless prior approval is granted by the Owner).

B. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall, at its own cost and expense, provide, operate, and

maintain in a clean and sanitary conditions, adequate sanitary facilities as approved by the Owner.

1. All sanitary facilities shall be fully enclosed buildings, screened against insects. 2. Open-pit type facilities will not be permitted. 3. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall install and maintain in operation a sufficient number

of nonfreeze-type fixtures in a manner approved by the Owner. 4. When directed by the Owner, the Plumbing Subcontractor shall dismantle and remove

these facilities and leave the premises clean as required. 5. As soon as permanent soil lines have been installed inside the building, the Plumbing

DA shall install two temporary water closets and two lavatories. These shall be kept in working order by the Plumbing Subcontractor and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

6. The use of self-contained "Job-Johnny" units will be permitted upon approval by the

Owner. F-18 Existing Underground Service and Utility Lines

A. Notification to Public Utilities Prior to Excavation or Demolition Work When Using Powered Equipment or Explosives.

1. All Contractors shall comply with all requirements of the Act of December 10, 1974

(P.L. 852, No. 287), referred to as the Underground Utility Line Protection Law, as amended by the Act of December 12, 1991 (Act No. 1991-38), prior to excavation or demolition work when using power equipment or explosives.



B. At all locations, all underground utilities or service lines uncovered or exposed by the operations under the contract shall be adequately protected by the Subcontractor, who shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to such services. Subcontractor shall be responsible to the Owner for all costs resulting from the Subcontractor’s damage to University lines. These include, but are not limited to material cost, wages, supervisory professional costs, disruption of services, research, and overhead costs. Subcontractor must notify the University immediately of any damages to utility lines and street lighting. Repairs shall be made by a method approved by the University.

F-19 Interruption of Existing Services

A. Utilities serving existing buildings, installations, or facilities shall not be interrupted until the Subcontractor has made the necessary arrangements with and has received approval from the University. Outages and shutdowns shall be at the Owner’s convenience in order to minimize disruption to their normal course of business.

B. In the event that interruption of any existing utility service is necessary, the responsible

Subcontractor shall be required to make all arrangements for shutdown and start-up of such service with the University representative, and shall pay all costs for such interruption and service restoration.

C. University crews must be used to shut down and start up all services which require interruption

for temporary or permanent connections. D. All planned interruptions to University services must be scheduled two (2) weeks in advance

and the work will generally be done outside of normal working hours. E. Outages will likely need to occur off hours, weekends, nights, or during school breaks.

Subcontractors shall plan for premium and shift time to minimize outage durations. Subcontractor is to provide all temporary services and connections during outage. Subcontractor to submit a master outage schedule within three weeks of award.

F-20 Laying Out the Work

A. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall employ a competent, experienced engineer and have the engineer determine control lines and grades and certify same from time to time during the progress of the work.

1. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall establish control bench marks referenced to

finished grade lines and critical elevations. 2. Each Subcontractor shall provide a competent engineering service to lay out its work in

accordance with lines and grades established by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. Refer to Section 01530 for additional requirements for layout engineering.

F-21 Measurements

A. Before ordering material or proceeding with the work, the Subcontractor shall verify all measurements at the site. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between actual measurements and dimensions shown, but such differences shall be referred to the Professional for consideration before proceeding with the work.

F-22 Clearing of Roads, Parking Areas, and Traffic on Campus



A. The Subcontractor shall daily clean all mud, dirt, and debris resulting from all Contractors' operations from the adjacent streets, sidewalks, drives, and parking areas, and shall repair all damage caused by the cleaning. If the Subcontractor fails to clear mud and construction debris from roads and walks, the University will clear this mud and debris and bill the Subcontractor (s) at cost.

B. All traffic will be subject to the rules and regulations and penalties of its University and

applicable local laws. All hauling and construction traffic shall use only those roads designated by the University. The use of Jake Brakes on campus is prohibited.

C. Subcontractor shall carefully schedule delivery and installation of its work so to cause the least

interruption of normal rush-hour traffic. D. The Subcontractor shall maintain streets, sidewalks, and driveways free of encumbrance at all

times for pedestrian and automotive traffic. When necessary to block these off, do so only with prior approval of the University and only at designated time. Each closing must have the prior approval of the University.

E. Parking for Subcontractor employees is prohibited on campus roads, drives, and courts. F. Where mud, snow, ice, or other hazardous conditions exist, the Subcontractor shall remove the

hazards or shall provide and maintain such temporary pathways as are required for safe and expeditious prosecution and inspection of the work of all trades.

F-23 Cleanup

A. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall take precautions against the presence of rats, mice, and other pests. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall exterminate them if they are observed, engaging a reputable exterminating firm to give regular service as necessary.

B. Each Subcontractor shall keep the premises clean at all times of dirt, rubbish, and debris

resulting from the work of all contracts, and shall remove all rubbish and debris in metal containers at the end of each working day. Each Subcontractor shall remove daily all rubbish and cartons resulting from the installation of fixtures and equipment. Disposal of materials by burning at the site is expressly prohibited. The Subcontractor will not use the University's trash collecting containers.

C. Prior to substantial completion of the work, each Subcontractor shall do the final cleaning of the

surfaces of all the Subcontractor installations as may be required by the various specification sections.

D. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, in addition, will provide a post construction cleaning

organization to wash all glass throughout the work, to clean the finished surfaces of all fixtures, equipment, and accessories and to vacuum clean all floors.

E. All permanent equipment used to supply temporary services shall be completely cleaned and

reconditioned by the appropriate Subcontractor prior to final acceptance by the University. Filters shall be in clean condition, interiors of all strainers shall be replaced or cleaned and seats on all valves and diaphragms on all traps of all sizes of the used portions shall be examined, cleaned, and replaced as necessary to the satisfaction of the University. Costs of cleaning, reconditioning, and replacement of parts of the permanent systems shall be at the expense of the responsible Subcontractor.

F. If a Subcontractor fails to perform it’s clean up requirements, the Construction Manager may do

so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Subcontractor as provided in the General Conditions.



G. Subcontractors shall clean tires and tracks of all vehicles before leaving the site. H. Refer to Section 01550 for additional requirements. F-24 Existing Facilities

A. The University will maintain activities and normal office hours in the building during the course of this construction project. Difficulties of working in an existing operational building are recognized; however, the Subcontractor must cooperate to keep noise, dirt, and other interferences to a minimum. Housekeeping shall be such to assure no disruption of the University's operations and the Contractor shall schedule his work well in advance and give notice to all building occupants of any disruption.

B. Existing facilities must be maintained watertight and dust free at all times. The Subcontractor

shall make all necessary provisions to this end and shall be responsible for any damage resulting from noncompliance with this requirement.

F-25 Requirements During Construction

A. Fence open ditches. Where walks cross such ditches, bridged walkways must be provided with rails on both sides. Bridged walkways must be adequately lighted at night.

B. Service temporary walks and roads with No. 2 crushed stone if they are to be in public use. C. Walks and roadways used by both Subcontractor and the public shall be kept in repair and

cleared by the Subcontractor at least once each day and more often as conditions require. D. Place no obstructions on or within fifteen (15) feet of fire hydrants. Hydrants must be

accessible for firefighting purposes. E. Protect and attend any type of temporary heating units used. F. Where walkways, roadways, or entrances used by the public are adjacent to or pass under

construction scaffolding or near building edge, the Subcontractor shall provide an adequate covering for such area to protect passersby from falling objects.

G. All temporary construction sheds, trailers, and flammable liquid storage areas belonging to

Subcontractor shall be so placed on the construction site to minimize any danger to University property and the public.

H. The University Department of Environmental Health and Safety is available for consultation

regarding the above items and any other safety matter. F-26 Protective Barricades

Subcontractor shall be aware that the University community includes many people with disabilities (visually impaired, wheelchair-bound, etc.), requiring extra attention on the part of the Subcontractor to assure that construction work is properly identified and protected. The following provides minimum protective measures to be followed by Subcontractor doing work beyond the main project construction fence in order to protect the general public from hazards created by open excavations, manholes, etc.:

A. Any excavations outside the project fence shall be adequately protected to prevent falls, injury,

or other hazard to the general public and University population, as follows:



1. Excavations for the purpose of constructing/installing manholes, meter pits, valve pits, or similar appurtenances must be completely surrounded by a rigid fence (not flagging tape or plastic netting) of sufficient height and strength to prevent individuals from crossing into the excavated area. Such fencing shall incorporate toeboards around the bottom and must be positioned and sufficient distance from the top of excavation to provide adequate protection against undermining or sloughing off of the excavation slopes.

2. Ditch excavations, such as for electrical, water, sewer, steam, gas, or other

underground utility lines, shall, as a minimum, be protected on all sides with snow fencing or similarly strong material; fencing shall be positioned a safe distance away from the top of slope of the excavation.

B. Construction equipment used for hoisting men or materials (e.g., cranes and "cherrypickers,"

construction line trucks, mobile platforms, etc.) must be surrounded by appropriate protective barricades, safety lines, and signage to alert passersby of the presence of overhead loads and to provide adequate clearance around all boom swing areas, tail swing areas, overhead loads, and operating machinery. Passersby shall not be permitted to travel beneath suspended loads under any circumstances. If necessary, Subcontractor shall provide a flagman to assure safe passage of pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

C. Open manholes must be protected at all times by a rigid, fence-type barricade around the

opening. D. Flagging tape and traffic cones are not, under any circumstances, suitable or permissible

barricading materials. E. Subcontractor shall notify--and receive approval from--the University's Construction Inspection

Office prior to beginning any excavation or opening of any manholes outside the project fence. The Inspection Office will then advise the appropriate University office of the hazardous condition, including location, approximate starting time, and expected duration of the situation.

F. Subcontractor shall report immediately to the University's Construction Quality Representative

any accident or other incident, no matter how minor, which involves any member of the general public. The telephone number of the University's Construction Inspection office is (814) 863-3316.

G. Subcontractor shall repair or replace tree protection damaged by their operation. F-27 Delivery and Storage

A. On-Site. All materials and equipment shall be delivered to the site and on a just in time basis for immediate installation. No storage is permitted at the site. Materials must be scheduled to arrive immediately prior to incorporation into the work. Any exceptions are to be approved in writing in advance by Barton Malow. Deliveries must be coordinated 48 hours in advance with Barton Malow Superintendent. Subcontractor acknowledges the complexity of delivering materials for this project. Therefore, considerations have been made and are included in this Subcontract for premium time “off” hour deliveries to the site. Once materials are on site, stored materials are to be secured and protected by Subcontractor accordingly. Subcontractor shall make its own arrangements for obtaining and paying for offsite locations for material / equipment storage as necessary. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for proper care and protection, and shall protect and be responsible for any damage to its work or materials from the date of the Agreement until final payment is made, and shall make good without cost to the University any damage or loss that may occur during this period. All cement, lime, and other materials which may be affected by the weather shall be covered and protected to keep them free from damage while they are being transported to and stored on the site. Should any



materials be found defective or in any way contrary to the Contract, this material, no matter in what stage of completion, may be rejected by the Professional and/or the University and shall be removed from the site at once.

B. Inside Building. In no case shall any materials be stored in mechanical and electrical spaces,

nor shall any paint or other combustible supplies, tools, or equipment be stored in the building, except in tightly sealed metal containers, in well-ventilated spaces, and in a quantity limited to that day's need.

C. Provisions for Large Items. The Subcontractor shall make provisions for bringing into the

building large items of equipment by leaving temporary openings for them as determined to be required. After the equipment is set in place, the Subcontractor shall close the opening as required.

D. Materials must be stored in such a way as not to damage existing structures or surrounding area.

Any material or equipment stored on the roof of any building must be placed on dunnage and not directly on roof surface.

F-28 Fire Protection

A. Each Subcontractor shall maintain and enforce regulations covering all fire hazards, including smoking, and shall provide during construction, the required number of suitable fire extinguishers in the proper locations.

B. No fires for any purpose shall be permitted on the project. Remove all refuse from University

property. C. No welding, cutting by torch, or work utilizing or causing inflammable wastes shall be done

unless adequate fire protection is provided and maintained for the duration of the work in the area of operations. University welding/cutting permits will be required and shall be issued at no cost to the Subcontractor by the University.

F-29 Job Site Security

A. The University and Barton Malow will not provide job site security. B. The University and Barton Malow assumes no responsibility for damage or loss to the

Subcontractor property. F-30 Dewatering

A. N/A F-31 Fastening Devices

A. Fiber, plastic, lead plugs and shields, and any devices using wood screws are not acceptable as fastening devices to plaster, tile, concrete, or masonry. Use expansion bolts or driven devices in solid construction, and toggle bolts in hollow construction.

F-32 Welding

A. All welding and cutting shall be done by qualified and certified welders. Certificates shall be filed with the Professional and the University prior to commencement of any welding.

F-33 Noise & Vibration Control



A. Noisy and/or disruptive activities may be required to be performed off-hours at no additional cost to Barton Malow or Penn State. Examples of off-hour noisy work include sawcutting, core drilling, drilling structure for hangers, and powder actuated fasteners.

B. In most instances, noise control will be a matter of prime concern. It is, therefore, mandatory

that all equipment such as compressors, generating equipment, etc., shall be fitted with mufflers or other noise abatement attachments.

C. It may become necessary to schedule some operations during periods of low occupancy of

neighboring buildings. D. All equipment and tools used on-site shall minimize dust, vibration and noise.

F-34 Provision for People with Disabilities

A. All structures designed for general use, shall comply with all local, state, federal, and University regulations for facilities to accommodate people with disabilities.

F-35 Asbestos Removal

A. The University has an ongoing asbestos identification and removal program. On renovation projects where the possibility exists that material containing asbestos fibers may be encountered, the situation will be reviewed by the University and a course of action determined.

B. Possible asbestos removal situations will be discussed between the Professional and the

University on a project-by-project basis. C. If asbestos is found to be present after construction is underway, the University Construction

Inspection Office is to be notified immediately so that proper removal work can begin promptly. Removal or repairs will then be initiated following all applicable EPA and OSHA regulations.

F-36 Advertising Signs

A. Neither the Professional nor Subcontractor shall erect advertising signs. F-37 Project Sign

A. On projects funded solely by the University, a project sign shall be prepared and erected by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and shall conform to the Specifications provided by the University.

B. The appropriate project name shall be inserted.

F-38 Warranty Period

A. During warranty periods, the University will respond to emergency situations, that is, situations determined to be potentially harmful to the surrounding personnel, equipment, or environment. In cases where work is performed by University employees, the Subcontractor will be charged for all labor and material needed to complete emergency repairs, if the repairs are determined to be the result of faulty material or workmanship. The performance of these repairs shall not void any Subcontractor warranties.

B. The University will begin preventive maintenance programs immediately following final

inspections. Preventive maintenance activities shall not relieve the Subcontractor from any equipment warranties.



C. Unless otherwise noted, all warranty periods shall commence upon Substantial Completion of the project. Subcontractor shall make arrangements to include extended warranties for equipment, materials, and any work that will be installed and used for phased work prior to substantial completion.

F-39 Schedules and Reports

A. Refer to General Conditions of the Contract, Article 11, for a detailed breakdown of information required.

B. Together with each monthly application for payment, the Contractor shall forward to the

University a summary report of the progress of the divisions of the work.

F-40 Confined Spaces

A. All Subcontractors will have a written OSHA compliant permit-required confined space program.

F-41 Demolition Work

A. Subcontractor is responsible for PA DEP/EPA notifications required for demolition work. Paperwork must be submitted to the Owner for review prior to submission to the proper agencies. Notification form templates are available from the Owner.

B. Demolition Subcontractor performing work requiring notifications must be prequalified by the

Owner. F-42 Hoisting A. All subcontractors to provide their own hoisting, scaffolding, and rigging as required to complete their work. Activity Hazard Analysis must be submitted for Barton Malow approval prior to any lifts. Road and parking lot closures will likely need to be performed on weekends or during school breaks.

END OF SECTION F


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H - General Scope of Work Requirements for All Bid Package 1

SECTION H

GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK REQUIREMENTS

1. Subcontractor will continue through construction as indicated in the Master Project Schedule in Section I with continuous support in addition to determining the means and methods of construction, providing the labor, material and procurement support necessary to complete the project, and cost control/estimating support to maintain the project. Commissioning support services will also be required. Penn State will provide the Commissioning Agent.

2. Provide remobilization(s) as required by the Construction Schedule. 3. All work under this scope shall comply with proper trade jurisdictions, even if it is necessary to assemble

composite crews or subcontract to appropriate trades.

4. There is NO tobacco or smoking permitted on site or in the buildings.

5. Remove safety barriers erected by other Bid Categories at exterior walls and shafts when work begins at those areas. Provide any temporary safety barriers as required until edge is secured by erection of permanent wall.

6. Phase 1 work at the 4th floor was stopped and subcontractors will pick up the completion of this floor in its current condition. An inventory of material to be utilized has been provided as an Exhibit to this Project Manual. This is not a comprehensive list and subcontractors will need to provide the balance of material needed for a complete installation.

7. Phase 1 work at the lower floors has created the need for Phase 2 sole sourcing for numerous items such as fire alarm, security, ATC, fixtures, finishes, hardware, etc. Subcontractors provide the specified products for Phase 2 to match Phase 1.

8. Each onsite foreman shall have an iPAD access to a computer and internet to receive up to date RFI’s,

change bulletins, ASI’s, meeting minutes, and any other supplemental information regarding the project, from our submittal exchange software. It is the individual Subcontractor’s responsibility to be sure the most up to date information is being taken into consideration during construction. Supplemental information that is NOT taken into consideration and constructed incorrectly will require the subcontractor to re-work the installation as described on the documents and supplemental information at no cost to the Construction Manager and Penn State. Submittal Exchange has been paid in full by Penn State University and training sessions will be available free of charge to all subcontractors. However, subcontractors will be responsible for all printing costs.

9. Provide protection from this Bid category’s work of work already in place. Provide necessary repairs of all

work-in-place damaged during this Trade Contractor’s work

10. Each Bid Category is responsible for its own hoisting, material handling, offloading, distribution, etc. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER makes no guarantees, implied or not, that materials will fit in the existing elevators.

11. Fall protection and barricades, including toe boards, must be erected and maintained at scaffolding and

shoring

12. Provide traffic flagmen, signs and controls for all vehicles and equipment entering or leaving the site. Properly trained personnel are required for pedestrian safety. Deliveries to be scheduled around times of high pedestrian traffic (ie. no deliveries between classes).

13. Provide protection for adjacent structures during all operations


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H - General Scope of Work Requirements for All Bid Package 1

14. Cutting and grinding not permitted in occupied areas and finished construction areas.

15. NO attic stock of materials are required for this project even if called for in the specifications.

16. The subcontractor acknowledges that their firm is experienced in this Scope of Work and scale of work and will provide all necessary items that are reasonably inferable for a complete installation. It is the intent of this Subcontract that the work performed pursuant hereto be complete and acceptable in every respect. The descriptions of the work included herein are clarifications of specific items and are not intended to limit the scope of work required or reasonably inferable for complete systems in accordance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractor includes the cost to perform all work necessary to provide a complete and useable facility in accordance with the scope of this Subcontract and the Contract Documents whether or not all items are explicitly show or included in the Contract Documents.

WORKING IN AN OCCUPIED FACILITY 1. The work of this Project is being constructed as a renovation to an occupied science research and teaching

facility. The functions of the building and its tenants must take priority at all times, which may require disruptions to your work. Any reasonable delays to your work as a result of the University functions are considered a part of your Subcontract and will not affect the cost or schedule of the work of this Subcontract.

2. Numerous phases and subphases are required to maintain building occupancy and conditioning.

3. Subcontractor shall comply with the Barton Malow and University Procedures, Dust Control Policy and Guidelines, Infection Control requirements, Interim Life Safety Measures, Hot Work Procedures, and Contractor rules and regulations.

4. Subcontractor is responsible for attending mandatory Barton Malow Contractor training and obtaining

required security badges prior to first mobilization. 5. Tyvek suits and hospital grade booties/shoe covers may be required on a limited basis and shall be provided

by the subcontractor. This equipment must be removed inside the dust barrier antechamber prior to entering Occupied Areas.

6. Subcontractors will need authorization from Barton Malow to work outside the designated work zone and access above the ceiling. Subcontractors will be responsible for providing their own dust protection measures such as poly containment, floor covering, sticky mats and HEPA filtration.

7. Refer to Section F for work hours, noise, clean-up, utility outages, and other pertinent requirements.

END OF SECTION H

PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.1 – BP 1.01 Scope of Work - Demolition

SECTION H.1

BP 1.01 – Demolition

The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding,

hoisting and incidentals to complete all Demolition construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and

applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical

Specification sections:

Section Name 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical

Specifications interfacing with this Work.

THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to the following items:

1. The Demolition Subcontractor is responsible for demolition for all items as identified on the Contract

Documents. Remove and dispose of all building materials as shown on the documents to an approved

location, including but not limited to partitions, doors, hardware, glass, concrete, masonry, casework,

cabinets, ceiling, floor materials, MEP systems and all other materials as required. All Materials not

marked as salvageable are to be removed to the Demolition Subcontractor’s dumpsters unless noted

otherwise.

2. A Waste Management Plan will be provided by Barton Malow and shall be integrated into the Demolition

Plan. The Demolition Subcontractor is to provide dumpsters as required for demolition during the full

duration of their scope. The designated area is adjacent to the south east loading dock ramp.(See area

designated by Keyed Note 2 on drawing G001) Ramp area must remain open at all times. Demolition

Subcontractor is limited to a maximum of three (3) dumpsters in this area.

3. The Demolition contractor is responsible for working in tandem with Barton Malow and other contractors

to mark (color code) existing building utilities at the limits of demolition so that they may be disconnected,

cut-off, and made safe prior to the start of demolition work. Materials are to be immediately removed from

the site and disposed of as required by the waste management plan. Subcontractor shall provide written

documentation of proper disposal of materials.

4. Work specified in the Penn State Abatement Specification, Exhibit __ and the keyed notes on the contract

documents, is the responsibility of the Abatement Subcontractor. All items suspected of containing

hazardous materials to be addressed per procedures specified in the contract documents. All other work

associated with Demolition shown on the Contract Documents and this scope of work is the responsibility

the Demolition Subcontractor, unless noted otherwise.

5. All MEPFP demolition shown on the third floor and all vertical mechanical shafts is the responsibility of

the MEPFP subcontractors. This includes dumpsters, removal from site and documented disposal of these

selected materials. This work is in coordination with maintaining building services to areas of the building

throughout the construction schedule. All other selective demolitions of building materials on the third

floor and mechanical shafts are the responsibility of the Demolition Subcontractor.

6. The Electrical Subcontractor will cut, cap, make safe and identify (color code) all electrical items including

but not limited to bus duct, fire alarm, light fixtures, conduit, wire, devices and equipment for removal by

the Demolition Subcontractor. Refer to the Demolition notes found on MEPFP drawings.

7. The Mechanical and Plumbing Subcontractor will cut, cap, make safe, identify (color coded) and lower to

the floor where necessary all mechanical items including but not limited to HVAC ductwork and piping,

plumbing piping including acid waste, storm drain, sanitary, compressed air, vacuum, etc. for removal by

the Demolition Subcontractor. All rooftop equipment including exhaust fans, condensing units, etc. will be

cut and capped as necessary for removal by the Demolition Subcontractor. Refer to the Demolition notes

found on MEPFP drawings.

8. Cover holes in slabs greater than 2 inches that are created during the demolition work. Spray paint the

words “hole” as necessary.


9. The allowable size of demolition materials is limited in many areas by the clear openings of the existing

doorways, stairways, elevator and areaway. All demolition bidders are required to attend a mandatory pre-

bid walkthrough of the building to inspect these conditions including but not limited to the all floors, all

shafts, ground floor mechanical room and the roof and penthouse areas.

10. Removal of all existing roofing, insulation and flashing as noted per drawing AD105 Keyed Notes 2, 3, 4, 6

and 13 is by BP 1.03 Roofing. Cutting of existing roof deck and concrete slab for new MEP roof

penetrations is by the responsible trade subcontractor. Removal of all other penthouse and roof materials

noted including but not limited to Keyed Notes 1, 5, 10, 12 and 14 are by the Demolition Subcontractor.

11. Remove portion of cmu wall to create new door and MEP openings as shown. Temporarily shore and

install steel lintel supports as required. (Lintels furnished by BP 1.02 Misc. Metals) Coordinate opening

size and layout with BP 1.05 General Trades and MEP Trades. Include enlarging of existing door openings

where new flush metal frames are required per Head & Jamb detail 2CA on A003.

12. Where cmu partition walls to be demolished that intersect with cmu exterior walls, provide means and

methods including saw cutting to maintain the structural integrity of the exterior wall. Also, where sections

of existing cmu walls remain, coordinate the layout and saw cutting with BP 1.06 Drywall to accept finish

work.

13. Removal of all VAT flooring and floor adhesives as outlined in Exhibit __ is by the Abatement

Subcontractor. Removal of all other existing flooring, base and bonding agents is by BP 1.01. Leave floor

broom clean and ready for installation of new floor finishes.

14. Remove concrete housekeeping pads in mechanical room M 005 per keyed note #8 on AD100. Coordinate

to allow restoration of floor (By Others) to a smooth finish matching adjacent floor.

15. The Demolition Subcontractor is responsible for providing a full demolition survey of the building interior

and exterior prior to beginning work in each specific sub-phase. Provide photos/videos and crack

monitoring to any structural and masonry cracks.

16. The Demolition Contractor is responsible for designing, providing, and maintaining all temporary support

and shoring of all building elements as required until new work is in place. Provide engineered stamped

drawings by a State of Pennsylvania Professional Engineer.

17. Barton Malow will provide at all floors a hard barrier at the north east elevator and egress to the North

Frear connector to provide separation from public areas; all other work area barriers, safety barriers, and

the associate signage to block off work areas will be provided by the demo subcontractor.

18. Protect equipment and material noted for re-use as shown on the Equipment Plans (EQ). Coordinate with

the Barton Malow, OWNER, and other subcontractors to transfer possession of these materials.

19. Cut temporary 6’ wide x full height openings in cmu walls for access to both main mechanical shafts at

floors 1, 2, 3 and 4. Coordinate layout with new door openings at the west shafts. Ensure safety barriers are

in place during and at the conclusion of this work.

20. MERCURY – FLUORESCENT LIGHT TUBES - Remove and package all tubes in accordance to PSU

Safety Policy SY31 LAMP USE AND DISPOSAL (http://guru.psu.edu/policies/sy31.html). PSU EHS will

provide containers and disposal.

21. PCB’s – FLUORESCENT LIGHT BALLASTS – Remove and dispose only PCB containing ballasts in

accordance with PSU Safety Policy SY26 LIGHT BALLAST/CAPACITOR DISPOSAL

(http://guru.psu.edu/policies/SY26.html). PSU EHS will provide containers and disposal.

22. Removal of chase construction per Keyed Note 3 on AD103. Prepare openings to receive new MJ3 gyp. bd.

and metal stud construction.

23. Painted CMU, Brick, and Concrete cannot be re-used as clean fill and must be disposed of in a licensed

landfill.

24. Refer to General Note 1 on the AD101 thru AD104 denotes shaded areas indicating removal and salvage of

the newly renovated suspended ceiling system, lights, diffusers, etc. Full size ceiling tiles will be removed

and packaged by BP 1.06. Storage area will be identified within the building for all salvaged items. All

other ceiling areas on floors 1, 2 and 4 will be completely demolished. See General Notes 1, 2 & 3 on

AD100 for ground floor ceiling removal and salvage.

25. The Demolition Subcontractor is responsible for daily cleanup of all trash and debris resulting from your

work, and shall place trash and debris in their dumpsters. Dust control and cleanup critical at exterior

dumpster area. Mop floors and elevator as required in traffic areas.

26. Removal route of demolition materials for the base bid to be restricted to the southeast elevator located at

grid D/8 to the dock entrance on the southeast corner. See Alternate which provides an option for removal

of materials through the exterior glazing panel at levels 1, 2 and 4 located at grid A/7.


27. When traveling through public occupied areas, all debris and materials are to be transported from the

building to dumpsters in completely covered, rubber-tired containers with clean polyethylene covers. All

containers, including wheels, are to be cleaned prior to transport. Wet-mopping of floors, as well as safety

signage, following the transport is to be the responsibility of the Demolition Subcontractor.

28. The Demolition Contractor shall provide a full-time site safety supervisor, who is different in person than

the on-site Superintendent. This Safety Supervisor shall be qualified per the requirements outlines in the

Site Specific Safety Information and other applicable safety sections of Division 00 and 01, and shall be

responsible for overseeing the safe execution of all demolition work. This Safety Supervisor shall also be

OSHA 30 Hour certified.

29. Demolition Subcontractor is to assume that all painted materials contain lead due to the age of the existing

building. No prior lead abatement has occurred before this renovation. Demolition subcontractors are

required to follow all OSHA Lead Construction Standards during demolition of any painted material. A

lead survey will be conducted prior to starting demolition work.

30. Remove cold room construction including ceiling and wall panels, floor construction, condensing units, etc.

per keyed note 3 on AD102. Includes cold rooms, cold lab and low temperature storage areas #127, #219,

#226 and #421. Concrete infill provided by others.

31. The building will be partially occupied by Penn State University throughout the duration of the project at

outlined. All gas powered tools and equipment are prohibited inside the building at all times. Use of cutting

torches or any open flames is prohibited. Maintain adequate ventilation for all demolition.

32. All loose furniture and equipment will be removed from the building by Penn State University.

33. Furnish and install and maintain hardboard protection of all existing floors noted VCT (E) and Carpet (E)

to remain including corridors on the ground floor and floors 1 and 2 and the entire 3rd

floor. See AD

drawing and Room Finish Schedule on A003.

34. Access to the roof is limited to a narrow ships ladder which must remain open as a primary emergency

egress. A rubber tire crane will be needed for roof and penthouse equipment and material removal. Site

logistic plan and schedule of work must be preapproved by Barton Malow.

35. Remove base and trim at walls shown to remain.

36. Remove all hangers and tabs from all MEPFP demoed materials, ceiling grid, etc.

37. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple mobilizations. See schedule and

phasing plan.

38. Existing cold laboratory rooms #318 and #419 remain in service throughout the project.

39. Incubator Rooms #125 and #126 were completed in phase 1. Demolition for replacement doors to be

coordinated with BP 1.05.

40. Remove terrazzo flooring and base in all bathrooms. Remove concrete infill to below new finished floor

elevation to allow patching for new ceramic tile floor by BP 1.08

41. Coordinate phase 1 VCT to remain with new floor plans on levels 1 and 2. Remove all phase one VCT where

corridor areas now become open lab areas.

ALTERNATES:

1. Allows for removal of demolition materials through the exterior glazing window panels located at the south

elevation grid A/7 at levels 1, 2 and 4. This includes protection of the existing opening and façade. Glazing

panel removed and replaced by BP 1.04. Temporary doors and safety rails are to be furnished and installed

by others. 100% tie off required. Means and methods (trash chute/material hoist/crane and box, etc.) and

logistics plan to be submitted to Barton Malow for approval.

THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT EXCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:

1. Roof demolition and modifications as noted in item 9 above.

2. All MEPFP demolition shown on the third floor and all vertical mechanical shafts.

3. Lead lined pipe fittings and asbestos containing insulation removal by Abatement Subcontractor.

4. Vinyl asbestos floor tile and mastic demolition and removal by Abatement Subcontractor.

5. Core drilling and cutting in walls, concrete floors and roof slabs as required for the distribution of the

MEPFP piping unless noted otherwise.


6. Saw cutting/demolition of the basement slab on grade to install new under slab piping and fittings shown

on the Contract Drawings.

7. Removal of bar grating in existing mechanical shafts per keyed notes 1/AD101-AD104 and 11/AD105.

8. Keyed Note 7 on AD101 by BP 1.12

9. Existing entry door F102B removed by BP 1.04

10. Concrete floor opening for mechanical ductwork penetrations per Keyed Note 12 on AD105.

11. Infill depressed floor slab at cold room per Keyed Note 3 on AD102.

12. Removal of exterior brick and cmu at penthouse enclosure per Keyed Notes 7, 8 and 9 on AD105.

END OF SECTION H.1


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.2 – BP 1.02 Scope of Work – Misc. Metals

SECTION H.2

BP 1.02 Misc. Metals The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Misc. Metals construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification sections: Section Name 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical Specifications interfacing with this Work. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. Penthouse framing for exhaust fans per plan 2/S100. 2. Mechanical slab opening channel supports at penthouse and roof. Coordinate layout with BP 1.10.

(Cutting of openings by BP 1.10) 3. Provide steel grating and supports for the two primary mechanical shafts on levels 1 through 4 and room

M501. New grates and supports to be field measured and cut in coordination with the shaft metal ducts and piping. Remove existing grating and supports in conjunction with new installation.

4. Steel channel/angle toilet partition supports, hangers and bracing as required per detail 18/A400. (Allow for a C6x8.2)

5. Furnish only loose angle lintels at new cmu and brick opening as noted. Coordinate with Demolition and Masonry Subcontractors. Reference demolition, structural and architectural plan notes.

6. Interior slab edge closure angle at corridor curb locations per detail 1/A500. Included painted pour stop. 7. Plate reinforcement at existing beams beneath new roof equipment per detail 3/S100. (See welding notes) 8. Furnish and install steel plates for floor opening infill per detail 5/S200. See general notes on A101-A104. 9. Provide galv. steel access stairs and platforms on roof per A105 and S200. 10. Provide galv. roof ladders and platform ladders with self-closing gates. 11. Provide rail and self-closing gate per Keyed Note 2 on A101. 12. Include all transporting, loading, unloading and conveying of all materials and manpower. All deliveries to

be schedule with the site superintendent. Due to the limited lay down area available on site, only material that is to be installed or stored in the building that day can be delivered. Also to be included is all required hoisting, temporary bracing, scaffolding, working platforms, etc. to execute this work. Existing access to penthouse and roof limited to a narrow ships ladder.

13. Furnish and install all necessary shoring, bracing, flashers, safety barricades and other safety equipment in accordance with BMC/OSHA rules and regulations. Provide covers or barricades for holes per BMC/OSHA rules and regulations. Install and maintain during the execution of this work all temporary cable guardrails and toe kicks per BMC/OSHA regulations. Provide blue snow fence at all perimeters. Note that existing roof parapet height does not meet OSHA regulations.

14. Prime painting and field touch-up painting of all steel. 15. All exterior steel and grating shall be hot dipped galvanized including field touch-up. 16. Coordinate the inspection and testing with Owner’s testing agency. Provide access to all work necessary to

test the steel and perform corrections immediately. 17. Inspect and field measure all existing conditions as part of the shop drawing process. Where necessary,

provide material lengths that allow trimming to size in the field. Special attention to be given to the existing structural framing interface with all MEPFP systems both new and existing to remain.

18. Due to the limited capacity of electric distribution on the Campus, the use of A.C.-powered welders and electric heaters is prohibited.


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.2 – BP 1.02 Scope of Work – Misc. Metals

19. Hot Work Permits and smoke eaters required for all welding operations inside the existing building. Gas welders acceptable for work and require an approved logistics plan.

20. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple mobilizations. See schedule and phasing plan


1. Aluminum storefront metal supports per detail 5/A500.

END OF SECTION H.2


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.3 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.3 – BP 1.03Scope of Work –Roofing

SECTION H.3

BP 1.03 Roofing The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Roofing construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification sections: Section Name 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES

079200 JOINT SEALANTS 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY

In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical Specifications interfacing with this Work. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. Remove existing roof at new equipment, structural framing, relocated roof drains and new overflow roof drains, etc. per Keyed Noted 2, 3, 4 and 6 on AD105.

2. Existing roof system is a Siplast Cold Applied Modified Built-Up System with tapered insulation. See General Note on drawing A105 for complete re-work description.

3. Patch roof and cap abandoned curbs at demolished equipment support framing, pipe removals, abandoned drains and equipment. Coordinate between AD105 and MEPFP roof demolition plans.

4. Provide flashings and seal weather tight all new plumbing, mechanical and electrical roof penetrations and curbs. Seal weather tight the modified curbs per Keyed Note 14 on A105.

5. Maintain weather tight roof at the end of each day. Seal exposed roofing edges and cover tops of exposed curbs and penetrations. At new AHU, provided temporary self-adhered roof protection until units are installed.

6. Provide selective demolition as required for new installations. Haul off-site and properly dispose of all demolished material.

7. Investigate and repair roof leak at AHU flashing per Keyed Note 13 on AD105. 8. Provide roof patches and tapered insulation saddles to promote drainage around new and existing AHU units.

Conduct a field survey of existing conditions and submit a tapered insulation drawing for approval. 9. All work to be performed by a certified Siplast installer to maintain the 20 year warranty as noted. All work

shall be coordinated with the manufacturer of the existing roof to ensure all modifications are warrantable. 10. Provide all roof accessories including but limited to equipment curbs and walkway pads. Coordinate with BP

1.10 and specifications for mechanical curbs furnished by other trades. 11. Provide all wood blocking necessary to complete the scope of this work. 12. Provide wood blocking required for mechanical equipment curbs. Coordinate with BP 1.10. 13. Provide hoisting for all work. Existing access to penthouse and roof limited to a narrow ships ladder. 14. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple mobilizations. See schedule and

phasing plan 15. All sealants within your work and to adjacent existing materials.


1. Roof curbs for setting all mechanical equipment provided by BP 1.10 2. Cutting of existing roof deck and concrete slab for new MEP roof penetrations is by the responsible trade

subcontractor. 3. Removal of all other penthouse and roof structures noted including but not limited to Keyed Notes 1, 5, 10,

12 and 14 are by the Demolition Subcontractor. END OF SECTION H.3


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.4 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.4 – BP 1.04Scope of Work –Glazing

SECTION H.4

BP 1.04 Glazing The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Glass Partitions construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification sections: Section Name

081216 ALUMINUM FRAMES

088000 GLAZING 088713 SOLAR CONTROL FILMS (Alternate)

079200 JOINT SEALANTS In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical Specifications interfacing with this Work. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. Interior aluminum frames per A004. Coordinate layout and field verify with BP 1.06. 2. Prepare aluminum frames per door hardware schedule. 3. Fabricate aluminum frames with removable glazing stops. 4. Provide glazing for doors, interior aluminum frames and doors and borrowed lites. 5. Build mock-up of typical wall area. 6. Metal supports, bracing and blocking for aluminum frames per 5/A500. 7. Interior glazing for aluminum frames and entry doors and wood doors. 8. Provide replacement aluminum entry doors F102A including all door hardware. 9. Remove existing entry door F102A and prep opening for replacement door. 10. All sealants within your work and to adjacent existing materials. 11. Render all existing first floor windows inoperable per Keyed Note 9 on A101. 12. Remove and replace 8 existing windows adjacent to grid A/7 floors 1 thru 4. Protect windows and store in

basement as directed by Barton Malow. 13. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple mobilizations. See schedule and

phasing plan

ALTERNATES:

1. Provide Solar Control Film per Existing Window Schedule in Specification 088713.


END OF SECTION H.4


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.5 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.5 – BP 1.05 Scope of Work – General Trades

SECTION H.5

BP 1.05 General Trades The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all General Trades construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification sections: Section Name

033053 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS)

042000 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 081113 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 101400 SIGNAGE 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102200 LASER AND BLACKOUT CURTAINS 102600 IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION 102800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 115213 PROJECTION SCREENS 123216 MANUFACTURED PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD

CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical Specifications interfacing with this Work. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. 033053 – Concrete: a. Curb infill at slab edge per detail 1/A500 b. Housekeeping pads and inertia bases as shown. c. Concrete infill at existing 6 inch deep slab depressions at Cold Room/Laboratory #127, # 219,

#226 and #419 per Keyed Note 3 on AD102. d. Patch (restore) floor per Keyed Note 9 on AD100. e. Patch ground floor slab at new plumbing, sanitary and storm connections.

2. 042000-Masonry a. Provide precast lintels for masonry door openings as noted. b. Install only, steel angle lintels as required. Material furnished by BP 1.02. c. Removal of exterior brick and cmu at penthouse enclosure per Keyed Notes 7, 8 and 9 on AD105 d. Flashing as noted at exterior wall openings. e. Infill cmu walls at door removal as noted. Verify cmu width in field. f. Infill cmu wall at cabinet heater removal per detail 2/A500. Include flashing as noted. g. Provide cmu sill per Keyed Note 6 on A103 h. Install cmu and brick at new roof door frames per Keyed Note 8 on A105. i. Prep opening for new aluminum and glass door F102A. j. Infill temporary 6’ wide x full height openings in cmu walls for access to both main mechanical

shafts at floors 1, 2, 3 and 4. Coordinate layout with new door openings at the west shafts. Tooth –in all courses at jambs.



k. Provide for top of wall firestop and sealants at all new and existing to remain rated walls 3. 061000 – Rough Carpentry:

a. Fire retardant plywood backer for all telecom closets full height and electrical rooms as required. b. Provide wood blocking for all Division 10 and 11 specialties and equipment. c. Provide wood blocking for millwork per drawing AI407. d. Coordinate all blocking installations with BP 1.06. e. Provide wood blocking for lab casework and fume hood per AI Casework Drawings AI100 thru

AI406. 4. 079200 – Joint Sealants:

a. All sealants within your work and to adjacent existing materials. b. Provide for top of wall firestop and sealants at all existing to remain rated walls.

5. 081113 – Steel Doors and Frames a. Comply with General Notes per Door Schedule on A003. b. Provide all rated and non-rated steel doors & frames, including temporary frame spreaders. c. Provide all rated and non-rated steel frames for wood doors. d. Provide all thermally insulated steel doors. e. Field verify all new door sizes scheduled to be set in existing frames. f. Install and grout-in all door frames in masonry walls. Provide coating on frames as required in

Specifications. g. Coordinate with BP 1.04 for installation of glazing in doors. h. Furnish and deliver welded door frames to the loading dock for distribution and installation by BP

1.06 Drywall Subcontractor. Coordinate and sequence deliveries per floor with Barton Malow. i. Provide eight (8) wood doors and hollow metal frames for temporary wall openings. Include

knock down frame and keyed lockset. Provide 4 at 36” wide and 4 at 48” wide. 6. 081416 – Flush Wood Doors

a. Provide all rated and non-rated wood doors. b. Factory finish all wood doors. c. Coordinate with BP 1.04 for installation of glazing in wood doors. d. Includes wood light frames. e. Provide temporary protection at all wood doors.

7. 087100-Door Hardware a. Provide all door hardware, including electrified door hardware as required. b. Subcontractor shall ensure existing door frames to remain are prepped properly to receive new

hardware as specified. Subcontractor shall re-install existing or salvaged doors & hardware as noted.

c. Subcontractor shall pay special attention to Section 1.03 – Submittals section of the specification and fully comply with this section.

d. Subcontractor to comply with requirements for the Keying Schedule and Keying Conference. e. Coordinate with the Bid Categories BP 1.06 and BP 1.12 contractors the layout and installation of

electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies, fire alarm systems, and detection devices, security system and building control system.

f. Special Warranty provisions in the Specifications. g. Note provisions in the Specifications including Occupancy Adjustment at three (3) months and

Maintenance Service of hardware at six (6) months after substantial completion as specified. h. Provide Key Cabinet and Extra Materials as specified. i. Provide temporary construction cylinders and keys per PSU standards and specifications. At a

minimum include all electrical, mechanical, telecom, and elevator equipment rooms. Subcontractor shall provide metal construction cores at the direction of the Construction Manager and submit (10) construction core keys to the CM. The Construction Manager may, at their discretion, may request various “colors” of construction cores, e.g. Green, Orange, Red, Black, etc. Twelve (10) construction core keys for each color would then have to be provided.

8. 101100-Visual Display Surfaces a. Provide Marker board, Chalk board and Tackboard assemblies per plans and Schedule per

drawing AI406. b. Provide sliding chalk board assemblies mounted to open wall cabinets behind. See AI drawings.



c. Provide Interactive White Boards. Coordinate with 2 (two) ceiling mounted projectors. Coordinate with BP 1.12.

d. Provide Tackable Wall Panels. See AI drawings for elevations. e. Field measure as required.

9. 101400-Signage a. Provide all work specified in this section and/or shown on the plans. b. See contract drawings A120 and A121

10. 102113-Toilet Compartments a. Provide all work specified in this section and/or shown on the plans. b. Coordinate steel supports with BP 1.02. c. Field measure as required.

11. 102200-Laser and Blackout Curtains a. Provide blocking/bracing as required for ceiling mount. b. Field measure as required.

12. 102600-Resistant Wall Protection a. Provide corner guards as shown on plans. b. Coordinate solid backing with BP 1.06.

13. 102800-Toilet and Bath Accessories a. Provide Public Washroom Accessories as noted.

i. Furnish and Install Grab Bars and Mirror Unit ii. Install Only Toilet Tissue, Paper Towel, Liquid Soap, Sanitary Napkin Vendor and

Disposal and Furnished by PSU. b. Provide Underlavatory Guards as noted. c. Provide Custodial Accessories as noted.

14. 104413-Fire Extinguishers Cabinets a. Provided rated cabinets to match wall ratings. Coordinate with BP 1.06.

15. 104416-Fire Extinguishers a. Coordinate with specification 104413.

16. 115213-Projection Screens a. Provide all work specified in this section and/or shown on the plans. b. Electrical connections and low voltage wiring BP 1.12 c. Coordinate recessed screen with BP 1.06.

17. 123216 – Manuf. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework and Countertops a. Provide Recycling Stations per millwork elevations and details on AI407. b. Provide Cabinetry and P-Lam countertops per millwork elevations and details on AI407. c. Bath vanities, countertops, skirts and associated sub framing complete per detail 19/A400. d. All associated hardware and accessories. e. Slate window stools per 1/A500. f. Field verify all measurements to existing and new wall framing. g. Detailed & dimensioned shop drawings for all countertops showing all cut-outs, penetrations,

seams, splashes, edge treatments, etc. Provide all necessary shop and field cut-outs for other trades. Include grommets as needed.

h. Finish all exposed edges i. Countertop splashes at all walls locations that do not have tile. j. Shimming & leveling as required. k. All fillers, closure pieces, scribe molding, shoe molding, toe-kicks and other trim as needed.

18. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple mobilizations. See schedule and phasing plan

19. Due to the limited capacity of electric distribution on the Campus, the use of A.C.-powered welders and electric heaters is prohibited.




1. Laboratory Casework (123553) and Laboratory Fume Hoods (115313). Furnished and Installed by Owner. 2. Wood blocking for roof mechanical curbs by BP 1.03 3. Glass and aluminum door type FG2A and hardware by BP 1.04 4. Glazing for wood and metal doors by BP 1.04. 5. Concrete Infill of abandoned mechanical penetrations and slab openings per details 5/S200. Reference

General Notes on A101 thru A104 along with all demolition drawings.

END OF SECTION H.5


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.7 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012

SECTION H.7 – BP 1.07 Scope of Work – Resilient Flooring

SECTION H.6

BP 1.06 Drywall


hoisting and incidentals to complete all Drywall construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and

applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical

Specification sections:

Section Name

61000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 072100 BUILDING INSULATION 078413 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP

SYSTEMS 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 081113 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 092216 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS



THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. All interior partition layouts, metal stud partition assemblies including gypsum drywall, finishing,

insulation, and rated wall identification. Provide all gypsum wall board ceilings and bulkheads.

2. Comply will all UL assemblies as noted.

3. Vertical and horizontal shaft wall assemblies including shaft bottoms at ground floor ceilings.

4. Framed openings for items provided by other Subcontractors to be recessed in walls.

5. New acoustical panel ceiling systems as indicated.

Note: Full size ceiling tiles will be removed and packaged and protected (shrink wrap or other means) for

reinstallation ceilings. See General Notes on AD100-AD104 for clarification. Allow for 60% of the tiles to be

re-used. Allow for all new ceiling grid throughout the building. Also remove and reinstall ceiling tiles at North

Frear Bridge for installation of fire protection systems. See FP drawings for scope.

6. Cut holes centered in ceiling tiles as required to install mechanical and electrical devices; such as sprinkler

heads, registers, light fixtures, smoke detectors, speakers, etc. Install ceiling tile so that MEP trim can proceed

on schedule.

7. Patch holes in walls after electrical and mechanical devices are demolished or relocated.

8. Submit “Drywall Release Forms” to Barton Malow’s Superintendent, as furnished by the Construction

Manager, with signatures from all applicable contractors prior to closing in any partition.

9. All fire and smoke sealants between work installed by this contract and previously installed surfaces.

10. Acoustic sealant and sound attenuation blankets for gypsum board assemblies to meet scheduled ratings.

11. At ceiling grid, provide perimeter acoustical sealants and sealants at ceramic tile edges.

12. Receive at loading dock, unload, distribute, and install all hollow metal frames.

13. Receive from MEP subcontractors, store, and install access doors and panels as required. Include framing

as required. Allow for 24 access panels.

14. Allow for three separate wall point up activities. Prime coat, punch list and final. At third floor, include one

point up activity for all existing gyp. bd. and cmu walls not affected by new work.

15. Control joints as approved by architect.

16. Cementitious Backer Units required at areas to receive ceramic tile. Use appropriate screws and mesh tape

at all seams.


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.7 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012

SECTION H.7 – BP 1.07 Scope of Work – Resilient Flooring

17. Finishers to provide individual task lighting in addition to the temporary light strands provided by BP 1.12.

18. Provide Moisture and Mold resistant board in wet areas.

19. Infill abandoned penetrations thru duct spaces with type MA3 partition per Keyed Notes on A101-A104.

20. Where the plans note sections of existing cmu walls remain, coordinate the layout and saw cutting with BP

1.01 Demolition to accept finish work.

21. Remove and replace third floor drywall partitions per Keyed Notes 3 on AD103 and 7 on A103.

22. Provide box-out wall framing per 3,4/A500.

23. Provide gyp. bd. chase per Keyed Note 1 on A101.

24. Coordinate layout and framed openings for aluminum framework per plans. See A004 for room reference.

Coordinate with aluminum framework top of wall bracing per detail 5/A500.

25. Remove and replace chase wall per Keyed Note 3 on AD100.

26. Include a wall patching and misc. wall framing allowance of $10,000 in the base bid to be used to refinish

and repair existing walls to remain at the direction of Barton Malow. This will be tracked on a T&M basis

with daily work tickets authorized by Barton Malow’s superintendent.

27. Provide new drywall soffit at sprinkler main tie in at North Frear stair per FP102 and 7/FP501.

28. Coordinate details on reflective ceiling plans for bulkheads and hard ceilings as shown. Coordinate details

for projection screen pockets as shown.

29. Provide moisture resistant ceiling tile and grid system at room 413 per A002 Room Finish Schedule.

30. Include double studs at all door frames and corner guard locations.

31. Provide for top of wall firestop and sealants at all new and existing to remain rated walls


1. In-wall blocking by BP 1.05

2. Installation and grouting of all door frames in masonry walls by BP 1.05

3. Infill detail 2/A500 by BP 1.05

END OF SECTION H.6


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.7 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.7 – BP 1.07 Scope of Work – Resilient Flooring

SECTION H.7

BP 1.07 Resilient Flooring The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Resilient Flooring and Carpet construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification sections: Section Name

096513 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096519 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 096723 RESINOUS FLOORING 096816 CARPET

In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical Specifications interfacing with this Work. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. Carpet tile including all underlayment or integral backer as noted. 2. Through-Pattern Vinyl Composition Tile. 3. Rubber Stair Treads, Risers and Landings. 4. Resilient wall base and molding accessories. 5. Resinous Epoxy Flooring including integral floor base. 6. Provide all surface preparation as defined in the specifications. 7. Transitions and thresholds between your work and interfaces with other finishes 8. Perform cutting and patching neatly around work of other Bid Categories. 9. Perform chemical and adhesion testing at areas of VAT abatement in the renovations. Assume one location

per floor. Testing should occur immediately following award or abatement. 10. Recommended pre-bid site visit of fourth floor showing shot blast condition per VAT abatement. 11. Flooring is to extend beneath all vanities, millwork, lab casework, fume hoods and fixed furniture. 12. Subcontractor shall provide all required Floor Preparation. Provide for a skim coat of all existing floors.

Subcontractor shall note this is an existing structure and thus accepts the condition of the existing substrate. See specification for product utilized at the 3rd floor Phase 1 project..

13. Allow for minor patching and repairs at edges of existing VCT at all corridors on ground floor and floors 1, 2 and 3 where demolition and rework impacts these recently renovated floors. New VCT from Phase 1 to remain is limited to corridor areas that remain. Where Phase 1 corridors become open lab areas, provide new VCT.

14. Clean, seal, and wax floors per manufacturer’s instructions. 15. Protect finished VCT and Epoxy floors with corrugated cardboard runners. Protect carpet with other than

kraft paper. Follow Cleaning and Protecting as defined in the specifications. 16. Provide individual task lighting in addition to the temporary light strands provided by BP 1.12 17. Allow for vinyl base at all lab casework per AI Casework plans and details.

END OF SECTION H.7


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.9 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.9 – BP 1.09 Scope of Work – Paint

SECTION H.8

BP 1.08 Ceramic Tile The Work of this Bid Category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Ceramic Tile construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification sections: Section Name 093000 CERAMIC TILE In addition to the above, this Bid Category requires adherence to and coordination with various other technical Specifications interfacing with this Work. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS TO INCLUDE, but is not limited to, the following items:

1. Furnish and install all ceramic and porcelain tile to include all setting materials, base, grout, epoxy grout, insert strips, schluters, transitions, thresholds, sealer, sealant, waterproofing, vapor barriers, curbs, crack isolation membrane, and all other accessories needed for a complete installation.

2. The Tile Subcontractor is required for all build up necessary above the structural slab to achieve finish floor elevations. Special attention is required at the bathroom areas. Coordinate finish floor elevations with adjacent materials and transitions.

3. Tile flooring is to extend beneath all vanities, millwork, cabinets, islands, and fixed furniture. 4. Slope all work to drains. Reference drawing P701 for new bathroom floor drain and cleanout locations. 5. Subcontractor is required to ensure that all grouts are consistent colors. Refer to specifications for schedule

of areas to receive epoxy grout. 6. Polish or bullnose all exposed edges and surfaces. Some locations require a schluter strip. 7. Include floor prep and patching. Subcontractor shall note this is an existing structure and thus accepts the

condition of the existing substrate. 50% of the bathroom floor areas are existing terrazzo flooring. See plan notes on AD100 thru AD104. Note existing floor drains to be removed per PD drawings.

8. The existing terrazzo floor is to be removed by BP 1.01 to a level below the new finished floor elevation. Provide floor patching and skim coat as required per layout of existing rooms versus new. Grind floor around the floor drain locations to provide adequate slope to drain. (3 foot diameter maximum area)

9. Furnish and install hardboard or PVC board protection for all finished flooring work 10. Perform cutting and patching neatly around work of others. 11. Caulking for your work and interfaces with adjacent finish work. Use sanitary sealants with anti-microbial

properties in wet areas. Includes, but is not limited to; showers, tub decks, back splashes, and walls. 12. Carefully review the substrate for your work prior to mobilizing to an area. All deficiencies must be

submitted to Barton Malow for correction without schedule impacts. Commencement of tile work indicates acceptance of the substrate and its preparation by other trades.

13. Waterproofing membrane as specified. Test as required. 14. Tile Backing Panels as specified. 15. Build a floor and wall tile mockup to set quality and construction standards. Mock up may be incorporated

into finished work. 16. Provide individual task lighting in addition to the temporary light strands provided by BP 1.12

END OF SECTION H.8


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.9 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.9 – BP 1.09 Scope of Work – Painting

SECTION H.9

BP 1.09 Paint


hoisting and incidentals to complete all Paint construction in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable

codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following technical Specification

sections:

Section Name 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING




1. Prime and finish painting and special coatings of all walls, columns, column enclosures, ceilings,

bulkheads, and other exposed surfaces in accordance with the finish schedule and specifications.

2. At the existing 3rd

floor, prime and paint all new chase and wall construction. Allow for one coat of

paint at existing hallways and open areas.

3. Paint existing CUH’s (Cabinet Unit Heaters) and steel trim. Ref : detail 1/A500 and plan notes.

4. See General Note 4 on the door schedule per drawing A003. Strip, fill/patch blemishes, prime and

finish paint all existing doors and frames to remain.

5. Paint all exposed metals to include stair structures (stringers, underside of landings, risers), stair and

railings, and other items as shown). Provide surface prep as required.

6. Paint all exposed electrical conduit and piping in stairways including but not limited to standpipes and

fire sprinkler lines.

7. Inspect all surfaces prior to painting to ensure that these surfaces have been prepared properly and in

their current state will not be detrimental to the quality of the final finish applied by this contractor.

8. Block filling and painting on exposed CMU and concrete walls, as well as CMU in-fill.

9. Painting all hollow metal doors and frames and access panels. Protect pre-finished hinges from paint.

10. Remove and replace or protect all pre-finished hardware, trim pieces, cover plates, access panels,

grills, sprinkler heads, etc. Do not paint over covers at concealed sprinkler heads.

11. Provide, maintain and remove any temporary exhaust and ventilation equipment that may be required

to maintain OSHA standards for air quality due to fumes/odors generated by this work.

12. Include a re-painting allowance of $10,000 in the base bid to be used to repair damaged areas at the

direction of Barton Malow. This will be tracked on a T&M basis with daily work tickets authorized by

Barton Malow’s superintendent.

13. Provide caulking of hollow metal frames, both new and existing to remain and interior storefront.

14. Provide individual task lighting in addition to the temporary light strands provided by BP 1.12

15. Finish coat of paint shall be applied after device cover plates and other wall trim including floor base

has been completed. Under this contract, provide masking and protection as required.

16. The drywall subcontractor includes one additional sequence point up at occupancy requiring prime and

final coat as necessary.


1. Wall coverings.

2. Concrete floor sealer.

3. Caulking at plumbing fixtures, millwork and lab casework.

END OF SECTION H.9


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.10 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.10 – BP 1.10 Scope of Work – Mechanical & Plumbing

SECTION H.10

BP 1.10 Mechanical & Plumbing


hoisting and incidentals to complete all Mechanical and Plumbing construction in accordance with the Contract

Documents and applicable codes. All Work is to be performed as shown on the plans and specified in the following

technical Specification sections:

Section Name 001370 COORDINATED DRAWINGS

078413 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES ALL OF DIVISION 22 PLUMBING ALL OF DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONONG




1. Provide qualified personnel and technical support through a FTP site to lead the Coordinated Shop Drawing

Process. PM, Superintendent and CAD operator to attend weekly on-site coordination meetings. Work

installed in conflict with the work of other trades as a result of improper coordination shall be corrected by

Subcontractor at no cost to Barton Malow. See section 01370 Coordinated Drawings.

2. The Mechanical and Plumbing Subcontractor will cut, cap, make safe, identify (color coded) and lower to

the floor where necessary all mechanical items including but not limited to HVAC ductwork and piping,

plumbing piping including acid waste, storm drain, sanitary, compressed air, vacuum, etc. for removal by

the Demolition Subcontractor. All rooftop equipment including exhaust fans, condensing units, etc. will be

cut and capped as necessary for removal by the Demolition Subcontractor. Refer to the Demolition notes

found on MEPFP drawings.

3. All MEP demolition shown on the third floor and all vertical mechanical shafts is the responsibility of this

subcontractor. This includes room for one dumpster, removal from site and documented disposal of these

selected materials. This work is in coordination with the phased schedule and maintaining building services to

areas of the building throughout the construction schedule. All other selective demolitions of building

materials on the third floor and mechanical shafts are the responsibility of the Demolition Subcontractor.

4. Refer to General Notes Demolition per drawing M000 and P000.

5. This subcontractor is responsible for working in tandem with Barton Malow, the demolition and electrical

subcontractors and other subcontractors to mark (color code) existing building utilities at the limits of

demolition so that they may be disconnected, cut-off, and made safe prior to the start of demolition work.

6. Trace, cut, cap, make safe and drain existing piping, ductwork and equipment. This work must be expedited

at the beginning of the project prior to demolition. Multiple mobilizations are required to cover all the phases.

Coordinate this work with the Demolition Subcontractor. Include temporary floor protection below lifts,

ladders and at demolition operations at all areas where flooring is to remain.

7. Cover holes in slabs greater than 2 inches that are created during the demolition work. Spray paint the

words “hole” as necessary.

8. This subcontractor shall include all survey of the existing building systems to remain in coordination with the

new phased construction. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple

mobilizations. See schedule and phasing plan. All systems and equipment designated to remain must be kept

in service, including rerouting as needed. Include temporary dampers, pipe valves, ducts, closures and flex as

required to maintain acceptable conditions on occupied floors. This subcontractor shall coordinate the partial



demolition of existing systems with the installation of the new systems per floor per area. This subcontractor

shall attend separate schedule and phasing meetings for each floor to accomplish this goal.

9. Remove and reinstall pipe, duct, framing or other existing work as required that may obstruct demolition of

large duct. Existing work to be replaced in good operating condition.

10. Disconnect all utility services salvage equipment per plans and to be store off-site for use at a later date. See

EQ Equipment plans and schedule.

11. Core drill new penetrations in existing slabs and structures as required to complete work of this

subcontract. Utilize GPR, a pacometer or x-ray to locate existing reinforcement and electrical conduit prior to

cutting any slabs. Drilling and cutting to be scheduled in advance and approved by Barton Malow.

12. Use of cutting torches or any open flames is prohibited. Maintain adequate ventilation for all demolition

13. Remove all existing, demolished and abandoned ATC devices, conduits, and panels. Turn existing

equipment over to Owner if requested. Demolish pneumatic controls and plug main air.

14. Remove and reinstall existing CUH’s to facilitate new curb work at curtainwall alcoves (four locations per

floor), see Detail 1/A500. Provide new back cabinet panels for existing CUH’s per MP drawing

15. The fourth floor will be delivered as is and it is this contractor’s responsibility to complete the scope.

Includes, but is not limited to; installation of finned tube radiator covers, insulation, firestopping, ductwork,

air devices, testing and balancing. Field verify existing conditions.

16. Provide perimeter pipe enclosures at areas exposed by wall modifications. See keyed note on MP drawings

17. Locate and furnish access doors to Drywall Subcontractor for installation. Include all access doors and panels

required, whether shown on the Contract Drawings or not.

18. Provide qualified personnel and technical support through a FTP site to lead the Coordinated Shop Drawing

Process. PM, Superintendent and CAD operator to attend weekly on-site coordination meetings. Work

installed in conflict with the work of other trades as a result of improper coordination shall be corrected by

Subcontractor at no cost to Barton Malow.

19. Fully review of Electrical Specifications for additional requirements as they relate to the work included in

this Contract.

20. Joint sealers as required to complete all work under this contract as indicated in the contract documents.

Caulking of all plumbing fixtures and trim is included.

21. Provide all through penetration firestop systems per specification 078413. Firestopping required at all new

and existing to remain mechanical and plumbing piping systems.

22. The Commissioning agent will be contracted directly by PSU. Reference specification 230800 for the

commissioning responsibilities of this subcontractor.

23. The HVAC-Building Automation System will be inclusive of the existing HVAC Systems.

24. Sleeve new and existing structures/walls as required for a complete functional system. Provide sleeves for

all existing piping to remain penetrating new partitions. Include retainer angles as required.

25. All pipe, duct and equipment insulation. Include repairs to existing insulation modified or damaged during

work under this contract. Consideration includes the new existing corridor installations on all levels.

26. Laboratory casework and fume hoods are furnished and installed by the owner. See contract documents for

scope of work. Rough-in and final connections includes but not limited to sinks and drains, faucets, turret

installations, water, vacuum, gas, air, etc. Coordinate all rough-in work with approved casework and fume

hood shop drawings.

27. Rough-in and provide final connections for owner furnished equipment as scheduled on the contract

documents. See EQ Equipment plans and schedules. Install owner furnished components as scheduled and

noted in the plans and specifications. Support owner during equipment installation and start-up including

attending equipment coordination meetings.

28. All pipe, duct, valve and equipment identification

29. Complete air and water testing and balancing, which will require multiple mobilizations to cover phasing.

30. Complete mechanical piping systems as diagrammatically shown on the drawings and as listed in the

specifications.

31. Complete air distribution duct work with air distribution system including equipment, terminal units, fans,

diffusers, humidification, sound attenuators, grills, diffusers, dampers, duct access doors, plenums, tie-ins, etc.

Include all supports, connections, controls, etc. for a complete and operational system.

32. Fire/Smoke Dampers at all rated assemblies as required. Motorized Dampers are supplied, installed, and

controlled by this Subcontractor. Power to be supplied by Electrical Contractor following coordination by

this Subcontractor. Control wiring by this subcontractor.



33. Balance and control dampers as required for complete systems. It is understood that specific locations may

not be shown in the Contract Documents and provisions are included herein to provide all dampers required

to properly balance and operate system.

34. Install all duct smoke detectors.

35. Condensate piping with slope as required per code. Condensate Pans and Pumps are included as shown or

reasonably inferred by the Contract Documents.

36. Clean metal duct at fabrication and cap the ends during shipping and installation to keep the duct clean

during construction. Keep all pipe ends sealed as well. Field clean fourth floor duct work scheduled to

remain.

37. Provide Temporary Filters and Filter Media to protect existing and new equipment during construction with

filter changes as necessary. Service equipment as required by the Manufacturer during Construction. At

turnover, perform a complete filter change for all equipment and systems such that the Owner is left with

new filters. Furnish one complete set of spare filters for attic stock per contract documents.

38. All domestic, sanitary, storm water, laboratory gas, acid waste, vacuum, and vent piping systems. Include

pipe, supports, bracing, expansion loops, isolators, trap primers, fittings, valves, reducing valves, backflow

preventers, bypass assemblies, regulators, clean-outs, alarm panels, testing, certification, accessories, etc.

39. All Plumbing Fixtures. All accessories, with the exception of Toilet and Bath Accessories, necessary for a

100% functional installation is required. Faucet, Drain, and Fixture Layout are included here. Remove

and reinstall existing fixtures as scheduled, include minor accessories as required to complete installation.

40. New roof drains and overflow drains. Provide core drilling of new holes and non-shrink grout patching of

abandoned holes. Coordinate all activities with BP 1.03.

41. Temporary riser or other temporary means of providing at least one operational hose bib per floor.

42. The HVAC-Building Automation System controls work required for a complete and fully operational

system. System shall fully integrate into the existing building automation system. 120 V Power will be

provided by Electrical Contractor as shown on electrical drawings. If power is required but not shown, this

subcontractor to work directly with Electrical subcontractor to address requirements accordingly. Furnish

and control all transformers and low voltage wiring. All Mechanical Equipment will be controlled by this

system, including motorized dampers. This system will interface with and respond to the Life Safety

System as required by Specifications. Provide wire and controls for a complete & operational system.

43. Reset or replace existing bathroom and building floor drains as noted.

44. Review Cold Room specification 113850 for requirements.

45. Remove, stockpile, clean and re-install 3rd

floor diffusers and grilles in corridor. Assume 75% can be re-used.

46. Include flow switches at eye washes and emergency showers units.

42. Cut, cap, make safe and drain cold room utilities and condensing units including roof units, etc. per keyed

note 3 on AD102. Includes cold rooms, cold lab and low temperature storage areas #127, #219, #226 and

#421. Concrete infill provided by others.




45. Due to the limited capacity of electric distribution on the Campus, the use of A.C.-powered welders and

electric heaters is prohibited.

46. Expedite submittals for AHU’s Air Handing Units, EF Exhaust Fans and any other long lead items for the

required for the new systems. Equipment to be scheduled for delivery to the site by May 1, 2013.

47. Provide infill enclosures at existing finn tube enclosures where existing divider walls have been deleted.

See MP drawing plan notes for exact locations.

48. Include all testing and balancing per the specifications. Interim balancing will be necessary for early

turnover of floors. Sequence and scope to be coordinated with project schedule and phasing plan in

conjunction with the PSU Commissioning Agent.

49. OPP will provide an operator to run the elevators to facilitate work in the hoistway


END OF SECTION H.10


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.11 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.11 – BP 1.11 Scope of Work – Fire Protection

SECTION H.11

BP 1.11 Fire Protection

The work of this category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, tools, attachments,

insurance, supervision, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Fire Protection Work in accordance with

the specifications, drawings and applicable codes. All work is to be performed as shown on the following plans and

specified in the technical specification.

Section Name

001370 COORDINATED DRAWINGS 078413 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 211313 FIRE PROTECTION




1. Complete the Fire Protection Systems as diagrammatically shown on the contract drawings and as listed in the

specifications. Submit drawings and stamped hydraulic calculations for approval to AE and authorities having

jurisdiction.

2. Submit a complete set of drawings and calculations directly to Labor and Industry as a deferred permit

submittal. Make multiple submittals as required to coincide with phasing.

3. Provide qualified personnel and technical support through a FTP site to participate in the Coordinated Shop

Drawing Process. PM, Superintendent and CAD operator to attend weekly on-site coordination meetings.

Work installed in conflict with the work of other trades as a result of improper coordination shall be

corrected by Subcontractor at no cost to Barton Malow. See section 01370 Coordinated Drawings.

4. This subcontractor shall include all survey of the existing building systems to remain in coordination with the

new phased construction. All systems and equipment designated to remain must be kept in service, including

rerouting as needed. This subcontractor shall attend separate schedule and phasing meetings for each floor to

accomplish this goal.

5. Fully review all Specification Divisions for additional requirements as they relate to the work included in

this Contract.

6. See Plan Note 2 on FP101 regarding elevators.

7. Review North Frear bridge connectors for installation of sprinkler system. Ceiling tiles will be removed but

ceiling grid will remain for this installation.

8. Coordinate outage of North Frear sprinkler main for connection of new system. See FP102.

9. Joint sealers as required to complete all work under this contract as indicated in the contract documents.

Firestopping at all penetrations or other locations as required.

10. Follow basic commissioning procedures to include pre-functional check lists, start up procedures, systems

testing, flushing, and digitally recorded owner demonstrations/training, of all work installed under this

contract. Submit required Barton Malow forms, agent forms, certifications, or other documents.

11. Install heads in center of tile or where specifically located on the architectural RCP. Quantity of heads to

be as required to meet coverage and local jurisdiction.

12. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring multiple mobilizations. See schedule and

phasing plan.


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.11 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.11 – BP 1.11 Scope of Work – Fire Protection


subcontract. Utilize GPR, a pacometer or x-ray to locate existing reinforcement and electrical conduit prior to

cutting any slabs. Drilling and cutting to be scheduled in advance and approved by Barton Malow.

14. Sleeve new and existing structures/walls as required for a complete functional system. Provide sleeves for

all existing piping to remain penetrating new partitions.

15. Provide all through penetration firestop systems per specification 078413. Firestopping required at all new

fire protection piping systems.

16. Maintain standpipe and fire hose connections throughout construction schedule. Coordinate removal with

installation of permanent standpipe system. Schedule permanent standpipe installation for substantial

completion by June 1, 2013.

17. The Commissioning agent will be contracted directly by PSU. Reference specification 230800 for the

commissioning responsibilities of this subcontractor. Locate and furnish access doors to Drywall

Subcontractor for installation. Include all access doors and panels required, whether shown on the Contract

Drawings or not.


19. Allow for dry system at penthouse due to unconditioned space.


21. Incubator Rooms #125 and #126 were completed in phase 1. Remove and replace ceiling grid as needed for

installation of sprinkler lines.

22. Provide a total of twenty-four (24) 10-lb ABC fire extinguishers for use during construction. All extinguishers

will be serviced and tagged. Provide manufactured floor stands for each unit.

23. OPP will provide an operator to run the elevators to facilitate work in the hoistway


END OF SECTION H.11


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION H.12 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION H.12 – BP 1.12 Scope of Work – Electrical

SECTION H.12

BP 1.12 Electrical

The work of this category includes but is not limited to providing all labor, equipment, materials, tools,

attachments, insurance, supervision, scaffolding, hoisting and incidentals to complete all Electrical Work in

accordance with the specifications, drawings and applicable codes. All work is to be performed as shown on

the following plans and specified in the technical specification. Section Name

001370 COORDINATED DRAWINGS 078413 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP

SYSTEMS 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 113850 COLD ROOMS

ALL OF DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL ALL OF DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS

ALL OF DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY




1. Provide qualified personnel and technical support through a FTP site to participate in the

Coordinated Shop Drawing Process. PM, Superintendent and CAD operator to attend weekly on-

site coordination meetings. Work installed in conflict with the work of other trades as a result of

improper coordination shall be corrected by Subcontractor at no cost to Barton Malow. See section

01370 Coordinated Drawings

2. The Electrical Subcontractor will cut, cap, make safe and identify (color code) all electrical items

including but not limited to bus duct, fire alarm, light fixtures, conduit, wire, devices and

equipment for removal by the Demolition Subcontractor. Refer to the Demolition notes found on

MEPFP drawings.

3. Protect, remove and store off-site electrical items indicated by the Contract Documents to be

reinstalled. Remove all demolished material to dumpsters provided by the Barton Malow..

4. This subcontractor is responsible for working in tandem with Barton Malow, the demolition and

mechanical/plumbing subcontractors and other subcontractors to mark (color code) existing

building utilities at the limits of demolition so that they may be disconnected, cut-off, and made

safe prior to the start of demolition work.

5. Trace all existing circuits and panels to confirm existing connections to all equipment and devices.

This work must be expedited at the beginning of the project prior to demolition. Multiple

mobilizations are required to cover all the phases. Coordinate this work with the Demolition

Subcontractor. Include temporary floor protection below lifts, ladders and at demolition operations

at all areas where flooring is to remain.

6. This subcontractor shall include all survey of the existing building systems to remain in coordination

with the new phased construction. The scope of work is divided into multiple phases requiring

multiple mobilizations. See schedule and phasing plan. All systems and equipment designated to

remain must be kept in service, including rerouting as needed. This subcontractor shall coordinate

the partial demolition of existing systems with the installation of the new systems per floor per area.



This subcontractor shall attend separate schedule and phasing meetings for each floor to accomplish

this goal.

7. Disconnect all utility services salvage equipment per plans and to be store off-site for use at a later

date. See EQ Equipment plans and schedule.

8. The existing vertical bus duct service in the main shaft remains. Coordinate removal and replacement

of horizontal bus ducts on each floor. Special consideration is to be given to the third floor Phase 1

work.

9. Provide all through penetration firestop systems per specification 078413. Firestopping required at

all new and existing to remain electrical conduit, raceway and data systems.

10. Provide fire safing pads behind work boxes in rated walls

11. Cover holes in slabs greater than 2 inches that are created during the demolition work. Spray paint

the words “hole” as necessary.

12. The Commissioning agent will be contracted directly by PSU. Reference specification 230800 for

the commissioning responsibilities of this subcontractor.

13. At the beginning of each phase, immediately provide temporary power at each floor to facilitate

the work of all trades..

14. New electric panel boards and power system, complete.

15. Cut and chase all existing walls for flush mounting of all new wiring devices.

16. Laboratory casework and fume hoods are furnished and installed by the owner. See contract

documents for scope of work. Rough-in and final connections includes but not limited to all

electrical and low voltage connections.. Coordinate all rough-in work with approved casework and

fume hood shop drawings.

17. Rough-in and provide final connections for owner furnished equipment as scheduled on the

contract documents. See EQ Equipment plans and schedules. Install owner furnished components

as scheduled and noted in the plans and specifications. Support owner during equipment

installation and start-up including attending equipment coordination meetings.

18. Provide pre-finished aluminum raceway at all lab casework, refer to Phase 1 3rd

Floor installation

for the standard of quality.

19. All light fixtures and associated electrical systems complete, including removal, protection,

temporary off-site storage, and reinstallation of existing light fixtures indicated to be relocated.

20. Furnish and install all loose starters and starter disconnects for motors furnished under DIV 15.

All power wiring to starting equipment and from starting equipment to motors shall be provided

by Subcontractor. Control wiring by mechanical subcontractor

21. Connect duct smoke detectors to fire alarm system

22. See Fire Protection Fire Alarm Plan Notes for interface of new and existing devices and systems.

FACP controls both North and South Frear buildings.

23. Submit a complete set of drawings and calculations directly to Labor and Industry as a deferred

permit submittal. Make multiple submittals as required to coincide with phasing.

24. Removal of existing Fire Alarm panels and existing devices included in this scope of work. See

FA drawings for details.

25. Access Control system as defined in specification 281300.

26. Provide all conduit and boxes for electrified hardware per Door Hardware specification 087100.

Include without limitation all wiring and final connections between electrified door hardware, fire

alarm and security systems and power and low voltage sources.

27. Video Surveillance system as defined in specification 282300. Include without limitation all

electrical and data wiring and final connections

28. Intrusion Detection system as defined in specification 281600. Include without limitation all

electrical and data wiring and final connections

29. Audio/Visual

a. Projection screens, projectors, wall devices, structural supports, associated devices /

controls, interconnecting wiring, start-up and owner orientation for a fully functional

system

b. Rough-in for smart boards

30. Voice and Data: Includes complete replacement of All CAT5E cable with CAT6. Coordinate

maintaining existing data systems especially on the 3rd

floor with the phasing plan and schedule.

31. Coordinate new cable tray system with existing to remain.



32. Provide wiring and final connections for flush and faucet valves as specified.

33. Temporary construction power and lighting per Section F, includes collaborative construction

field office at the ground floor. Include penthouse, roof and mech. shaft areas.


subcontract. Utilize GPR, a pacometer or x-ray to locate existing reinforcement and electrical

conduit prior to cutting any slabs. Drilling and cutting to be scheduled in advance and approved by

Barton Malow.

35. Sleeve new and existing structures/walls as required for a complete functional system. Provide

sleeves were required for all existing conduit to remain penetrating new partitions.

36. Provide all through penetration firestop systems per specification 078413. Firestopping required at

all new fire protection piping systems.


38. Allow for emergency power and compressor hookup at penthouse dry sprinkler system.

39. Cut, cap, make safe and drain cold room utilities and condensing units including roof units, etc.

per keyed note 3 on AD102. Includes cold rooms, cold lab and low temperature storage areas

#127, #219, #226 and #421. Concrete infill provided by others.




42. Provide all work specified in section 113850 Cold Rooms. Coordinate all work with BP 1.06 and BP

1.11 and BP 1.12. Provide condensing units as specified. Provide new and modified roof curbs for

units. Coordinate with BP 1.03.

43. This subcontractor shall include all survey of the existing building systems to remain in coordination

with the new phased construction. All systems and equipment designated to remain must be kept in

service, including rerouting as needed. This subcontractor shall attend separate schedule and phasing

meetings for each floor to accomplish this goal.

44. AD101 Note 7: Provide slot in existing concrete slab for conduits. See Keyed Note 1 on EP101.

45. Maintain existing data connections during construction for occupied spaces. Coordinate turnover to

new CAT 6 with PSU and Barton Malow.

46. OPP will provide an operator to run the elevators to facilitate work in the hoistway.


END OF SECTION H.12


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION I ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION I – Schedules and Phasing

SECTION I

SCHEDULE AND PHASING 1. GENERAL

1.1. MILESTONE SCHEDULE

1.1.1. The following are the milestone schedule dates for the listed Work and will become a part of the Contract Documents. The master construction schedule will be developed after award of the Agreement with Subcontractor input.

MILESTONE ACTIVITY SCHEDULED START

SCHEDULED COMPLETION

Notice to Proceed January 2013 4th Floor February 2013 November 2013 Penthouse & Rooftop equipment April 2013 August 2013 Bathrooms May 2013 August 2013 3rd Floor (multiple sub-phases; partially occupied) May 2013 November 2013 2nd Floor January 2014 July 2014 1st Floor January 2014 July 2014 Ground Floor January 2014 July 2014 Substantial Completion July 2014

1.1.2. It is expressly agreed that time is of the essence for the completion of Work under the Agreement and Subcontractor agrees to perform the Work within the allotted time and in the manner specified. Subcontractor shall be liable for any and all damages and expenses suffered by the Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER arising or resulting from the failure of Subcontractor to perform the Work in accordance with the construction schedule.

1.1.3. Phasing of specific areas of work is per the attached Project Schedule which is preliminary and will be updated with Trade input once contracts are awarded.

1.1.4. Time is of the essence in the execution of the work of this Subcontract. Therefore, sufficient labor and materials must be provided at all times to meet Barton Malow's Job Progress Schedule (hereinafter “Schedule”). Subcontractor shall take whatever steps necessary, including additional manpower, equipment, overtime, shifts, etc., at its sole cost and expense, to perform its work in a time frame and sequence to meet the Schedule and the identified milestones.

1.1.5. Materials and equipment shall be available for delivery by the start of installation of each Phase of construction, with delivery and start of installation as directed by Barton Malow.

1.2. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

1.2.1. Subcontractor agrees to commence Work in the field within five (5) Days after being notified to do so by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Subcontractor shall diligently perform and fully complete all Work to the satisfaction of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Owner.

1.2.2. Work shall begin at such points as CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may designate and shall be carried to completion with the utmost speed.

1.2.3. Subcontractor shall submit to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within fifteen (15) Days of award of the Agreement all necessary scheduling information, in form and substance satisfactory to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER of all activities contained in the Subcontractor’s scope of Work, including activity descriptions and durations in working days, for shop drawings, fabrication, delivery and installation of products, materials and equipment. This schedule shall identify precedent relationships between Subcontractor’s activities and those of other Subcontractors, the



dollar value, necessary manpower loadings, and precedent activities for other Subcontractors. The activities on the schedule must be at a level of detail approved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and should agree with the terminology and building sequencing established by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will compile all Subcontractors’ schedules and develop a project master construction schedule. Once the individual Subcontractors schedules are agreed upon by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, this project master construction schedule will become the project plan for construction.

1.2.4. Special requirements and/or sequencing issues should be brought to the attention of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. It is intended the milestones remain in effect and all Bidders agree to accept the milestone dates. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to revise the project master construction schedule as deemed necessary. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to revise the project master construction schedule as deemed necessary.

1.2.5. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall periodically update the project master construction schedule and display it at the Project site. Subcontractor shall familiarize itself with the project master construction schedule and how it will affect or modify its operations, including coordination with the activities of other Subcontractors. Reasonable changes in sequencing, durations and phasing are to be expected with each master schedule update. These changes will be made by Subcontractor at no additional cost. Reasonable changes in sequencing, durations, and phasing are to be expected with each master schedule update. These changes will be made by Subcontractor at no additional cost.

1.2.6. If it is apparent Subcontractor is unable to perform its Work in the sequence indicated or the time allotted, Subcontractor must notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within five (5) Days after initial publication of the project master construction schedule. Subcontractor’s schedule of activities may be re-sequenced, and the schedule may be adjusted, provided all Work is completed within the stated milestone dates and provided CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and affected Subcontractors are notified of the change within five (5) calendar days of receipt of the schedule and the change does not otherwise negatively impact the other scheduled work; otherwise, the project master construction schedule shall be deemed accepted by all parties and becomes a contractual requirement for each Subcontractor.

1.2.7. If Subcontractor delays progress for any reason other than those delays specifically excused under the Contract Documents, Subcontractor will take all necessary steps to expedite its Work to maintain milestone target dates at no expense or additional cost to Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

1.2.8. If Subcontractor is behind schedule and is so notified by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Subcontractor shall be required to accelerate the Work at its own expense. Subcontractor shall furnish to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER a short interval schedule of its Work showing location, number of men and crew required to get back on the agreed upon master construction schedule. If Subcontractor fails to maintain and meet the short interval schedule, the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to take whatever steps it deems necessary in its sole discretion to recover the schedule at the Subcontractor’s expense. The Subcontractor shall employ such means as overtime work, multiple work shifts, and additional equipment, all without additional compensation, and shall continue to do so until the progress of the Work, in the opinion of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, is in conformance with the master project construction schedule.

1.2.9. Subcontractor agrees that it shall have no claim against the Owner, Architect, or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for an increase in the contract price nor for a payment or allowance of any kind for damage, loss, or expense arising or resulting from delays, regardless of whether the delay is the basis for an extension of time. This provision includes claims for damage, loss, or expense arising or resulting from interruptions to, or necessary suspension of, Subcontractor’s Work to enable other Subcontractors to perform their work.

1.3. PROJECT SEQUENCING

1.3.2. Refer to Phasing and Logistics Diagram issued with Barton Malow Bid Package. Exhibit B.



1.3.3. Refer to Barton Malow Baseline Schedule, Exhibit A.

END OF SECTION I

Activity

ID

Activity

Description

Orig

Dur

Early

Start

Early

Finish

PSU South Frear Renovations

PreconstructionPR-00100 Receive Issue for Bid Set 0 24OCT12

PR-01500 Permit Process 69 24OCT12 01FEB13

PR-00200 Bid Period 18 26OCT12 20NOV12

PR-00210 Scope Reviews / Issue LOIs 10 26NOV12 07DEC12

PR-00220 GMP Preparation 11 03DEC12 17DEC12

PR-00230 PSU BOT Approval 0 18JAN13*

PR-01000 Mobilize 10 21JAN13 01FEB13

PR-01510 Permit Process Complete 0 01FEB13

PR-00010 Commence Construction 0 04FEB13

Submittals, Long-Lead ItemsSU-00100 Submittal Pre Activities for Long-Lead Items 104 10DEC12 06MAY13

4th Floor4F-00010 Begin 4th Flr 0 04FEB13

4F-02050 Demolition / Abatement 20 04FEB13 01MAR13

4F-02060 Core Drill 5 04MAR13 08MAR13

4F-00100 Floor Renovations 185 11MAR13 27NOV13

4F-01770 4th Flr Substantial Completion 0 27NOV13

4F-01775 Owner Move-In 13 23DEC13* 10JAN14

Roof / PenthouseRP-23500 Roof Prep & Curbs 20 08APR13 03MAY13

RP-23600 Roof / Penthouse Equipment Delivery 0 06MAY13*

ShaftsSH-01502 Set-up Fall Protection 15 04FEB13* 22FEB13

SH-00010 Begin Shaft Work 0 25FEB13*

SH-01500 Exhaust Duct Demo & Temp Provisions both 30 25FEB13 05APR13

BathroomsBR-00010 Begin Bathrooms 0 01MAY13*

BR-02050 Demo 5 01MAY13 07MAY13

BR-00100 Complete Wet Stack, Top Down 71 08MAY13 16AUG13

BR-01770 Bathroom Work Complete 0 16AUG13

3rd Floor3F-00010 Begin 3rd Flr 0 01MAY13*

3F-01500 Owner Move-Out (Partial) 5 01MAY13 07MAY13

3F-00100 3rd Flr Work 143 08MAY13 27NOV13

3F-00020 Corridors 56 08MAY13 26JUL13

3F-00030 Core (Lines 2-6) 76 08MAY13 23AUG13

3F-00040 West (Lines 1-2) 48 29JUL13* 03OCT13

3F-00050 East (Lines 6-8) 53 16SEP13* 27NOV13

3F-01770 3rd Flr Substantial Completion 0 27NOV13

2nd Floor2F-00010 Begin 2nd Flr 0 23DEC13*

2F-01500 Owner Move-out 8 23DEC13 03JAN14

2F-00100 2nd Flr Work 142 06JAN14 24JUL14

2F-01770 2nd Flr Substantial Completion 0 24JUL14

1st Floor1F-00010 Begin 1st Flr 0 23DEC13*

1F-01500 Owner Move-out 8 23DEC13 03JAN14

1F-00100 1st Flr Work 142 06JAN14 24JUL14

1F-01770 1st Flr Substantial Completion 0 24JUL14

Ground FloorGF-00010 Begin Ground Flr 0 23DEC13*

GF-01500 Owner Move-out 8 23DEC13 03JAN14

GF-00100 Ground Flr Work 142 06JAN14 24JUL14

GF-01770 Ground Flr Substantial Completion 0 24JUL14

Closeout & CommissioningCC-23000 Punchlist & Commissioning 184 01NOV13* 24JUL14

CC-01770 Project Substantial Completion 0 24JUL14

2012 2013 2014O NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT

-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Receive Issue for Bid Set

Permit Process

Bid Period

Scope Reviews / Issue LOIs

GMP Preparation

PSU BOT Approval

Mobilize

Permit Process Complete

Commence Construction

Submittal Pre Activities for Long-Lead Items

Begin 4th Flr

Demolition / Abatement

Core Drill

Floor Renovations

4th Flr Substantial Completion

Owner Move-In

Roof Prep & Curbs

Roof / Penthouse Equipment Delivery

Set-up Fall Protection

Begin Shaft Work

Exhaust Duct Demo & Temp Provisions both Shafts

Begin Bathrooms

Demo

Complete Wet Stack, Top Down

Bathroom Work Complete

Begin 3rd Flr

Owner Move-Out (Partial)

3rd Flr Work

Corridors

Core (Lines 2-6)

West (Lines 1-2)

East (Lines 6-8)

3rd Flr Substantial Completion

Begin 2nd Flr

Owner Move-out

2nd Flr Work

2nd Flr Substantial Completion

Begin 1st Flr

Owner Move-out

1st Flr Work

1st Flr Substantial Completion

Begin Ground Flr

Owner Move-out

Ground Flr Work

Ground Flr Substantial Completion

Punchlist & Commissioning

Project Substantial Completion

© Primavera Systems, Inc.

Start Date 24OCT12

Finish Date 30SEP14

Data Date 24OCT12

Run Date 24OCT12 08:34

Early Bar

Progress Bar

Critical Activity

PT05 Penn State UniversitySouth Frear RenovationBarton Malow Company

PT05 Preliminary Schedule Sorted by Area / ES

Sheet 1 of 1


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION J ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION J – On-site Safety and Loss Control Program

SECTION J

ON-SITE PROJECT SAFETY AND LOSS CONTROL PROGRAM 1 SUBCONTRACTOR’S SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

1.01 Generally the Subcontractor shall

1.01.1 be responsible for its own Safety Program for Work on this Project that is at least as stringent as the requirements set forth in this section of the Project Manual.

1.01.2 provide all workers with hardhats, safety glasses, class 2 vests, gloves, and any other safety equipment needed to perform their specific work activities in a safe manner and to comply with BMC and OSHA standards. The South Frear Phase 2 Renovation workers must comply with wearing work boots, hardhats, safety glasses, safety vests, and gloves 100% of the time.

1.01.3 provide a safe workplace and shall otherwise take all precautions for the safety of Subordinate Parties and persons and property in or near the premises where Work is being performed.

1.01.4 comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and/or the governing state law.

1.01.5 comply with all requirements stated in the Site Specific Safety Instructions (SSSI) form or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.01.6 ensure that its employees understand and comply with applicable safety and health programs, rules, and regulations.

1.01.7 assign an individual to act as Safety Representative who will have the responsibility of resolving safety matters, and acting as a liaison among Subcontractor, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner. The Safety Representative must be a person who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in surroundings that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to employees, and has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. The Safety Representative must meet the standards for a Competent Person under applicable law when required (scaffolding, confined spaces, etc.) and be on site full time. The Safety Representative or an alternate must attend periodic safety meetings as directed by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

1.01.8 through its site supervisors and/or Safety Representative, attend a pre-construction meeting where planning for safe execution of the project will be addressed.

1.01.9 be fully responsible for all Hazardous Materials it creates or releases in connection with, or brings to, the Project. Subcontractor shall immediately report to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER any Hazardous Materials that it discovers or which are released at the Project.

1.01.10 provide minimum training for on-site employees which shall include basic safety orientation, task-specific safety instruction, weekly Tool Box Talks, and other periodic safety meetings and document all such training.

1.01.11 self-inspect its areas of control to assure compliance with the safety requirements.

1.01.12 require and enforce that all of its on-site employees of either Subcontractor or its Subordinate Parties are required to report any unsafe act or condition and any work-related injuries or illness immediately to their supervisor. If the act or condition can be safely and easily corrected, the employee or supervisor shall make the correction.

1.01.13 notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER immediately of all injuries requiring clinical attention and all property damage potentially in excess of $1,000.

1.01.14 have emergency procedures to deal with the immediate removal and treatment, if necessary, of any employee who may be injured or become ill. Also keep on the Project site a first-aid kit



supplied according to current regulations, and shall have on-site a person trained to administer first aid.

1.01.15 inform CONSTRUCTION MANAGER immediately of the arrival of any federal or state inspector or compliance officer prior to touring the site. Any reports, citations, or other documents related to the inspection shall be provided promptly to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

1.01.16 have a written Substance Abuse Policy. The use or possession of illegal drugs or the use of alcohol while performing Work on the Project at any time during working hours are strictly prohibited and may lead to immediate removal from the Project.

1.01.17 be responsible for payment of all safety-related citations, fines and/or claims arising out of or relating to its Work levied against the Owner, Architect, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, or their employees or affiliates.

1.01.18 submit monthly its hours worked and incident rates for the Project if required by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER at any time.

1.02 Additional CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Requirements

1.02.1 Work crews shall conduct a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) discussion to plan for safe performance before beginning any work task. Subcontractor is encouraged to prepare a written record of each JHA.

1.02.2 All workers, management, and visitors shall wear approved hard hats while on site, outside the trailers. Cowboy-style hard hats are prohibited. Hardhats must not be removed to use welding shields. Welding shields must attach to hardhats or be hand held.

1.02.3 Sleeved shirts (minimum of four inches), long pants, and durable work boots are required minimum clothing.

1.02.4 Personal cell phones are not to be used on construction sites except to report an emergency or on approved break time. Use of business cell phones must not interfere with jobsite safety. The use of camera features on cell phones is strictly prohibited.

1.02.5 Personal radios or music players with earphones are not permitted.

1.02.6 All persons working at elevations of six feet or greater must have 100% continuous fall protection. Engineering controls are preferred, but personal fall arrest systems are also permissible. An exception is permitted for safe use of ladders up to 24 feet long.

1.02.7 Subcontractor is responsible to repair or restore any barricade that it modifies or removes.

1.02.8 Class III (household) stepladders are prohibited; metal ladders are strongly discouraged.

1.02.9 All scaffolds must be checked daily and before each use for safety compliance. Scaffolds shall never be left in an unsafe condition and must be removed/disabled immediately if not to be used again.

1.02.10 All persons operating cranes must be certified as crane operators by the National Commission on the Certification of Crane Operators (NCCCO). Daily crane inspection reports must be prepared by the operator and kept with the crane, available for inspection.

1.02.11 Riding the headache ball is prohibited.

1.02.12 All dozers, loaders, tractors and end loader backhoes must have functioning backup alarms.

1.02.13 All equipment must be kept at least 15 feet from energized power lines.

1.02.14 Electrical, pneumatic, and other energy systems that could be accidentally energized or started up while work is in process must be locked out (not merely tagged out).



1.02.15 Only fire retardant materials may be used to build shanties or other temporary enclosures inside of buildings finished or under construction. Shanties shall be continually policed by their occupants to prevent the accumulation of waste or other combustibles.

1.02.16 Engineering controls must be used to restrain silica dust per applicable law.

2 Subcontractor’s SAFETY SUBMITTALS

2.01 Subcontractor shall provide copies of the following written safety submittals to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER at the times indicated:

Submittal Timing Daily Reports At the end of each day Contractor Safety Certificate, Barton Malow form SAF 6.3.3.3 Before on-site work begins Site-specific Safety Program, including substance abuse policy, hazard communication program, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

Before on-site work begins

Tool Box Talk Reports Weekly Incident Reports (OSHA form 301or equivalent) Within 24 hours of incident Hours worked and incident rates Monthly (if applicable)

2.02 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s receipt of the Safety Program or other submittals from Subcontractor does not constitute approval of the Program or submittal or permission to deviate from the requirements of the Contract Documents and applicable law.

2.03 Subcontractor will allow inspection of, and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may request copies of, any and all safety-related documents and records in its possession relating to the Project.

3 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER RIGHTS

3.01 Safety Hazard Notifications may be issued to the Subcontractor when an unsafe act or condition is reported or observed. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall not be required to supervise the abatement or associated reprimand of unsafe acts or conditions within a Subcontractor’s scope of work as this is solely the responsibility of Subcontractor. Nevertheless, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER has the right, but not the obligation, to require Subcontractor to cease or abate any unsafe practice or activity it notices, at Subcontractor’s sole expense.

3.02 Subcontractor’s failure to comply with the contract safety requirements will be considered a default of the Agreement, and may result in remedial action including, but not limited to, withholding of payment of any sums due or termination.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s failure to require the submission of any form, documentation, or any other act required under this Section shall not relieve the Subcontractor from any of its safety obligations.

3.04 Nothing in this Section or in this Agreement makes CONSTRUCTION MANAGER responsible or liable for protecting Subcontractor’s employees and other Subordinate Parties or assuring or providing for their safety or preventing accidents or property damage.

3.05 All requirements referenced in this Section are binding on Subcontractor and all of its Subordinate Parties, even where such requirements may exceed the standards of applicable law.

4 SAFETY RELATED FORMS

4.01 The following safety related forms and documents are included at the end of this section and are part of the agreement

4.01.1 Contractor Safety Certificate, Barton Malow Form SAF 6.3.3.3. Included herein

4.01.2 ON-SITE PROJECT SAFETY AND LOSS CONTROL PROGRAM Issued by BMC

END OF SECTION J


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION K ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION K – Hazardous Materials

SECTION K

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL 1. DEFINITION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

1.1. A “Hazardous Material”, as used in this Project Manual means asbestos; asbestos containing material; lead (including lead-based paint); PCB; molds; any other chemical, material, or substance subject to regulation as a hazardous material, hazardous substance, toxic substance, or otherwise, under applicable federal, state, or local law; and any other chemical, material, or substance that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment.

2. AWARENESS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

2.1. Each Subcontractor shall be constantly aware of the possible discovery of Hazardous Materials. Should Subcontractor encounter any Hazardous Material or suspected Hazardous Material, the Subcontractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.2. If the Subcontractor encounters any Hazardous Material or suspected Hazardous Material, the Subcontractor agrees to immediately initiate the required procedures of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and/or state or local agencies having jurisdiction to protect any and all persons exposed to the affected areas or adjacent areas affected thereby

2.3. Subcontractor is fully responsible for all Hazardous Materials it creates or releases in connection with, or brings to, the Project

2.4. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible to bind ALL of its personnel and its Subordinate Parties to the provisions in the contract documents related to hazardous materials and to instruct each employee of its own duty to report any and all suspected Hazardous Materials and to comply with all applicable laws.

2.5. ABSOLUTELY NO MATERIAL SHALL BE BROUGHT ON OR TO THE PROJECT SITE THAT DOES NOT HAVE A MANUFACTURER'S LABEL STATING CONTENTS.

2.6. The Subcontractor shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, ordinances and regulations regarding transportation, storage, spills, releases and disposal of Hazardous Materials.

2.7. No asbestos or asbestos-containing material will be brought to the jobsite or incorporated into the Work by Subcontractor or its Subordinate Parties.

END OF SECTION K


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION L ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION L – Regulatory Requirements

SECTION L

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. STANDARDS, CODES AND REGULATION

1.1. All Work is to comply with the rules and regulations of governing bodies having jurisdiction.

1.2. Standards, codes and regulations published by Manufacturer’s associations, governmental agencies and other regulatory authorities form a part of these Specifications as minimum requirements. Such references include the latest issue and legal requirements in force.

1.3. Where differences occur between the Contract Documents and such standards, the strictest requirements shall take precedence.

1.4. Supply all materials and perform all Work in accordance with the Manufacturer’s specifications and installation procedures, and in conformance with published Trade and Manufacturers’ association standards, unless specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents.

2. PERMITS AND FEES

2.1. The Penn State University will obtain and pay for the General Building Permit.

2.2. Other than the general building permit, Subcontractor shall provide and pay for all other permits, assessments, governmental fees, bonds, connection charges, licenses and inspection fees and any other charges necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Subcontractor’s Work.

2.3. Subcontractor is to provide, pay for and coordinate all other permits, fees, inspections, and city, county, state, federal and governing authority approvals required for the successful completion of the Work contained within its respective Bid Category and deliver required certificates of inspection and approvals to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.4. This Project is under but not limited to the jurisdiction of the

• Pennsylvania Labor and Industry

• Penn State University Office of Physical Plant Design and Construction Standards found on the following website:

a. http://www.opp.psu.edu/planning-construction/design_and_construction_standardsTAXES

3.1. Except to the extent specifically described below, this Project is subject to all applicable state Sales Tax and/or Use taxes, and Bidder must include such taxes in its Bid Proposal. All other taxes applicable to the project at the time of the bid are to be included in the bid amount and will be the responsibility of Bidder.

3.2. Sales Tax Clarification: It is the Contractor’s responsibility to be familiar with the application of Act 45 and work with the Department of Revenue for exact determinations on which material and equipment is and is not exempt from sales and use tax.

END OF SECTION L


PROJECT MANUAL SECTION M ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION M - Permits

SECTION M

PERMITS

1. GENERAL 1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.1.1. Attention is directed to Bidding and Contract Requirements, and to Division 1, General Requirements, which are hereby made a part of this section

1.2. PERMITS AND FEES 1.2.1. The General Building Permit is the Responsibility of Penn State University 1.2.2. Other than the general building permit, Subcontractor’s shall provide and pay for all other permits,

assessments, governmental fees, bonds, connection charges, licenses, inspection fees, show drawing review fees, and any other charge necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Subcontractor’s Work.

END OF SECTION M


PROJECT MANUAL 01140-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01140 – Use of Premises

SECTION 01140 USE OF PREMISES

1 THIS SECTION SHOULD BE REVIEWED ALONG WITH SECTION F, AS THIS SECTION SHOULD BE

USED TO HELP CLARIFY OR FURTHER EXPLAIN SITE REQUIREMENTS AND USE OF PREMISES.

2 RULES AND ENFORCEMENT:

1.1. Subcontractor and its Subordinate Parties shall be subject to rules and regulations for the conduct of the Work as stated herein and as the Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may establish.

1.2. In instances where language here and in any other specification division is in a direct conflict with one another, the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER has the right to enforce the strictest requirement

1.3. Willful disregard of the following will be grounds for requiring the offending person(s) to be removed from the Project, and may subject the Subcontractor to termination under the Agreement.

3 USE OF PREMISES AND DELIVERIES

2.1. ACCESS TO WORK:

2.1.1. Before starting the Work, Subcontractor shall ascertain from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER what entrances, routes or roadways shall be used for access to the Work, and use only those designated for movement of personnel, materials and vehicles to and from the Project site.

2.1.2. Close coordination is required of Subcontractor with the Owner, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, other contractors, the city and others having an interest in the Project to assure that Work on the site, access to and from the site and the general conduct of operations is maintained in a safe and efficient manner, and that disruption and inconvenience to existing streets and property is minimized.

2.1.3. Subcontractor is responsible to review the site and be familiar with all existing conditions within and around the Owner's property including local conditions and requirements.

2.2. ENTRANCES AND DRIVES

2.2.1. Specific entrances for material deliveries, equipment deliveries and worker access to the Project site will be as designated / directed by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.2.2. Selected entrances to the Project site will remain open for use during normal working hours.

2.2.3. At no time are vehicles to be parked, whether attended or not, in the Owner's entrances or drives.

2.2.4. Any material delivery which will tie up the Owner's entrances or drives in excess of 1 hour shall be pre-scheduled with the Owner through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.2.5. Owner's deliveries and operations will take precedence over scheduling of construction deliveries.

2.2.6. Access to the site will be restricted during student arrivals/departures per the academic calendar.

2.3. ACCESS TO BUILDINGS:

2.3.1. Maintain free access to all buildings and areas of the site for designated vehicles, service vehicles and firefighting equipment, and at no time shall block off or close roadways or fire lanes without providing auxiliary roadways and means of entrance acceptable to the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.3.2. Maintain a clean and safe passageway for the Owner's operations and personnel in existing areas, and maintain clearances adjacent to and in connection with the Work performed. Fire hydrants must remain accessible at all times.

2.3.3. Give the Owner and the local fire department at least 10 days notice of any such changes of routes.



2.4. SITE PARKING:

2.4.1. There is no on-site parking for Subcontractors and their Subordinate Parties’ employees.

2.5. LOADING OF STRUCTURE: Each Subcontractor on behalf of itself and its Subordinate Parties shall not load or permit any part of a structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety.

2.6. USE OF OWNER’S EQUIPMENT: Subcontractors and their Subordinate Parties will not be allowed to use any Owner tools or equipment during the course of the Project without permission from the owner.

2.7. USE OF EXISTING ELEVATORS

2.7.1. Subcontractor MAY use one existing elevator designated by the Owner within the contract boundaries for movement of personnel and materials to a construction area.

2.7.2. In those cases where an elevator is to be shared with Owner services, the Owner's employees and services take priority over construction activities.

2.7.3. Subcontractor is responsible for proper conduct with regard to the use of the elevator. Any damage to the elevator due to oversize load, excess weight or other conditions is the individual Subcontractor's responsibility.

2.7.4. Use of the elevator at times other than normal working hours shall be coordinated with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Owner.

2.8. USE OF EXISTING FACILITIES

2.8.1. Limit the usage of the occupied areas of the facility to that which is absolutely necessary for the installation of the Work. Parts of the facility not in the construction area are "off limits" unless a specific work task is being performed as designated by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.8.2. Use of the Owner's cafeteria, parking, telephones, toilet facilities, tools, equipment, or any other item or facility belonging to the Owner is not allowed unless specifically authorized by Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.8.3. Restrict all Work activities associated within an area undergoing renovation to the boundaries indicated by the Contract Documents. Any means of access or egress from the stipulated boundaries shall be coordinated with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner.

4 WORK HOURS:

3.1. Normal working hours are 7:00 AM through 6:00 PM Monday through Friday year round. Night shift is defined as 11:00 PM to 7:00 AM. Off hour work in the evenings and weekends must be scheduled with the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner in advance.

3.2. Work may be performed during the entire twenty-four (24) hours of any day of the week with the PIOR approval of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner.

3.3. Work operations shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations, and not create a public nuisance nor disturb the peace.

3.4. Compensation to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for supervisory staff due to abnormal working hours will be at the requesting Subcontractor’s expense.

3.5. Whenever Subcontractor intends to depart from normal work hours, it shall notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in writing at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance. Failure of Subcontractor to give such timely notice may result in CONSTRUCTION MANAGER directing the removal or uncovering of the Work performed during such abnormal hours at Subcontractor’s expense. Special arrangements can be made for emergency work or shutdowns as may be required.

3.6. Required off-hours work:

3.6.1. Subcontractors may be requested to work split shifts, weekends, off peak Owner loading periods, etc., to accommodate Owner's utility and service requirements, such as, but not limited to, medical gas systems, electrical power, HVAC systems, storm and sanitary lines.



5 USE OF EXPLOSIVES: Is NOT permitted.

6 DUST, DIRT, NOISE: Each Subcontractor shall effectively confine or eliminate dust, dirt and noise to the actual construction area and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

7 BEHAVIOR AND CONDUCT: The Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER expect Subcontractors and their Subordinate Parties to exercise common sense and good judgment, and to conduct themselves in a manner which would be a credit to the Owner. Without limiting other applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, Subcontractor shall not engage in the following:

6.1. Conduct that interferes with Work or work of others.

6.2. Conduct that interferes with or is detrimental to safety, well-being of the owner, their operations and/or good reputation.

6.3. Unauthorized use of confidential information.

6.4. Discourtesy toward Students, Owner’s staff, visitors and the general public (including abusive, vulgar or other language.)

6.5. Soliciting, canvassing, posting, or distributing literature or materials for any purpose while on the job site.

6.6. Disregard of safety, sanitation, or security laws, rules and regulations.

6.7. Stealing.

6.8. Gambling.

6.9. Possession and/or use of narcotics or intoxicants.

6.10. Threats or abuse of others.

6.11. Disorderly conduct or fighting.

6.12. Playing of loud music.

6.13. Falsification of information.

6.14. Unauthorized travel of Subcontractor’s employees outside the designated project Work areas.

6.15. Discriminating behavior.

6.16. Possession and/or use of weapons or firearms.

6.17. Sexual or Ethnic harassment.

6.18. Smoking: Subcontractors and their Subordinate Parties shall be responsible for adhering to the smoking policies and regulations of the Owner and the Owner’s facilities.

8 TEMPORARY PARTITIONS:

7.1. Partition construction shall provide a fire-resistant classification approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. Openings in such partitions shall be protected by fire doors consistent with the rating of the partition. Any trade creating penetrations through the temporary partitions shall fire stop openings to match the rating of the wall.

9 PROTECTION OF FACILITIES

8.1. Each Subcontractor on behalf of itself and its Subordinate Parties shall be responsible for all damage to the Project including the existing buildings and grounds arising or resulting from its operations under the Agreement. Repair or replacement of damaged items shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

8.2. Each Subcontractor shall provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing underground and aboveground utilities, foundations, structure and systems encountered during its Work and shall



8.2.1. protect the project, or any part thereof, and surrounding areas from collapse or movement, or any other type of damage until such time as they are to be removed, incorporated into the new Work or can be properly supported or backfilled upon completion of new Work.

8.2.2. limit disruptions to a maximum of 4 hours.

8.2.3. prior to beginning any Work that may affect underground facilities, PA 1-Call and utility companies for the location of all existing underground services.

8.2.3.1. Provide, documentation of such contact to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

8.2.3.2. If necessary, Subcontractor shall pay for layout and locating of existing utilities.

8.3. Utilities and/or other services which are shown, or not shown but encountered, shall be protected by the Subcontractor from any damage arising or resulting from Work, unless or until they are abandoned. If the utilities or services are damaged from Subcontractor’s Work, Subcontractor shall immediately repair any damage and restore the utilities and services to an equal or better condition than that which existed prior to the damage. Subcontractor will be responsible for all liabilities, expenses, lawsuits or claims arising or resulting from such damage and will defend, hold harmless and indemnify Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER from any claims or lawsuits or other expenses.

8.4. Each Subcontractor on behalf of itself and its Subordinate Parties shall be responsible for all damage to the Project and surrounding areas including the existing building and grounds arising out of or resulting from their performance of the Work. Repair or replacement of damaged items shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

8.5. Preservation of existing trees and other vegetation on the site to the maximum extent possible is required.

8.5.1. Each Subcontractor must plan its Work and instruct its Subordinate Parties to conduct their operations to avoid damage to trees and vegetation (provide barriers as required.)

8.5.2. Indiscriminate driving about the site, disposing of waste, storage of materials upon or against trees or any other activity which is harmful to trees or vegetation will not be tolerated.

8.5.3. Any case of damage to any tree shall be reported to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER immediately so that professional repairs can be made. The cost of such required repairs or treatment shall be charged to the responsible Subcontractor.

10 OWNER’S OPERATIONS & INTERRUPTION OF OCCUPANCY /SEQUENCING

9.1. The Owner shall have the option to curtail or delay any activity that affects its operations. Should a Subcontractor be asked to stop its Work, the Subcontractor shall do so immediately and proceed with other activities with no additional cost to the Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

9.2. The Owner may occupy the premises during the entire period of construction to conduct operations.

9.3. Each Subcontractor is responsible to plan, coordinate and execute its Work in such a manner that there will be no disruption of or the least disruption to the Owner's operations. If an interruption of operations is unavoidable, then this Work will be scheduled with the Owner through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

9.4. Subcontractors is responsible to provide temporary utilities and systems to maintain services to the facility while Work is being performed.

9.5. No interruptions to Owner's power, lighting, signal, or alarm circuits will be permitted without the express written permission of the Owner through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Arrangements for interruptions shall be made with the Owner at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the interruption and shall be made at such time and duration as authorized by them. Temporary feeders, transformer jumpers, connections, circuits, etc., shall be used as required to accomplish the above at no additional cost to the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

11 MATERIAL STORAGE



10.1. All Subcontractors are required to provide and pay for off-site storage facilities as required for their Work.

10.2. All Subcontractors will not be allowed on-site storage facilities. Temporary storage of materials in the building and on the site will be limited to the same areas immediately under construction for materials intended for that particular portion of the Work. Material, equipment and tools, shall not be stored on-site in excess of five (5) working days prior to installation or use without CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s approval.

10.3. Storage of combustible materials within or adjacent to the building is prohibited.

10.4. All Subcontractors shall

10.4.1. Stock the job with sufficient materials to maintain progress and schedule and without interfering with the Work or storage of others.

10.4.2. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under their control which are stored on the site.

10.4.3. Move any stored products under their control, which interfere with operations of the Owner or separate contractors as directed by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

10.4.4. Provide sufficient protection for its materials and equipment from damages by weather or construction work or other hazards.

10.4.5. Remove all debris and leave the area in a clean and orderly condition during progress of Work and upon completion of the Work.

10.4.6. Submit a receipt of shipment for all equipment stored on-site or off-site to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. No materials or equipment shall be removed from the site without the permission of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER

END OF SECTION 01140


PROJECT MANUAL 01250-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01250 – Changes in the Work

SECTION 01250 CHANGES IN THE WORK

1 SUMMARY

1.01 This section describes the following requirements including:

1.01.1 Types of Change Documentation

1.01.1.1 PCO – Potential Change Order

1.01.1.2 CO – Change Order

1.01.2 Compensation of Overhead and Profit for Changes in the Work

1.01.3 Itemization of Cost of Changed Work

1.02 This section is not intended to include RFI’s, ASI’s (Architects Supplemental Instructions), or other documents that clarify the work but have no substantive cost or schedule impact to the work.

2 TYPES OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION

Changes to the work which may involve a change in the contract price or schedule will be accompanied by the Barton Malow form entitled “PCO- Quotation Only”. In the event that the timing does not allow the For Quote Only process, then CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will issue its form entitled “PCO–Notice to Proceed” or “Field Work Order”

2.1. PCO- NOTICE TO PROCEED/FIELD WORK ORDER AND FOR PCO- QUOTATION ONLY FORMS

2.1.1. A PCO- Notice to Proceed/Field Work Order is used when Work must be performed with swiftness and authorization to proceed by Change Order is inappropriate due to time restrictions. In order for a PCO- Notice to Proceed to be valid, it must be signed by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Owner. The terms for establishing the additional cost and processing of the PCO- Notice to Proceed into a Change Order shall be identified prior to its release by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.1.2. If a change results in a change in cost, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will issue a PCO with the supporting change documents.

2.1.3. Subcontractor shall prepare a detailed cost quotation for the PCO. This quotation shall include an itemized takeoff of labor, equipment and material with a unit cost for each item together with backup and breakdown documentations satisfactory to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The PCO must be returned as directed

2.1.4. Subcontractor shall sign and date the PCO and submit it with proper backup. The PCO will then be reviewed, evaluated, negotiated and then, when acceptable, processed

2.1.5. The PCO- Quotation Only is a document used for processing Subcontractor's quotations and is not a Change Order. Therefore, completion of the PCO- Quotation Only does not release the Work to begin.

2.1.6. PCO’s will precede a Change Order. Subcontractors shall receive an approved PCO- Notice to Proceed, a signed “Field Work Order”, or an executed Change Order before starting Work. Any changed Work performed by Subcontractor without a properly executed PCO- Notice to Proceed or a properly executed Change Order is at Subcontractor’s sole risk and expense. BILLINGS AGAINST CHANGES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AFTER A PCO- NOTICE TO PROCEED OR FOR QUOTE ONLY IS ISSUED, BUT ONLY AFTER A CHANGE ORDER HAS BEEN PROCESSED AND SIGNED BY ALL PARTIES.



2.2. CHANGE ORDER

2.2.1. Change Orders will be issued by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will first issue the Change Order to the Subcontractor for signature. The Change Order will then be returned to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Once all appropriate signatures are secured, an executed copy will be sent to the Subcontractor.

2.2.2. Once the Change Order has been processed and signed by all parties, the Subcontractor may invoice for payment on the completed portion of Work.

2.2.3. Agreement on a Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters relating to the changed Work that is the subject of the Change Order.

3. COMPENSATION OF OVERHEAD AND PROFIT FOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

3.1. CONTRACTOR’S OVERHEAD AND PROFIT

3.1.1. For changes resulting in increase of cost:

3.1.1.1. Overhead and profit for the Subcontractor shall not exceed the following when change Work is performed by

3.1.1.1.1. Subcontractor itself: fifteen percent (15%) on labor, and ten percent (10%) on material and equipment

3.1.1.1.2. Subcontractor subordinate party: ten percent (10%) on subordinate cost

3.1.1.2. Overhead and profit for the subordinate party shall not exceed the following when change Work is performed by

3.1.1.2.1. Subcontractor itself: fifteen percent (15%) on labor, and ten percent (10%) on material and equipment

3.1.1.2.2. Subcontractor subordinate party: ten percent (10%) on subordinate cost

3.1.2. For changes resulting in reduction of cost

3.1.2.1. Deductive costs shall include commensurate deductive credits for overhead and profit based on the percentages stated above.

3.1.3. Subcontractor’s and Subordinate Party’s overhead and profit shall include cost (at the Project Site, home office and otherwise) of supervision, telephone, travel, copying, warranty, cleanup, administrative services, office, power, light, tools, jobsite vehicles, and all other general expenses. In no event shall these items be charged as cost of the Changed Work.

3.1.4. Mark up on sales tax is not allowed

3.1.5. Mark up on bond premium increases is not allowed

4. ITEMIZATION OF COST OF CHANGED WORK

4.1. CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS

4.1.1. Subcontractors shall

4.1.1.1. Revise the Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each Change Order as a separate item of Work, and to record the adjusted contract price.

4.1.1.2. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time approved by a Change Order.

4.1.1.3. Revise sub-schedules to show changes for other items of Work affected by the changes.

4.1.1.4. Enter and revise Record Documents to reflect changes



4.2. COST OF THE CHANGED WORK

4.2.1. The "Cost of the Changed Work" shall be approved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and shall mean the costs necessarily incurred by the Subcontractor in the proper performance of the Changed Work. Such rates shall not be higher than those customarily paid at the place of the Project. The Cost of the Changed Work shall only include those items set forth below, or those items for which CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is entitled reimbursement under its agreement with Owner, the most restrictive provisions controlling

WAGES OF LABOR Wages of construction workers directly employed by Subcontractor to perform the construction of the changed Work at the site

PAYROLL MARKUP The amount approved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Owner which covers the costs paid by the Subcontractor for taxes, insurance, contributions, assessments, and benefits required by law or collective bargaining agreements and for personnel not covered by such agreements, customary benefits such as sick leave, medical and health benefits, holidays vacations and pensions, provided that such costs are based on the wages and salaries of labor performing the changed Work.

COST OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPLIES

Costs of materials, equipment and supplies to be incorporated into the changed Work less all savings, discounts, rebates and credits accruing to the Subcontractor.

RENTAL CHARGES FOR EQUIPMENT NOT OWNED BY CONTRACTOR

Rental charges for equipment not owned by Subcontractor that is necessary for completion of the Changed Work. Rates and quantities rented must be approved in advance by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

TAXES Sales or use taxes imposed by a governmental authority which are directly attributable to the changed Work and for which the Subcontractor is liable.

SUBORDINATE PARTY COSTS

Payments made to the Subcontractors for proper execution of Changed Work, subject to the limits set forth above for overhead and profit.

4.2.2. In no event shall the Cost of Changed Work include:

4.2.2.1. Salaries or wages of persons other than those directly performing the changed Work, including Subcontractor’s personnel stationed at the principal office;

4.2.2.2. Expenses of the Subcontractor’s principal office and offices other than the site office, except as provided above;

4.2.2.3. Overhead and general expenses of any nature, except as set forth above; 4.2.2.4. Capital expenses of Subcontractor, including interest on the Subcontractor’s capital

employed for the Changed Work; 4.2.2.5. Rental costs for machinery or equipment, except as allowed above, or tools of any

kind, unless specifically identified and approved in advance in writing by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER;

4.2.2.6. Costs due to the negligence or failure to perform of the Subcontractor or its Subordinate Parties;

4.2.2.7. Costs designated above as being included in Overhead and Profit 4.2.2.8. Any cost not specifically described above, or otherwise approved in advance and in

writing by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Owner.



4.3. QUOTATION FORMAT Please see the cost breakdown and change order summary sample in section 01610 that can also be found on

OPP’s design standard website. This form will be required with EVERY change order request.

http://www.opp.psu.edu/planning-construction/design_and_construction_standards



PROJECT MANUAL 01290-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01290 – Payment Procedures

SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

1. SUMMARY

1.1. This Section describes the following requirements including:

1.1.1. Schedule of Values

1.1.2. Application for Payment Process

1.1.3. Reduction of Retention

1.1.4. Payment for Materials Stored Off-site

1.1.5. Waivers of Lien and Sworn Statements

2. PAYMENT PROCEDURES

2.1. SCHEDULE OF VALUES

2.1.1. Once the Agreement is awarded, each Subcontractor must submit a Schedule of Values for its entire Work to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for approval. This Schedule of Values must be submitted either within fifteen (15) days of award or fifteen (15) days prior to the first payment application deadline (per the Application for Payment Schedule), whichever comes first. The Schedule of Values must include labor and material line items for each portion of the Work (larger portions of Work such as concrete, curtainwall, drywall, mechanical, and electrical shall be broken down by elevation, floor, and areas appropriate), the Subcontractor shall separate bond costs, and general conditions line items as appropriate.

2.1.2. The Schedule of Values will be submitted in a format as prescribed by, and to the level of detail specified by, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.1.2.1. The sum of the parts of the Schedule of Values shall equal the contract price.

2.1.2.2. The minimum level of breakdown and order on the application for payment will be:

2.1.2.2.1. Bond costs, if applicable

2.1.2.2.2. General conditions line item(s)

2.1.2.2.3. Division 1 cost breakdown as required

2.1.2.2.4. Costs associated with preparation of closeout paperwork and documentation

2.1.2.2.5. Major portions of the Work shall be broken down into labor and material line items for specific areas of the facility

2.1.2.2.6. A listing of approved and executed Change Orders to the Contract, if any, in sequential order.

2.1.2.3. Schedule of Values items shall have a direct and understandable relation to the Project master construction schedule.

2.1.2.4. Overhead and profit shall be distributed into each item of work on a pro-rated basis.

2.1.3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Owner or Architect, shall be the basis for the Subcontractor's application for payments.

2.1.4. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall have the right to require the Subcontractor to alter the value or add/delete categories listed on the Schedule of Values at any time for the following reasons:

2.1.4.1. The Schedule of Values appears to be incorrect or unbalanced.



2.1.4.2. A revision of the Schedule of Values is required due to the Subcontractor revising the sequence of construction or assembly of building components that in turn invalidates the Schedule of Values.

2.1.4.3. Change Orders are issued to the Subcontractor and shall be incorporated into the Schedule of Values as a separate line item at the bottom of the Schedule of Values.

2.1.5. The Subcontractor is required to correlate the documentation for payment of stored materials requested in the application for payment against the agreed upon breakdown of the Schedule of Values as described in Payment for Stored Materials. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to not process the application for payment if this correlation has not been submitted in conjunction with the application.

2.2. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCESS

2.2.1. Step 1: JOB-SITE INSPECTION - DRAFT PAYMENT REQUEST

2.2.1.1. The Subcontractor shall

2.2.1.1.1. have a representative walk the Project site with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's representative on or before the twentieth (20th) of the month,

2.2.1.1.2. invoice for Work from the twentieth (20th) of last month to the twentieth (20th) of the present month.

2.2.1.1.3. submit during the review, the itemized rough draft of the Application and Certificate for Payment (AIA Documents G702 and G703 Continuation Sheet) identifying the Work completed, if any, during the current calendar month; shall review same with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and obtain a preliminary approved copy of the draft for official submission

2.2.1.1.4. If the walk through occurs before the last day of the payment cycle, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall determine, in its sole discretion, the amount Subcontractor may invoice, if any, for Work scheduled to be in place by the last day of the payment cycle.

NOTE: No payment shall be issued to a Subcontractor for materials stored off-site unless supported by proper documentation as required by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER (upon advance notification of such requests only) as described in Part 3 Payment for Stored Materials.

2.2.2. Step 2: PAYMENT REQUEST PREPARATION/SUBMISSION

2.2.2.1. With the information agreed upon in Step 1, the Subcontractor will prepare a formal application for payment request.

2.2.2.2. Two (2) originals of the request and two (3) originals of the sworn statements must be submitted to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's Site office on or before the twenty-fifth (25th) of the month or as scheduled (see Section 01600 Application for Payment Schedule).

2.2.2.3. Late or incomplete application packets will not be accepted.

2.2.2.4. The payment request will be made on an Application and Certificate for Payment form (AIA documents G702 and G703).

2.2.2.5. Before submitting these documents to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, each request for payment must be signed by a duly authorized agent of the Subcontractor and notarized.



2.2.2.6. The Subcontractor must include with each request for progress payment a waiver of lien for all previous payments, Subcontractor’s sworn statement and any necessary backup data as described in Part 4, Waivers of Lien and Sworn Statements.

2.2.2.7. In addition, at submission of the final pay application Subcontractor shall provide unconditional final waivers of lien for all Subordinate Parties, as well as all close out documentation and all additional back up data described in Part 4, Waivers of Lien and Sworn Statements.

2.2.2.8. In requests for payment which follow the execution of a Change Order in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Agreement price, Subcontractor must present a bond rider evidencing that the penal sum of any required payment and performance bonds have been increased to one hundred percent (100%) of the adjusted Agreement price, or such other percentage as set forth in Section 00200 of the Project Manual, Instructions to Bidders. Submission of the required back-up data is a condition precedent to payment.

2.2.3. Step 3: CHECK DISTRIBUTION

2.2.3.1. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will issue individual checks to each Subcontractor. The Subcontractor will receive the waiver of lien with the check and will be required to sign three (3) originals of the waiver upon receipt of the check each month (see Part 4).

2.2.3.2. The Subcontractor shall provide all supporting documentation substantiating the Subcontractor’s right to payment as the Owner, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect may require.

2.3. REDUCTION OF RETENTION

2.3.1. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be entitled to withhold ten (10%) percent of each payment due to a Subcontractor until Substantial Completion of the Subcontractor’s Work. When seventy-five (75%) percent of the value of the Work has been satisfactorily completed, the Subcontractor may submit a written request to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER that no additional retainage be held throughout the balance of the Agreement. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/Owner may grant or deny the request in its sole discretion, based upon its opinion of the progress and performance of the Subcontractor through the date of the request. If the request is granted and the Subcontractor’s Work subsequently fails to meet contracted requirements, does not conform to Contract, or the Subcontractor does not meet its schedule commitments, the ten (10%) percent retainage shall be reinstated.

2.3.2. The Subcontractor, when requesting a reduction of retention, shall submit to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, an AIA G707, Consent of Surety to Reduction In or Partial Release of Retention form in Section 01600 Forms.

2.3.3. Within thirty (30) days after Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued for all portions of its Work, the Subcontractor’s retention may be reduced to a sum as CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may determine is suitable to protect CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner for all incomplete Work and any unsettled claims.

2.3.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment of retention shall be subject to all other conditions precedent that applies to payment as set forth in the Contract Documents.

3. PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS STORED OFF-SITE

3.1. PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS STORED OFF-SITE

3.1.1. The Subcontractor, if intending to use an off-site storage area or facility for stored materials, shall submit a written request to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and obtain approval prior to submitting the first application for payment as described in Part 2 Applications for Payment.

3.1.2. Payments will be made for materials properly stored off site



3.1.2.1. “Properly stored” shall mean in an insured warehouse with the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER being named as insureds, and all material identified as property of the Owner.

3.1.2.2. The Subcontractor is responsible for all associated off site storage costs, transportation, insurance, including insurance coverage for stored material, while in transit, unless Subcontractor obtains written documentation that the material is covered during transit under a Builder’s Risk Policy applicable to the Project.

3.1.2.3. Subcontractor shall provide CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner verification in writing for all material so stored. Such materials shall be protected from diversion, destruction, theft, and damage to the satisfaction of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Owner and the Lender (if any), specifically marked for use on the Project, and segregated from other materials at the storage facility.

3.1.2.4. The Subcontractor bears all risk of loss to materials and equipment stored off site.

3.1.3. Subcontractor is to provide supporting documentation in the form of invoices, insurance policies, and any other pertinent documentation as requested by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or Owner for items the items stored off-site. Documentation shall include the following:

3.1.3.1. Detailed description of the material including quantities that will serve as a material description for the billing and as information to file a claim with an insurance company.

3.1.3.1.1. Stored Materials - Each item must be identified as to manufacturer, model number, and serial number, if applicable, or other identifiers should be listed for each item. Each listing must be accompanied by invoices, shipping tickets, consent of surety, and any other applicable supporting documentation.

3.1.3.1.2. Stored Manufactured Building Materials - Each item must be identified as to type, manufacturer’s number or designation, and should also list the number of cartons and the contents therein storage. Each listing must also be accompanied by supporting documents including all invoices, shipping tickets and consent of surety.

3.1.3.1.3. Stored Fabricated Materials - A listing specifying the number of pieces, items, and marks as may be applicable to the particular type of items. Photographs should accompany the request.

3.1.3.2. Individual itemized costs of materials and the total cost value, which shall not exceed the Subcontractor’s Subcontractor or material supplier cost. The total cost value shall be supported by the Subcontractor’s Subcontractor or material supplier invoices for the stored material.

3.1.3.3. Estimated cost value for those materials that are fabricated by the Subcontractor’s Subcontractor or material supplier.

3.1.3.4. The location where the material is physically stored, including the warehouse address and storage location within the warehouse, such as bin number, aisle number or other designation. All material shall be segregated and marked.

3.1.3.5. Copies of the insurance policies that cover the stored materials and that name CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner as insureds. The limit of the insurance policy shall be equal to or greater than the replacement value of the stored materials.

3.1.4. When Applications for Payment include products stored off the Project Site or stored on the Project Site but not incorporated in the Project, for which no previous payment has been requested, a complete description of such product shall be attached to the application.



3.1.5. Subcontractor shall submit a certificate of title listing the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ownership in the off-site stored materials equal to the amount paid effective at the time funds are delivered.

3.1.6. All payment requests for off-site stored materials must be accompanied using the "Payment Request for Stored Materials" and a "Subcontractor Affidavit for Stored Materials." Payment requests for stored materials not complying with the foregoing requirements will not be approved. Subcontractors are to notify the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in ample time to conduct verification procedures.

3.1.7. Subcontractors may not apply the cost of materials stored off-site towards a reduction in the retention amount.

3.1.8. Representatives of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Owner shall have the right to make inspections of the storage areas at any time.

4. WAIVERS OF LIEN AND SWORN STATEMENTS

4.1. WAIVERS OF LIEN

4.1.1. The Subcontractor’s first Application for Payment will be based upon 100 percent of the value of Work installed. The first payment, amounting up to 90 percent of application, will be made to the Subcontractor without supporting documentation. Subsequent Applications for Payment must be accompanied by lien waivers from the Subcontractor, its Subordinate Parties or receipted invoices covering payment to the Subcontractor for previous calendar month period. Lien waivers must be unconditional and must show the amount paid.

4.1.2. An “Acknowledgment of Payment and Partial Unconditional Release” will be distributed with the check to each Subcontractor by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for payment of the previous month's application. The Waiver of Lien is to be signed by an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. Under no circumstances will payment be released until the completed "Acknowledgment of Payment and Partial Unconditional Release" has been submitted and signed by the Subcontractor from the previous month. In the event the check and waiver form cannot be signed by an authorized representative of the Subcontractor, the signed waivers must be returned to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within 5 days and prior to submission of the next payment application.

4.1.3. Final payment will not be made until a “Final Release Subcontractor/Materialman has been submitted. This will also be distributed by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for Subcontractor signature and must be returned by the Subcontractor. The Final Release must be signed by an authorized representative of the Subcontractor and must be notarized.

4.1.4. Final unconditional waivers will be required for all of Subcontractor’s Subordinate Parties listed on Subcontractor’s sworn statement. These final waivers must be submitted along with the final release, before payment can be made.

4.2. SWORN STATEMENTS

4.2.1. The appropriate number of original “Sworn Statements” must be completed to the satisfaction of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, signed and notarized by an authorized representative of the Subcontractor and submitted with the Subcontractor’s Application for Payment, monthly to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

4.2.2. The Subcontractor’s sworn statements, waivers and other supporting documentation will be required with each pay application.

5. FIELD CHANGE ORDERS

5.1 FIELD CHANGE ORDERS

5.1.1 Where back charges arise between Subcontractor and Barton Malow and between Subcontractor and Subcontractor, charges shall be at cost without markup for overhead.



5.1.2 Extra work tickets will not be honored unless signed by Barton Malow’s Superintendent or an authorized Barton Malow representative.

5.1.3 Subcontractor will make good faith effort to respond to written change order proposals with itemized labor and material breakdowns within seven (7) working days from notification from Barton Malow. If no response is received, Barton Malow may estimate the costs changes on behalf of the Subcontractor.



PROJECT MANUAL 01310-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01310 – Meetings

SECTION 01310 MEETINGS

1. GENERAL

1.1. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS

1.1.1. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall schedule, chair, and administer all periodic meetings throughout the progress of the work for the purpose of coordinating and expediting the Work. Such meetings shall be held at the job site bringing together responsible representatives of active Subcontractors for the purpose of planning, assessing progress and discussing problems of mutual concern. Each Subcontractor, and its Subordinate Parties’ representative attending the meetings shall be authorized to act on behalf of and make decisions/commitments for the entity each represents, the decisions made at the meetings and each Subcontractor who should be in attendance will be held responsible for information and directions given at the meeting.

1.1.2. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will prepare and distribute the minutes of all meetings, if CONSTRUCTION MANAGER determines minutes are required. If the attendees do not object in writing to any part of the meetings within ten (10) days of distribution of the minutes, the minutes shall be accepted as written.

1.1.3. The scope of meetings include, but are not limited to:

1.1.3.1. Preconstruction Meeting

1.1.3.2. Job Progress/Coordination Meetings

1.1.3.3. Other Meetings

2. TYPES OF MEETINGS

2.1. PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING (KICK-OFF)

2.1.1. A Preconstruction (kick-off) meeting will be conducted with representatives of all the Subcontractors within fifteen (15) days after the Agreement is awarded at the jobsite or as designated by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The agenda may include:

2.1.1.1. Discussion on major subcontracts and suppliers

2.1.1.2. Major and/or critical work sequencing regarding the project schedule

2.1.1.3. Project coordination and designation of responsible personnel

2.1.1.4. Procedures and processing of field instructions, requests for proposal, submittals, change orders, applications for payment, etc.

2.1.1.5. Quality assurance/control issues

2.1.1.6. Adequacy of distribution of contract documents

2.1.1.7. Procedures for maintaining record documents

2.1.1.8. Use of premises, office, work and storage areas and other CONSTRUCTION MANAGER requirements

2.1.1.9. Construction facilities/temporary utilities

2.1.1.10. Safety and security procedures

2.1.1.11. Other administrative procedures

2.1.1.12. Review of Owner expectations

2.2. PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING



2.2.1. A pre-installation meeting may be held with any Subcontractor prior to beginning work or any major activity on site. It will be required that the Contractor’s PM and Site Foreman be present during this meeting. The agenda may include:

2.2.1.1. Safety

2.2.1.2. Sequence of activities

2.2.1.3. Require shutdowns

2.2.1.4. Equipment Needs

2.2.1.5. Staging, Phasing, and Logistics

2.2.1.6. Outstanding Submittals required to begin work

2.2.1.7. Work Hours

2.2.1.8. Owner Expectations/Requirements/Restrictions

2.3. JOB PROGRESS/COORDINATION MEETINGS

2.3.1. On-site project coordination/progress meetings will be held on a weekly basis or as appropriate throughout the life of the Project. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will set the agenda for the Project progress meeting. At a minimum, each Subcontractor shall be prepared to discuss the following:

2.3.1.1. Actual vs. scheduled progress for the prior two-week period

2.3.1.2. Planned construction activities for the next four weeks

2.3.1.3. Problems with, revisions to and corrective measures and procedures to regain the construction schedule, if required

2.3.1.4. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules

2.3.1.5. Document clarification requests

2.3.1.6. Coordination items with other Subcontractors

2.3.1.7. Changes in the work affecting cost and/or time

2.3.1.8. Submittals and shop drawings

2.3.1.9. Field observations, problems, conflicts

2.3.1.10. Quality control issues and non-conformance resolutions

2.3.1.11. Safety issues

2.4. OTHER MEETINGS

2.4.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE MEETINGS - CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may conduct quality assurance/quality control meetings as necessary during the progress of the Work. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will set the agenda for the quality meeting. At a minimum, the Subcontractor shall be prepared to discuss the following:

2.4.1.1. Testing and inspection procedures

2.4.1.2. Tolerance requirements

2.4.1.3. Quality samples

2.4.1.4. Reporting of non-conformance items

2.4.1.5. Corrective actions assigned

2.4.1.6. Disposal of non-conforming items

2.4.1.7. Job procedures



2.4.2. SAFETY MEETINGS - Refer to Section 00810 Safety and Loss Control Program for more information.

2.4.3. INSPECTIONS TOURS - Formal inspections/tours may be made of the Project progress by the Owner, Architect, local, state or federal officials, insurance representatives, or others as the occasion warrants and as scheduled by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. If requested by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, each Subcontractor shall be prepared to show and explain Work throughout the building to the inspecting parties, in addition to providing Work in compliance with these inspections.

2.4.4. CHANGE REQUEST MEETINGS - Upon issuance of a major Proposal Request (a.k.a. bulletin), CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may conduct a meeting as necessary with all significant Subcontractors to review its contents and determine cost, delivery and schedule impacts. At a minimum, the Subcontractor shall be prepared to discuss the following:

2.4.4.1. Impact of out-of-sequence work

2.4.4.2. Identification of pertinent long-lead material and system impact

2.4.4.3. Alternative recommendations

2.4.4.4. Evaluation of approximate cost magnitude

2.4.4.5. Evaluation of impact on completion

2.4.4.6. Alternate sequencing

2.4.4.7. Due date for Subcontractor pricing and scheduling impact



PROJECT MANUAL 01320-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01320 – Communications

SECTION 01320 COMMUNICATIONS

1. SUMMARY


1.1.1. Meetings / Communications

1.1.2. Subcontractor Correspondence

1.1.3. Contractor’s Daily Report

1.1.4. Request for Information (RFI)

2. METHODS OF COMMUNICATION

2.1. MEETINGS (previous Section 01310 – Meetings)

2.1.1. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall schedule, chair, and administer all periodic meetings throughout the progress of the work for the purpose of coordinating and expediting the Work. Such meetings shall be held at the job site office bringing together responsible representatives of active Subcontractors for the purpose of planning, assessing progress and discussing problems of mutual concern. Each Subcontractor, and its Subordinate Parties’ representative attending the meetings shall be authorized to act on behalf of and make decisions/commitments for the entity each represents, the decisions made at the meetings and each Subcontractor who should be in attendance will be held responsible for information and directions given at the meeting.

2.1.2. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will prepare and distribute the minutes of all meetings, if CONSTRUCTION MANAGER determines minutes are required. If the attendees do not object in writing to any part of the meetings within ten (10) days of distribution of the minutes, the minutes shall be accepted as written.

2.1.3. The scope of meetings include, but are not limited to:

2.1.3.1. Preconstruction Meeting

2.1.3.2. Job Progress/Coordination Meetings

2.1.3.3. Other Meetings

2.1.3.3.1. Quality Assurance

2.1.3.3.2. Safety

2.1.3.3.3. Inspection Tours

2.1.3.3.4. Change Request

2.2. SUBCONTRACTOR CORRESPONDENCE

2.2.1. All field and/or construction correspondence and/or communications must be directed through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER,. All correspondence should list the following as appropriate:

2.2.1.1. Project Name: Penn State University South Frear Phase 2 Renovations

2.2.1.2. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Job#: 110523

2.2.1.3. Architect Job#: 3852

2.2.1.4. Subcontractor Contact Information

2.2.1.5. Subject: clearly indicate subject matter of correspondence

2.3. CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORT

2.3.1. Each Subcontractor will prepare and distribute daily to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER a comprehensive daily report to include pre-task planning and maintain it during the entire project


PROJECT MANUAL 01320-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01320 – Communications

period. The daily report shall be submitted to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's superintendent by the end of the day for that day's Work. Each Subcontractor is responsible for specifically alerting CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to items which could result in claims or delays.

2.3.2. Each Subcontractor may provide its own daily report if it covers the same issues as addressed in CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s Contractor Daily Report / Pre-Task Plan form. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER suggested report form will be provided to the Subcontractor and is in Section 01600 - Forms.

2.4. REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

2.4.1. The Request for Information (RFI) is in Section 01600 Forms.

2.4.2. In the event that a clarification is required due to a question raised by the Subcontractor pertaining to the Contract Documents, the Subcontractor shall submit a Request for Information (RFI) to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER through the online documentation program Submittal Exchange, which will be forwarded to the Architect. The RFI should be sufficiently detailed to accurately describe the problem and provide a possible solution.

2.4.3. The Architect will return the RFI to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as expeditiously as possible with its reply. In some instances, the Architect may issue its reply to the RFI on other documents, in which case, the RFI will simply reference these documents.

2.4.4. The RFI will be returned to the Subcontractor by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The Subcontractor is responsible to give proper notice as set forth in the Contract Documents if a response will cause the Subcontractor to incur additional expense or expend additional time which could impact the schedule. If extra work or an additional cost may exist due to the clarification, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may issue a PCO- Quotation Only or PCO-Notice to Proceed to the Subcontractor.



PROJECT MANUAL 01330-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01330 – Submittals

SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS

1 SUMMARY


1.1.1. Scope

1.1.2. Submittal Register

1.1.3. Submittal Requirements

1.1.4. Submittal Process and Responsibilities

1.1.5. Re-submission Requirements

2 SCOPE

2.01 Where requirements of this Section vary from the requirements of the General Conditions, this Section's requirements shall take precedence.

2.02 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will prepare and submit a submittal register/schedule including close-out documentation for Subcontractor’s use in preparing submittals required for the Project. Subcontractor’s shall complete the submittal schedule/register within three weeks of award, showing the dates for submission, lead times required and their expected delivery dates to maintain and follow the construction schedule. Dates for submission noted by Subcontractor must assume re-submittals will be required. Submittals received on the date scheduled will be processed as specified. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/Owner/Architect will not be held responsible for delays due to receiving submittals after the date indicated in the Subcontractor's submittal schedule.

2.03 Submittals shall be submitted based on each technical specification section. Submittals containing information about more than one specification section will be returned for re-submittal.

2.04 Subcontractor is responsible to provide all submittals required under the Contract Documents, whether or not listed in the submittal register.

2.05 Furnish approved copies of shop drawings, diagrams, templates, catalog cuts, technical data, etc. to others for the purposes of coordination of this Work.

2.06 Coordination: Each Subcontractor shall coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.

2.06.1 The Subcontractor, by providing the submittal assures the product or system submitted is available and deliverable in accordance with the schedule requirements.

2.06.2 Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.

2.06.3 Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

2.06.4 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

2.06.5 Coordinate each submittal as required with all trades and with all public agencies involved.

2.06.6 Secure all necessary approvals from public agencies and others; signify by stamp or other means that all required approvals have been obtained.

3. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1. GENERAL



3.1.1. Each submittal shall show Subcontractor’s review stamp, with handwritten signature, certifying review of the submittal, verification of field measurements and compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.1.2. Each submittal shall be accompanied with a CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Submittal Transmittal Form (provided after Contract Award to each Subcontractor) The following information shall be furnished by the Subcontractor on the submittal transmittal form:

3.1.2.1. Submittals not so transmitted will be returned un-reviewed. Re-submissions shall be so noted on the transmittal.

3.1.3. Unless noted otherwise on the submittal, all submissions will be considered to be "as specified."

3.2. REQUIRED QUANTITIES OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC REVIEW VERSION)

3.3.1. In general, all submittals, except color or physical samples, are to be posted electronically in PDF document form for CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect/Engineer to be electronically reviewed and approved. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will use Submittal Exchange as a posting site for the facilitation of this review and approval process. The following number of originals and copies will be required for each type of submittal.

Required submit quantities:

Submittal Type: Paper Electronic1 (SX upload)

Other

1. Shop Drawings – Structural Steel and all MEP 1 12

2. Shop Drawings – all other 1 1 Format for 11x17

3. Product Data – Structural Steel and all MEP 0 1

4. Product Data – all other 0 1

5. Samples 43

6. Certificates4 0 1

7. Warranties / Guarantees4 1 1

8. Test Reports4 1 1 9. Close-Out Materials4: O&M Manuals and all

Data 1 1

NOTES: 1 ALL electronic submittals shall be in PDF format unless otherwise noted 2 Provide on compact disk as well as upload to the Submittal Exchange site 3 Unless amount specified within the technical specifications is greater 4 Items #6-9 above are to be submitted together as part of the Close-Out Packet when requested by

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER

3.3.2. All submittals will be reviewed electronically via Submittal Exchange (SX), an electronic submittal transmittal is required. Reviewed versions will be posted back to Submittal Exchange. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will notify Subcontractor of the posting and availability for Subcontractor to download the reviewed version. Paper copies will not be returned to the Subcontractor.

3.3.3. Submittal Exchange will be required for all Subcontractors to use for all document management on the project. This will include all RFI correspondence, all Submittal correspondence, meeting minutes, contact information and all other information deemed pertinent to this project. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will host Submittal Exchange training sessions as needed that will be required for all Subcontractors and their appropriate staff and suppliers to attend.

4. TYPES OF SUBMITTALS



4.1. SHOP DRAWINGS

4.1.1. Provide Shop Drawings as complete submittals (no partial sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely by the fabricator or supplier. In no instance shall the Contract Drawings be reproduced for Shop Drawing submittals.

4.1.2. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract Drawings or smaller than 8-1/2" X 11".

4.1.3. Each drawing shall have blank spaces large enough to accept three (3) 3" x 6" review stamps of the Subcontractor, the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, and the Architect.

4.2. PRODUCT DATA

4.2.1. Modify Product Data sheets to delete information that is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional information if necessary to supplement standard information.

4.2.2. Product Data Sheets that are submitted with extraneous information not deleted and/or modified will be returned without review to the Subcontractor for re-submittal.

4.3. SAMPLES

4.3.1. Provide physical Samples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work may be judged as required by the technical section.

4.3.2. Provide Office Samples in sufficient size or as defined in the technical specifications and quantity to clearly illustrate full range of colors, textures, etc. available and the functional characteristics of the product or material.

4.3.3. Erect Field Samples or mock-ups as required by the technical sections and/or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, at the Project site in a location designated by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Construct field samples complete, including Work of all trades required in finishing the Work. Provide Field Samples at the request of the Architect and/or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER where construction materials and/or methods deviate from the requirements of the intent of the Contract Documents or conventional construction practice.

4.4. CERTIFICATIONS

4.4.1. Certifications shall clearly identify the materials in reference and shall state that the material and the intended installation methods, where applicable, are in compliance with the Contract Documents for this project. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where applicable.

4.5. WARRANTEES/GUARANTEES

4.5.1. Provide warrantees and/or guarantees as required by the various technical sections and other Contract Documents on the Subcontractor’s letterhead in accordance with the requirements of the documents.

4.5.2. Refer to Section 01700 for additional close-out information and requirements including the standard CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Contractor’s Guarantee Form that must be signed, without modification, in order to receive final payment. A copy of this form is either found in Section 01600 or is available upon request.

4.6. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

4.6.1. Provide operating and maintenance manuals/data as required by the various technical sections in accordance with the requirements of the documents.

5. SUBMITTAL PROCESS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

5.1. Subcontractor's RESPONSIBILITIES

5.1.1. After the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's and Architect's review, Subcontractor is to distribute copies of the reviewed submittal to any supplier/fabricators, second or lower tier



Subcontractors or other Subcontractors that must coordinate with this work. Subcontractor must maintain one copy at the Project Site for reference use.

5.1.2. Do not begin Work which requires submittals until return of submittals with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's and Architect's stamp and initials indicating review with direction to proceed from either CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or Architect..

5.1.3. Subcontractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's or Architect's review of submittals.

5.1.4. Subcontractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's or Architect's review of submittals unless CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and Architect give written acceptance of specific deviations.

5.2. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

5.2.1. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s review is for general administrative purposes only and neither this review, nor any subsequent approval by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER of a submittal, shall relieve Subcontractor from its obligations to comply fully with the Contract Documents.

5.2.2. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will make changes or notations directly on the submittals, identify such review with its review stamp, sign and forward acceptable submittals to the Architect.

5.2.3. After the Architect's review, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will forward submittals to the Subcontractor and retain one copy.

5.3. ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES

5.3.1. Architect will review submittals within ten (10) Days after receipt, checking only for conformance with the design compliance of the Project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. If the submission is large and/or requires detailed or lengthy review by the Architect, additional time may be required.

5.3.2. Architect will return to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER without review any submittals not bearing the Subcontractor's or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's review stamp or not showing that it has been reviewed by the Subcontractor and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

5.3.3. Architect will make changes or notations directly on the submittal, identify such review with its review stamp, obtain and record Architect file copy and return the submittal to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

5.4. RE-SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

5.4.1. For Shop Drawings: Review returned CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect drawings and resubmit as specified. All changes made must be identified through bubbling or other approved method.

5.4.2. For Product Data and Samples Resubmit new data and samples as required.

6. ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

6.1. Summary

6.1.1. Shop drawing and product data submittals shall be transmitted to Architect in electronic (PDF) format using Submittal Exchange, a website service designed specifically for transmitting submittals between construction team members.

6.1.2. The intent of electronic submittals is to expedite the construction process by reducing paperwork, improving information flow, and decreasing turnaround time.

6.1.3. The electronic submittal process is not intended for color samples, color charts, or physical material samples.



6.2. Procedures

6.2.1. Submittal Preparation - Contractor may use any or all of the following options:

6.2.1.1. Subcontractors and Suppliers provide electronic (PDF) submittals to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER via the Submittal Exchange website.

6.2.1.2. Subcontractors and Suppliers provide paper submittals to Scanning Service which electronically scans and converts to PDF format.

6.2.2. Subcontractor shall review and apply electronic stamp certifying that the submittal complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents including verification of manufacturer / product, dimensions and coordination of information with other parts of the work.

6.2.3. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall transmit each submittal to Architect using the Submittal Exchange website, www.submittalexchange.com.

6.2.4. Architect / Engineer review comments will be made available on the Submittal Exchange website for downloading. Subcontractor will receive email notice of completed review.

6.2.5. Distribution of reviewed submittals to sub-Subcontractors and suppliers is the responsibility of the Subcontractor.

6.2.6. Submit paper copies of requested submittals at project closeout for record purposes in accordance with other specified Closeout requirements. Subcontractor to coordinate these items with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

6.3. Costs

6.3.1. The cost of Submittal Exchange services has been paid in full by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

6.3.2. At Subcontractor’s option, training is available from Submittal Exchange regarding use of website and PDF submittals. Contact Submittal Exchange at 1-800-714-0024.

6.3.3. Internet Service and Equipment Requirements:

6.3.3.1. Email address and Internet access at Contractor’s main office.

6.3.3.2. Adobe Acrobat (www.adobe.com), Bluebeam PDF Revu (www.bluebeam.com), or other similar PDF review software for applying electronic stamps and comments.



PROJECT MANUAL 01360-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01360 – Coordination (General)

SECTION 01360 COORDINATION (GENERAL)

1 COORDINATION OF WORK/COOPERATION

1.01 All Subcontractors are required to review, discuss and coordinate their Work with the Work of other Subcontractors, Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER with regard to sequence, timing, built-in Work and equipment, layout, location, compatibility of materials and sizes and required clearances prior to beginning the work to avoid construction delays which impact the Owner's occupancy of the facility.

1.02 Each Subcontractor

1.02.1 Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair.

1.02.2 Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. The work will be installed in such a condition as to be ready to use for its intended purpose and acceptable to following subcontractors.

1.02.3 Provide to all other trades all information (drawings, diagrams, templates, embedments, etc.) necessary for the coordination of the Work.

1.02.4 Layout and install its Work at such time and in such manner as not to delay or interfere with the carrying forward of the Work of others.

1.02.5 Verification and Acceptance of previous work

1.02.5.1 As Work under each Agreement commences, the condition of preceding Work under other agreements shall be verified and accepted by each subsequent Subcontractor when appropriate.

1.02.5.2 Report in a prompt manner any interferences, discrepancies or incompatibilities discovered to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, whose decision as to the Subcontractor at fault and as to the manner in which the matter may be resolved, shall be binding and conclusive on Subcontractors involved. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may direct layout/ location changes as required to make the entire work fit together. Reasonable changes of this nature will not entitle any Subcontractor to an increase in contract price.

1.02.5.3 Verification may, at CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's discretion, include a joint review by the subsequent Subcontractor, previous contractor(s), and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to note any corrective Work required, similar items affecting the Work and particularly items which prevent acceptance by the subsequent contractors.

1.02.5.4 The verification review procedures and findings shall be submitted in writing by subsequent Contractors to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

1.02.5.5 Any corrective work necessary to satisfy requirements of the Contract Documents shall be performed promptly by the previous Subcontractor to prevent delay to the work under the subsequent Contracts.

1.02.5.6 After corrective work is accomplished the subsequent Subcontractor shall furnish written acceptance of the work as noted above.

1.02.5.7 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s participation in a joint review under this paragraph shall in no event be deemed to constitute approval of any layout or other Work that fails to comply with the Contract Documents.

1.02.6 Observation of the Work by others shall not relieve Subcontractor from its responsibility for coordination, supervision, or scheduling and direction of the Work.


PROJECT MANUAL 01360-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01360 – Coordination (General)

1.02.7 Failure of a Subcontractor to notify others and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER of a potential interference, incompatibility, or discrepancy and any failure to coordinate Work with that of others prior to installation and/or fabrication shall be at the Subcontractor’s risk.

1.02.8 All subcontractor work must conform to all applicable National, State and Local building codes.



PROJECT MANUAL 01370-4 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01370 – Coordination Drawings

SECTION 01370

COORDINATION DRAWINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Attention is directed to Bidding and Contract Requirements, and to Division 1, General Requirements,

which are hereby made a part of this Section. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Subcontractor if required by its Work scope, shall be responsible for developing coordination drawings

and participating in coordination meetings as defined herein, and shall have included the cost for such Work in its Bid Proposal.

B. Coordination Drawings shall be utilized to establish installation sequence, resolve trade coordination

issues prior to installation and to make the most efficient use of space allocated for systems such as mechanical/electrical/plumbing installations without sacrifice to systems performance. This is also required to determine inter-relationships and possible interference’s between all of the trades' Work and the architectural or structural features.

C. Subcontractors are required to attend weekly on-site coordination meetings as required by Barton Malow

Company. The representative(s) from each Subcontractor is required to be familiar with the Work and have the expertise and authority to answer questions and make decisions and changes to its systems at these meetings. Subcontractor’s Project Manager, Foreman, and detailer may be required to attend all meetings.

D. The coordination drawings may also be used by Subcontractor as part of its required shop drawing and

as-built drawing submittals. E. Each Bidder should anticipate that each floor may require several meetings. However, in the interest of

time, multiple floors or areas may be reviewed in one meeting. Development of coordination drawings will be by area and floor with order of priority established by Barton Malow Company.

1.03 COORDINATION DRAWING PROCESS 1. General 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all coordination drawings and

coordinated shop drawings as indicated, in accordance with provisions of the Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor listed in Paragraph 1.11.2 below is required to attend weekly coordination meetings, unless noted otherwise. The representative(s) from each Subcontractor is required to be familiar with the work and have the expertise and authority to answer questions and make decisions and changes at these meetings.

2. Coordination of architectural work, piping, ductwork, electrical work, fire protection, instrumentation,

equipment and other work shall be accomplished in a manner consistent with this specification section. CADD drawings showing all work in and above ceilings and mechanical rooms with horizontal and vertical dimensions, to avoid interference with structural framing, ceilings, partitions and other services will be developed by the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor, with input by all other Subcontractors.

3. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation of his work with the work of

all other Subcontractors to identify and avoid any interferences in the work.



4. No Subcontractor shall proceed with the installation of any piping, ductwork, electrical work,

equipment or any other items of similar nature, on a given floor, prior to completion of the requirements of this section without the written consent of the Construction Manager.

5. Prior to start of work in any given area, each Subcontractor shall approve, in writing, all coordination

drawings and coordinated shop drawings affecting his work in that area. A Subcontractor sign-off register shall be included on each drawing for this purpose.

6. Each Subcontractor shall proceed with the submission of all Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

Samples at the time indicated in the Construction Schedule. It is the responsibility of each Subcontractor to coordinate with all other Subcontractors at the time of development of his original Shop Drawings.

7. Any relocations required as a result of failure to resolve interferences, provide correct coordination

drawings and/or coordinated shop drawings, or call attention to changes required in other work as result of modifications to his work shall be paid for by the responsible Subcontractor.

2. Production of Coordinated Shop Drawings: 1. After award of Contracts, the Construction Manager will schedule a meeting with the Subcontractors

listed below. The purpose of this meeting is to introduce the coordination program and to determine its implementation in relation to the progress schedule. This meeting will be held no later than one (1) week after award of the latest contract and shall be attended by the following Subcontractors:

1. Plumbing/HVAC (including Building Automation System Subcontractor. After the initial coordination meeting, the BAS contractor is not required to attend the weekly coordinated shop drawings meetings unless requested to do so by the Construction Manager.)

2. Electrical 3. Fire Protection 4. Partitions & Ceilings 2. Each Subcontractor listed above shall provide qualified person(s) to produce, coordinate, reproduce,

and distribute Coordination Drawings and/or Coordinated Shop Drawings through the duration of the entire process, or as required by the Construction Manager. On behalf of the Construction Manager, the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor shall lead the coordinated shop drawing process and ensure that all other Subcontractors submit their information in a timely manner in order to maintain the schedule for developing coordinated reflected ceiling plans and coordinated shop drawings for above-ceiling work.

3. The Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor will purchase CADD files from the A/E and develop CADD files

of background drawings to all other Subcontractors for them to draw their above-ceiling work and return these CADD files to the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor to input into his CADD system. The Partitions & Ceilings Subcontractor will purchase CADD files from the A/E required to develop coordinated reflected ceiling plans per paragraph 1.11.2.6 in this Section.

4. The Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor will be responsible for updating the above-ceiling background

drawings as a result of Bulletin changes or field-related changes and furnishing same to all other Subcontractors participating in the coordinated shop drawing process. The same applies to the Partitions & Ceilings Subcontractor as it relates to the coordinated reflected ceiling plans.

5. The list below, in descending order, is the precedence assigned to the work items for space priority, i.e.,

structure has first priority, recessed light fixtures and space for their installation has second priority, plumbing, etc.

1. Structure 2. Recessed light fixtures/ceiling grid 3. Plumbing waste and gravity drainage lines 4. Large pipe main



5. Ductwork/diffusers, registers and grilles 6. Fire Protection 7. HVAC piping 8. Plumbing vent, supply, medical gas piping 9. Electrical conduit, cable tray .6 Prior to coordinating above-ceiling work, the Subcontractors will coordinate their work recessed within

the ceiling by developing Coordinated Reflected Ceiling Plans for each level. The Partitions & Ceilings Subcontractor will submit CADD drawings to the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor showing the ceiling grid layout and soffits, noting ceiling types, ceiling starts, and ceiling heights on each drawing. The Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor will furnish the CADD drawing files via a project FTP site (provided by the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor) to the following Subcontractors in the sequence listed below to incorporate their work on them (in CADD): 1. Electrical Subcontractor – all light fixtures, P.A. speakers, exit lights 2. HVAC Subcontractor – diffusers, registers, grilles 3. Fire Protection Subcontractor – sprinkler heads 4. B.A.S. Contractor (HVAC Subcontractor) – smoke detectors, strobe lights, fire alarm speakers

When each coordinated reflected ceiling plan is complete, the HVAC Subcontractor will plot each

drawing on a vellum and provide same to the Partitions & Ceilings Subcontractor who will responsible for making the appropriate number of prints and submitting same to the Construction Manager for approval by the Architect/Engineer. These drawings must be submitted to the CM for approval by the A/E at least one month before starting the above ceiling coordination drawings.

7. After definition of the available zones at the first coordination meeting, the Plumbing/HVAC

Subcontractor, with reference and consideration to the other trades involved, will draw to scale on background drawings (see Section 1.11.5) in CADD his proposed HVAC installation (showing sizes, equipment, layouts and dimensions from column lines and from finished floors to bottom of ducts and piping) and his proposed plumbing installation (showing size, equipment, layout, and dimensions from column lines and from finished floors to bottom of water lines). 1. In congested areas, the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor will, in addition, prepare drawings in section view, and as directed by the Construction Manager.

8. The Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor will furnish CADD files containing background drawings (as

described below) and drawing files containing his HVAC and plumbing work to the Fire Protection Subcontractor. The Fire Protection Subcontractor will draw to scale on CADD his work indicating his proposed fire protection installation (showing size, layout, and dimensions from column lines and from finished floors to bottom of water lines). Also, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall submit CADD drawing files showing locations of sprinkler heads for the reflected ceiling plan coordination. The Fire Protection Subcontractor will furnish CADD files back to the HVAC Subcontractor for coordination purposes and to resolve conflicts. The HVAC Subcontractor will input this information into his CADD system and work out any conflicts with the other Subcontractors.

9. The Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor will furnish CADD files containing background drawings (as

described below) and drawing files containing his HVAC, plumbing and fire protection work to the Electrical Subcontractor who will then draw to scale on CADD his cable trays and racks of conduit. Individual conduit not coordinated with the other trades shall be installed so that they do not conflict with drops to diffusers and sprinkler heads. Also, the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit CADD drawing files which locate all recessed and surface-mounted electrical ceiling fixtures (showing clearances) for the reflected ceiling plan coordination. The Electrical Subcontractor will furnish CADD discs back to the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor for coordination purposed and to resolve any conflicts.

10. The Electrical Subcontractor will submit marked-up reflected ceiling plans showing his A/V equipment

and speaker locations to the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor for inputting into his CADD system.



11. Each Contractor shall bring marked-up coordination drawings to the area coordination meetings

showing its work in sufficient detail to allow others to identify any potential interferences.

1. All background drawings, reflected ceiling plan drawings, and coordinated shop drawings shall be drafted at ¼” = 1’ scale and must clearly indicate the size and elevation of all components of the Subcontractor’s work, column grid designations, and a clear indication of any work located outside the allocated zones. In the preparation of all coordination drawings, 1/2" scale details as well as cross and longitudinal sections are required to fully delineate all conditions. Particular attention shall be given to the locations, size and clearance dimensions of equipment items, shafts, corridors and similar features. 2. Background drawings and ceiling grid layout drawings will be furnished to each Subcontractor via CADD files by the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor.

122 Five (5) working days after each area coordination meeting, each Subcontractor shall submit his final

coordination drawings to the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor via CADD discs, which have resolved the conflicts discovered in the coordination meetings.

1. It is the responsibility of each Subcontractor, during the five (5) day “revision” period, to contact other Subcontractors to develop final resolution to any conflicts.

13. If the Subcontractor installs work so as to cause interference with the work of other Subcontractors, he shall make the necessary changes in his work to correct the condition without extra charge. No extra compensation will be paid for relocating any duct, pipe, conduit, or other material that has been installed without proper coordination between all Subcontractors involved. If any improperly coordinated Work, or Work installed that is not in accordance with the approved coordination composites, necessitates additional Work by the other Subcontractors, the costs of all such additional Work shall be solely borne by the Subcontractor responsible.

14. After completion of the final coordination drawings, minor changes in duct, pipe or conduit routings

that do not affect the intended function may be made as required to avoid space conflicts, when mutually agreed to by all parties involved. However, items may not be re-sized or exposed items relocated without Barton Malow Company's written approval. No changes shall be made by Subcontractors in any wall or chase locations, ceiling heights, door swings or locations, windows or other openings, or other features affecting the function or aesthetic effect of the building. If conflicts or interference’s cannot be satisfactorily resolved, Subcontractors shall notify Barton Malow Company who will, in turn, obtain a decision from the Architect.

15. Record copies of final drawings shall be retained by Barton Malow Company and each Subcontractor

as working reference. All shop drawings, prior to their submittal to Barton Malow Company shall be compared with the final drawings and developed accordingly by the Subcontractor responsible. Any revision to the drawings which may become necessary during the progress of the Work shall be noted to and by all Subcontractors and shall be neatly and accurately recorded on the record copies. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for the up-to-date maintenance of its own record copies of the final drawings, and any subsequent changes thereto shall be utilized by Barton Malow Company and each Subcontractor in the development of As-Built/Record drawings described in Section 01720 of the Project Manual.

16. All changes in the Scope of Work due to revisions formally issued and approved shall be shown on

that trade's final drawings and thoroughly coordinated with the other trades. 17. All Work on the coordination composite drawings shall be performed by competent draftsmen and

shall be clear and fully legible. Barton Malow Company shall be sole judge of the acceptability of the drawings. All drawings shall be drawn dimensionally and graphically correct.



18. Coordination drawings submitted during this process are not considered shop drawing submittals. The coordination drawings may be part of the required shop drawing submittal, but are made separate from the distribution specified in this section.

3. Coordinated Shop Drawing Schedule 1. Coordinated Shop Drawings/Coordination Drawings for in-ceiling and above-ceiling work shall be

developed and submitted according to the schedule developed by the Construction Manager, with input from the applicable Subcontractors. These schedules shall be developed at the first coordination meeting.

2. Coordinated reflected ceiling plans for each level shall be submitted at least one month prior to the start

dates scheduled for coordinating above-ceiling work. 4. Coordinated Shop Drawings Equipment 1. The following equipment shall be provided by the Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor, as a minimum, in

his on-site office or at a location within ten (10) miles of the jobsite: 1. One color plotter, with paper in sufficient quantity to print coordination drawings from all participating Subcontractors. 2. One CADD station 3. Flat files (as needed) 4. File cabinets (as needed) 5. One desktop copier 6. Reference tables (as needed) 7. Blueprint holders (as needed) 8. Approved shop drawings from Subcontractors as deemed necessary for coordinating above ceiling work.

2. The above equipment shall be maintained until the Coordinated Shop Drawing Process is completed

and all Coordinated Drawings have been approved by the A/E. 5. Development of Background Drawings 1. The A/E will furnish CADD files to the Subcontractors. Each Subcontractor must sign a disclaimer

prior to receiving the CADD file. The Plumbing/HVAC Subcontractor shall produce background drawings with the following information included: 1. Column centerlines 2. Partitions, partition types, specifically showing fire-rated partitions and smoke barriers 3. Door openings 4. Title block 5. Key Plan with North Arrow 6. Subcontractor sign-off register 7. Structural steel locations, sizes, and bottom elevations. 8. Legend of fire-rated partitions. 9. Room numbers.

6. File Format Requirements 1. Subcontractors shall produce their drawings using the agreed upon version of AutoCAD.

Subcontractors may request to use other CAD software, but only with the understanding that they must submit drawings that follow the requirements outlined in this Section.

2. Each Subcontractor shall be assigned a “Subcontractor Code” that shall be used throughout the

Computer drawings in computer file names and drawing layer names.



3. Each base drawing file shall be renumbered with each revision with the addition of the Subcontractor Code. The original drawing file names shall be issued by the Mechanical Subcontractor with the release of each approved final background drawing.

4. Each Subcontractor shall place their work on drawing layers starting with the two letter

designations. A layer list will be issued at the initial coordination meeting. 5. Each Subcontractor shall be assigned a color for their layers to easily distinguish their work

from the other Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall not deviate from that color without specific instructions.

6. Text size shall be a minimum of 8” in a 1/8” drawing. All text shall be on a separate layer. All

text and callouts shall be located on drawing as not to interfere with other existing data. Subcontractors shall not deviate from the fonts assigned unless approved by the CA. If non- standard AUTOCAD fonts are used, Subcontractor shall supply fonts with drawing files.

7. All dimensions shall be placed on their own layer. Each Subcontractor shall have their own

dimension style defined in the DIMS command as SM-DIMS, HV-DIMS, PL-DIMS etc. 8. Any and all blocks used in the drawings shall be created on layer unless otherwise directed.

Blocks can then be inserted on Subcontractor’s layer. 9. All questions to be addressed by Barton Malow shall be placed on the Subcontractors

Questions layer. 10. All beam and slab penetrations shall be shown on the drawings on separate layers with special

designations and unique colors to be determined. 11. When a revision is made to a drawing that has been previously issued, or when a specific

question or problem area needs attention by others, it shall be clouded and referenced by the Subcontractor with a revision number. The revision number symbols shall be issued by the Mechanical Subcontractor. The clouds shall be constructed with the cloud command list routine issued by the Mechanical Subcontractor. Clouds and revision numbers shall be placed wherever an addition, deletion, or a change is made, or where an unresolved question remains. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for checking with the Mechanical Subcontractor for the revision number to be placed on any particular drawing, and the layer on which that revision number shall be placed.

12. It is the responsibility of the Mechanical Subcontractor to verify the accuracy of the final

background drawings, and of each subsequent Subcontractor to verify the completeness and accuracy of the updated information of their own work and to confirm the absence of conflict with other work.


013350


PROJECT MANUAL 01400-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01400 – Quality Requirements (8/12/03)

SECTION 01400

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1. DOCUMENT CONTROL PROCEDURE

1.1. Each Subcontractor is to provide CONSTRUCTION MANAGER its document control procedure to include drawing submittals and surveillance. In the absence of such a procedure, the Subcontractor will use the following procedure for document control.

“A log is maintained identifying the drawing revision status, issue date and distribution (internal and external). The transmittal issuing the changed documents will indicate what changes are made and indicate that the documents are approved for use. Subcontractor meetings include a review of approved drawings. The review is documented in the meeting minutes. Superintendent surveillance activities include monitoring Subcontractor drawing use.”

2. QUALITY CONTROL

2.1. Each Subcontractor is responsible to provide the Owner with a completed quality product for its Work. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for any costs associated with re-testing and re-performing the Work as a result of the Subcontractor's poor performance or workmanship or other failure to comply with the Contract Documents.

2.2. All Work shall be done by persons qualified in their respective trades, and the workmanship shall be first-class in every respect. Each Subcontractor is responsible for ensuring employees are appropriately trained. All materials and equipment furnished shall be the best of their respective kinds for the intended use and unless otherwise specified, same shall be new and of the latest design.

2.3. The Subcontractor shall provide CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever the Work is located at all reasonable times.

Note: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect will have the authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents or may require special inspection or testing, whether or not such Work is to be then fabricated, installed or completed. The Architect shall make all decisions with respect to questions concerning the quality or fitness of materials, equipment and workmanship.

2.4. Failure by a Subcontractor to conduct its operations, means and methods and coordinate proper sequencing of the Work may cause the Penn State University to withhold payment or any other means deemed necessary to correct non-conforming Work.

3. NOTIFICATIONS AND CORRECTIONS OF NON-CONFORMANCE

3.1. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect may conduct observations/evaluations of the Subcontractor’s Work. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect’s reviews do not relieve the Subcontractor from compliance with the Contract Documents or necessary corrections for deficiencies thereof. Subcontractors whose Work does not meet the standards set by the Contract Documents will be notified by representatives of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER using a Corrective Action Report. The Subcontractor, upon receipt of the Corrective Action Report, shall complete and return the form and provide the corrective actions necessary in a timely manner as outlined.

3.2. The Corrective Action Report (CAR) (CON 18.2) is in Section 01600 Forms.

4. SUBCONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

4.1. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will be evaluating Subcontractor's performance and will provide feedback during the life of the Project, on Subcontractor's performance, for the purpose of improving CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's Subcontractor selection process for future project endeavors.

4.2. This Contractor Performance Evaluation form is generated by the CPS Database.



PROJECT MANUAL 01450-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01450 – Testing and Inspection Services

SECTION 01450 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES

1. SUBCONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

1.1. The testing firm will report directly to the Penn State University. Copies of test and inspection reports will be furnished to the appropriate Subcontractors. The laboratory and its representatives will be instructed to promptly call to the attention of the Subcontractor any instance of non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Failure to so notify the Subcontractor shall not relieve the Subcontractor of any of its responsibilities for compliance or making good workmanship or materials which are not in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.2. Each Subcontractor shall cooperate with the testing firm and provide labor to assist and lifts, ladders or other means to permit full access for testing firm and to assist with sample preparations where applicable.

1.3. The Subcontractor is responsible to pay the cost of additional testing in the event that additional testing of the Subcontractor’s materials, installation, and other Work is required by the independent testing laboratory because of test results not in compliance with the Contract Documents and/or additional testing required as a result of Subcontractor’s negligence or poor workmanship.

2. SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

2.1. SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL:

2.1.1. Notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER sufficiently in advance of operations (24-hours minimum) to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

2.1.1.1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse Penn State University for all expenses incurred arising out of or resulting from Subcontractor's negligence.

2.1.2. When the Subcontractor is providing the testing and prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time registered engineer and responsible officer. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards (NBS) during most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection.

3. RE-TEST RESPONSIBILITY

3.1. Where the results of required inspections, tests, or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the re-tests shall be the responsibility of the Subcontractor regardless of whether the original test was the Subcontractor's responsibility.

3.2. Re-testing of Work revised or replaced by the Subcontractor is the Subcontractor's responsibility where required tests were performed on original Work. All costs and fees for re-testing shall be paid by the Subcontractor.

3.3. Schedule delays and costs which are the result of non-conforming work or remedy will be the responsibility of the offending Subcontractor.



PROJECT MANUAL 01500-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01500 – Interim Life Safety Plan

SECTION 01500 INTERIM LIFE SAFETY PLAN

1. PURPOSE AND POLICY

1.1. PURPOSE: To provide interim life safety measures during a construction Project to protect Owner personnel, visitors, [patients] and property from fire and injury during remodeling or construction. This policy is used wholly or in conjunction with the safety program in the Project Manual.

1.2. POLICY: During a construction Project it shall be the responsibility of the Director of Facilities and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER through the Subcontractors to maintain compliance with the Life Safety Code NFPA Section 101. Compliance will be through the implementation of the following:

2. NOTIFICATIONS

2.1. Subcontractor shall communicate and coordinate through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for all changes to Life Safety measures including changes to: egress, the fire suppression system, the fire alarm system or any other Life Safety related changes to the construction site. Subcontractor may be required to simultaneously notify the appropriate Owner personnel / departments including: OWNER’S PM, SECURITY, OFFICE OF PHYSICAL PLANT, SAFETY, LOCAL AND/OR STATE FIRE, OWNER’S INSURANCE AGENT, 911 EMERGENCY SERVICES, ETC.

2.2. Advanced notification using the appropriate forms, shall be submitted not less ten (10) days. Forms can be obtained through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

SHUTDOWN REQUEST TYPE

FORM NAME [VERIFY WITH OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS]

SUBMIT FORM IN ADVANCE OF PROPOSED WORK BY:

SUBMIT FORM TO:

CHANGE IN EGRESS: Submit egress plan of existing and proposed change

3 Weeks CONSTRUCTION MANAGER; CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to schedule a review meeting with the Owner and Architect for final approval

Change in Fire Suppression

Sprinkler Shut-Down Request

1 Week CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for initial review 5 days prior; upon approval from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER simultaneously submit to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Safety, Security, OTHERS

Change in Fire Alarm Fire Alarm Shut-Down Request

1 Week CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for initial review 5 days prior; upon approval from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER simultaneously submit to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Safety, Security, Owner’s Insurance Agency, State and/or Local Fire Department, ,VERIFY



OTHERS Mechanical Piping, HVAC or Electrical Shut-Down

Utility Shut-Down Request

1 Week CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for initial review 5 days prior; upon approval from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER simultaneously submit to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, Safety, Facilities, Security, OTHERS

3. INTERRUPTION OF EXIT - EGRESS CORRIDOR

3.1. Should construction of temporary structures for egress/exit be necessary:

3.1.1. Subcontractor will review with and obtain approval from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER any changes to the means of egress. This review and approval shall include the Owner and Architect to confirm appropriate travel distances to exits are maintained/established.

3.1.2. Subcontractor shall obtain approval from Barton Malow Company and/or Pennsylvania Labor and Industry for any planned temporary exiting structure prior to construction/implementation.

3.1.3. All Subcontractors shall be responsible for maintaining temporary egress/exits:

3.1.3.1. Each Subcontractor is responsible to protect, kept free of restrictions or obstructions, and maintain in full use all entrances to and exits from existing buildings and the construction site at all times. The safety and well-being of all persons must be of prime concern.

3.1.3.2. Subcontractor shall maintain and not disturb any temporary construction, including stairs, ramps, protected walkways, railings, lights and direction signage as required to maintain adequate exiting from the existing building.

3.2. Should an alternate egress route be necessary:

3.2.1. Subcontractor shall submit the appropriate forms to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER so all affected departments will be notified. Subcontractor shall not begin any work associated with a change in egress until the Owner has verified its internal departments are notified and prepared for the change.

3.2.2. Subcontractor shall install and maintain temporary exit signage and Subcontractor shall install and maintain temporary directional signage prior to starting Work associated with the change in egress..

4. INTERRUPTION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM

4.1. Refer to the above matrix for advanced notification times and shut-down request distribution.

4.2. Priority will be given to localized interruption of these systems on first shift Monday through Friday when full staff is available when any shut down is necessary:

4.3. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Owner and/or Subcontractor will provide an organized fire watch until the system is fully functional.

5. INTERRUPTION OF FIRE/SMOKE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM

5.1. Refer to the above matrix for advanced notification times and shut-down request distribution.

5.2. Subcontractor shall maintain the operation of the total fire detection/alarm during the construction.



5.2.1. It is acceptable for the Subcontractor to place a thin plastic cover over the detector head during high dust producing activities with Subcontractor’s prompt removal upon completion of the work.

5.2.2. At all other times the system will be returned to normal operating status.

5.3. Should the fire/smoke detectors and alarms systems be interrupted:

5.3.1. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Owner and/or Subcontractor will provide an organized fire watch until the system is fully functional.

5.3.2. Temporary alarm pull stations will be established as a minimum should the interruption last more than twenty-four (24) hours.

6. CONSTRUCTION SITE MAINTENANCE

6.1. For interior construction. Subcontractor shall:

6.1.1. Refer to the above matrix for prior notifications.

6.1.2. Maintain existing Fire/Smoke Barriers and compartments.

6.1.3. Provide and maintain temporary partitions adjacent to functioning departments that are a UL rated 2-hour assembly and smoke/dust tight and non-combustible. Provide documentation of the UL rated assembly type to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER prior to constructing this Work.

6.1.4. Maintain temporary enclosures, fire-rated dust curtains, and all other necessary materials and equipment as required to prevent introduction of dust, dirt or debris into occupied portions of the building.

6.1.5. Coordinate locking of the construction area with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Owner.

6.2. For exterior construction - Subcontractor shall:

6.2.1. Maintain site clearance for access to the external fire department connections.

7. REFERENCES

7.1. All current Life Safety codes



PROJECT MANUAL 01510-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01510 – Fire Precautions and Protection

SECTION 01510 FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND PROTECTION

1. GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Attention is directed to Bidding and Contract Requirements, and to Division 1, General Requirements, which are hereby made a part of this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section describes the following requirements including: 1. Fire Precautions and Protection 2. (Temporary) Fire Standpipe System 3. Noxious Odors and Fumes

PART 2 - FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND PROTECTION 2.01 FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND PROTECTION

A. All Subcontractors and their Subordinate Parties shall assume full responsibility and take all necessary precautions to guard against and eliminate all possible fire hazards and to prevent damage to any construction work, building materials, equipment, temporary field offices, storage sheds, and all other property, both public and private. The location of the nearest corporation or public fire alarm box and the telephone number of the local fire department shall be conspicuously posted by Subcontractor throughout the field offices and in the building structure adjacent to its Work and it shall take precautions to prevent fire hazards in accordance with all fire protection and prevention laws and codes.

B. Each Subcontractor's superintendent in charge at the Project, shall review the entire Project at least once a

week to make certain the Subcontractor has adhered to the conditions and requirements set forth herein.

C. No open fires shall be permitted. Subcontractors and their Subordinate Parties shall not be allowed to start fires with gasoline, kerosene or other highly flammable materials.

D. Welding, flame cutting, or other operations involving the use of flame, arcs, or sparking devices will not be

allowed without adequate protection and shielding without prior permission of the Owner through Barton Malow Company. All combustible and flammable material shall be removed from the immediate area. Material shall be protected with a fire resistant tarpaulin to prevent sparks, flames, or hot metal from reaching materials. Subcontractor shall provide the necessary personnel and firefighting equipment to effectively control incipient fires resulting from welding, flame cutting, or other operations involving the use of flame, arcs or sparking devices. Each Subcontractor performing Work involving welding or open flame shall provide its own fire extinguishers in the immediate area of the Work.

E. Not more than a one day supply of flammable liquids such as oil, gasoline, paint or paint solvent shall be

brought into any building at any one time. All flammable liquids having a flash point of 110 degrees F or below, which must be brought into any building, shall be confined to Underwriter's Laboratories' labeled safety cans. The bulk supply of all flammable liquids shall be detached at least 75 feet from the building and from yard storage of building materials. Spigots on drums containing flammable liquids are prohibited on the project site. Drums are to be equipped with approved vent pumps.

F. Combustible materials shall not be stored or left overnight within the confines of the permanent building.

This includes all internal combustion engines using gas or fuel oil. Hoisting of flammable or combustible materials to the roof shall only be in quantities as needed for immediate use.

G. Only fire resistant tarpaulins shall be used on this Project.


PROJECT MANUAL 01510-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01510 – Fire Precautions and Protection

H. In areas of flammable liquids, asphalt or electrical hazards, extinguishers of the 15 lb. carbon dioxide type or 20 lb. dry chemical type shall be provided by the Subcontractor creating such hazard.

I. Each Subcontractor agrees that, in the event of fire, all its workers and all Subordinate Parties workers

anywhere on site will assist in extinguishing the fire

J. Subcontractor's and their Subordinate Parties’ shanties of combustible construction shall not be placed inside of any structure. Such shanties shall be detached at least seventy-five (75) feet from the building or as directed by Barton Malow Company with approval of the Owner. Totally incombustible shanties may be, if approved in writing by Barton Malow Company, located inside of the structure.

K. Use of only Underwriter's Laboratory approved heaters and/or stoves is permitted in field offices or storage

sheds and they shall have fire resistive material underneath and at the sides near partitions and walls. Pipe sleeves and covering shall be used where stove pipe runs through walls or roof.

L. Flammable portions of construction shanties inside the structure must be painted inside and outside with

"ALBI" fire retardant paint or other fire retardant paint of equal quality as approved by the Owner. 2.02 (TEMPORARY) FIRE STANDPIPE SYSTEM

A. Provided the new permanent fire standpipe system is in place prior to the old fire standpipe system being removed, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall not be responsible to provide a temporary fire standpipe system for the project.

2.03 NOXIOUS ODORS AND FUMES

A. All Subcontractors are notified that combustion engine equipment, tar kettles and any other items causing noxious odors or fumes will NOT be allowed in the building or near air intake louvers. If intake louver locations are in doubt, consult with Barton Malow Company.



PROJECT MANUAL 01530-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01530 – Field Engineering and Layout

SECTION 01530 FIELD ENGINEERING AND LAYOUT

1 LAYOUT OF THE WORK; Each Subcontractor shall

1.01 employ a qualified engineer or registered surveyor to stake out and locate the construction and reference points as needed to properly locate the Work under its contract.

1.1. be responsible for detailed and accurate layout of its own and its Subordinate Parties’ Work to dimension from the principal lines.

1.2. make provisions to preserve all control points, such as monuments, stakes, bench marks or other datum points and shall replace at its own cost any of these which might be lost or displaced through its neglect.

1.3. examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed, shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Subcontractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Any errors, inconsistencies, omissions, discrepancies or conditions detrimental to proper performance of the Work that are discovered shall be reported to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER at once in writing. Subcontractors are not to proceed until the required corrections are accomplished. Subcontractors shall not attach to or cover any work that is not properly installed.

2. Verification and Documentation

2.1. The exactness of grades, elevations, dimensions, or locations given on any Drawings issued by Architect or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.2. In all cases of interconnection of its Work with existing or other Work, it shall verify all dimensions relating to such existing or other Work. Any errors due to the Subcontractor’s failure to verify all such grades, elevations, dimensions, or locations shall be promptly rectified by the Subcontractor without any additional cost to the Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.3. As the Work progresses, the Subcontractor shall prepare lay out drawings showing the exact locations of Work under its Contract as a guide to all trades. Prior to any installation, the separate Subcontractors shall exchange layout drawings and coordinate the Work and be subject to verification by all subsequent Subcontractors.

2.4. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible to take such field measurements as may be required to determine the size of ordered material. In the event "guaranteed dimensions" are required, the Subcontractor shall promptly advise other Subcontractors through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER by use of drawings, templates or mock-ups of the required conditions.

2.5. All Work, and in particular, piping, ducts, conduit and similar items, shall be neatly and carefully laid out to provide the most useful space utilization and the most orderly appearance. Except as otherwise indicated or directed, piping and similar Work shall be installed as close to above ceiling floor slabs and walls as conditions reasonably permit, located to prevent interference with other Work or with the use of the spaces. . Before Subcontractor installs a valve in an exposed location, it must make all efforts to install it in an accessible, concealed location. Subcontractors shall carefully plan the layout and review any questionable installations with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.6. The Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may utilize a registered land surveyor to verify alignment and layout of certain portions of the Work. If that Work is out of tolerance or incorrect, the installing Subcontractor will be responsible for prompt correction of the Work to comply with the Contract Documents, along with all expenses incurred by Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in such verification process, including, but not limited to, the cost for the surveying services, as well as the additional time expended by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER personnel at standard billing rates.



PROJECT MANUAL 01540-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01540 – Cutting and Patching

SECTION 01540 CUTTING AND PATCHING

1 INSPECTION

1.01 Before cutting , examine surfaces to be cut, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching work. Report any unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in writing.

1.02 Before proceeding, meet at the site with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference, conflict and possible effects on the Owner’s existing operations. Coordinate procedures, temporary support, methods of dust and water protection, etc. and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.03 When working in and around existing buildings, if any hazardous material is encountered or is suspected to be present, immediately notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and stop work in this area as described in Section 00840 Hazardous Materials until further direction is given by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or the Owner.

2 PREPARATION

2.01 Provide adequate temporary support to assure the structural value and integrity of the affected portion of the work. Where specified or required, submit temporary support methodologies for approval.

2.02 Provide devices and methods to protect adjacent areas or other portions of the Project from damage including dust protection, water protection, and exposure.

2.03 Maintain excavations free of water.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 The use of Explosives is prohibited on this Project. The use of electric and pneumatic impact hammers must be first authorized and coordinated by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER prior to usage.

3.02 Each Subcontractor shall:

3.02.1 On behalf of itself and its Subordinate Parties be responsible for the cutting of all holes and openings through existing walls, partitions, ceilings, floors and roofs as necessary for the installation of its Work. Holes and openings shall be neatly cut and of minimum size to allow the Work to be installed. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other Work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs.

3.02.2 Execute work in such a manner as to minimize disruptions to or interference with the Owner’s normal operations or functioning in the existing buildings and provide all means necessary to provide safety and convenience of those employed in and about the premises.

3.02.3 Be responsible for patching of all holes and openings it makes. Fit work should be airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces. Patching is to match adjacent surfaces in materials and finish.

3.02.4 Utilize only tradesmen skilled in the specific finish and material involved in making the patches. All patching is to be done in a neat and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Defective Work shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3.02.5 Do all necessary cutting and fitting required to make a satisfactory connection where new Work connects with existing so as to leave the entire Work in finished and workmanlike condition. Furnish all labor and materials to this end, whether or not shown or specified. All measurements must be verified at the site.

3.02.6 Employ the original installer and fabricator, when possible, to perform cutting and patching for, weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements, sight-exposed finished surfaces.


PROJECT MANUAL 01540-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01540 – Cutting and Patching

3.02.7 Execute fitting and adjustment or products to provide a finished installation to comply with the specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.

3.02.8 Restore Work which has been cut or removed and shall install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor will be responsible to pay the appropriate Subcontractor as designated by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for restoring any portion of the Project that is disturbed, including but not limited to, slabs, walls, ceilings, fire rated partitions, spray-on fireproofing, and finishes, to their original state as a result of Subcontractor's action.

3.02.9 Refinish entire surfaces as the Subcontractor’s Work scope requires to provide an even finish to match adjacent surfaces and finishes, for continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection, for an assembly, refinish the entire unit.

3.02.10 Be held responsible for reckless cutting of holes in slabs, walls or other finishes, or for scraping off areas of fireproofing larger or greater than that which is necessary for installation of its Work.

3.03 Removal and replacement of ceilings not scheduled to be replaced shall be the responsibility of the Subcontractor requiring access.



PROJECT MANUAL 01550-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01550 – Clean-up and Final Cleaning

SECTION 01550 CLEAN-UP AND FINAL CLEANING

A. SUMMARY

Execute final cleaning at completion of the Work, as required by this Section. For Subcontractor’s daily clean-up, dust control and rubbish removal operations during construction, refer to Section 01520 Temporary Construction Controls.

a. DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS

i. Conduct final cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.

1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site.

2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.

2 PART 2 - SITE CLEAN-UP/RUBBISH REMOVAL PROCEDURE

2.1. REQUIREMENTS

2.1.1. General, Subcontractor shall:

2.1.1.1. Be responsible for daily, weekly and final clean-up of its Work and the work of its Subordinate Parties as defined herein.

2.1.1.2. Comply with applicable labor agreements and jurisdictional rules in the hiring of laborers to perform its clean up obligations under the Contract Documents.

2.1.1.3. Control of dust generated by its operations on a daily basis.

2.1.1.4. Maintain roadways clear of all debris at all times.

2.1.1.5. Only use cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. Only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned shall be used.

2.1.1.6. Only use sweeping compounds that do not leave residue on concrete floor surfaces and that will not affect installation of finish flooring materials

2.1.2. Dumpsters:

2.1.2.1. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will provide and maintain the job site dumpsters for unidentifiable debris for use as specified below, except for during demolition. The demolition Subcontractor will be required to provide dumpsters during their phase of work. They will be required to separate out metals, woods, and misc trash. Metals and Woods will be recycled.

2.1.2.2. Each Subcontractor and its Subordinate Parties shall be responsible for daily clean-up, removal and placement in dumpsters of all debris and waste resulting from its operations.

2.1.2.3. No overfilling of dumpsters will be allowed. All adjacent areas are to be kept clean. Excavation, demolition, masonry, drywall and hazardous waste materials are NOT to be placed in CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s dumpster.

2.1.2.4. Each Subcontractor will be responsible for removing its own excavation, demolition, masonry, drywall and Hazardous Materials from the site in strict accordance with applicable laws and regulations regarding disposal.

2.1.2.5. Subcontractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER from claims, damages, suits, costs, or expenses of



any kind (including attorney’s fees and costs) arising out of, resulting from or in connection with Subcontractor’s misuse of dumpsters.

2.1.3. Daily Clean Up, Each Subcontractor shall:

2.1.3.1. Be responsible, DAILY for the clean -up, transport and removal from the site of identifiable debris including but not limited to, bulky debris, packaging, containers, unused materials and equipment, (i.e., masonry and concrete materials, drywall, steel, crates, carton, demolition debris, other packaging, and combustible items).

2.1.3.2. Leave no piles of debris in the building overnight. The cost of any overtime premium required to remove debris immediately at the end of each workday shall be included in the Subcontractor's Work.

2.1.3.3. handle materials in a controlled manner so that dust and other contaminants, do not affect the Owner’s or other Subcontractor operations and equipment

2.1.3.4. Be responsible to leave its Work and work area in a clean condition. This includes, but is not limited to, removal of all grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign matter.

2.1.4. Weekly Clean Up: Each Subcontractor shall:

2.1.4.1. While on site, provide to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER one (1) person for each five tradesmen (or portion thereof) employed at the site, one day per week, for up to four (4) hours, for the exclusive purpose of performing overall project weekly clean-up of unidentifiable debris. The cost of this (these) person(s) shall be included in Subcontractor’s Work.

2.1.4.2. Include sweeping, loading and disposal of miscellaneous debris such as mud tracked through the building, drinking cups, bottles, lunch wrappers and other unidentifiable debris. Trash and debris from this operation shall be placed in the dumpster(s). Sweeping compound shall be provided by the Subcontractors.

2.1.5. Final Clean Up:

2.1.5.1. Final clean-up, will be done at a time designated by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

2.1.5.2. Normally, Final Clean Up will occur before punchlist inspection or prior Owner Occupancy turnover.

2.1.5.3. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will employ an adequate number of personnel for final cleaning. Final Cleaning consists of the following Work:

2.1.5.3.1. Removal of grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and all other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.

2.1.5.3.2. Vacuuming all carpets and spot cleaning any stains. Cleaning and waxing VCT floors.

2.1.5.3.3. Washing and shining glazing and mirrors.

2.1.5.3.4. Polishing glossy surfaces to a clear shine.

2.1.5.3.5. Dusting cabinet work and removing foreign markings.

2.1.5.3.6. Broom cleaning exterior paved surfaces and raking clean other surfaces of the grounds.

2.1.5.4. The Subcontractor’s duties for Final Cleaning are:

2.1.5.4.1. Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy, whichever occurs first, conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all Work areas, to verify that the entire Work is left in a broom



clean condition and that all Final Cleaning as set forth above has been performed.

2.1.5.4.2. Tunnels and closed off spaces shall be cleaned of packing boxes, wood frame members and other waste materials used in the construction.

2.1.5.4.3. Temporary labels, stickers and similar items shall be removed from fixtures and equipment. Unless otherwise directed in the technical specifications, Subcontractors shall not remove permanent name plates, equipment model numbers, ratings, or other items intended to be permanently affixed to the fixture or equipment.

2.1.6. Use of Owner's Facilities: The Owner's facilities are not to be used by Subcontractor for the disposal of trash or debris from its Work.

All debris and materials are to be transported between the Loading dock and the work area in completely covered, rubber-tired containers with clean polyethylene covers. All containers, including wheels, are to be cleaned prior to transport. Wet-mopping of floors, as well as safety signage, following transport is to be the responsibility of each Subcontractor.

2.1.7. Failure to perform Clean Up:

2.1.7.1. If any Subcontractor or its Subordinate Parties fails to maintain a satisfactory clean-up program, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will issue written notice, to the responsible Subcontractor, that the necessary clean-up must be performed within twenty-four (24) hours after the notice is given. The establishment of a definite deadline for the removal of debris and rubbish will supersede the necessity for any formal notification that such work must be done.

2.1.7.2. If Subcontractor(s) fail to perform the clean-up, by the deadline, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may perform clean-up on the Project and back charge the responsible Subcontractor(s) for the costs. If necessary in order to remove unidentifiable debris beyond what is removed during weekly clean up, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will perform such clean-up and shall pro-rate the cost among the Subcontractors in its discretion, based on Subcontractor(s) type of work and manpower on site. Back charges may be deducted from the monthly invoices of the Subcontractor(s) and/or final payment.

2.1.8. Hazardous Materials: Subcontractors or Subordinate Parties shall dispose of Hazardous Materials in strict accordance with applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Hazardous Materials may not be placed in dumpsters and/or containers not so designated for such placement.



PROJECT MANUAL 01600-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01600 – Forms

SECTION 01600 FORMS

1 USE OF FORMS

1.01 Following is a list of the key forms, some of which are included in section 01610, noted with an *:

00810 Safety and Loss Control Program

• Trade Contractor Safety Certificate (CON 7-9)*

01250 Changes in the Work

• PCO- Notice to Proceed

• PCO- Quotation Only

• PSU Change Order Breakdown and Summary Forms*

01290 Payment Procedures

• Application and Certificate for Payment (CON.27.1) and Continuation Sheet (CON.27.2)

• Consent of Surety to Reduction In or Partial Release of Retainage (CON.26.6)

• Payment schedule (PSI.10.1)

• Payment Request for Stored Materials Form (CON.26.5)

• Acknowledgment of Payment and Partial Unconditional Release Form (CON.26.3)

• Unconditional Final Release and Waiver Subcontractor/Materialman Form (CON.26.4) *

• 2nd Tier Final Release Waiver (CON 26.16)*

• Sworn Statement Form (CON.26.2)*

• U.S. Steel Certification Form (March 2011)*

• Payment Request Checklist*

01320 Communications

• Trade Contractors Daily/Pre-Task Plan (CON.14.4)

• Request for Information Form (CON.25.2)

01330 Submittals

• BMC Submittal Transmittal Form (CON.9.6)

01400 Quality Requirements

• Corrective Action Report (CAR)/Notice of Non-Conformance (NCR) (CON.18.2)

01700 Contract Close-out

• Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment Form (CON.26. 7)

• Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage Form (CON.26.6)

01720 Project Record Documents

• Closeout Submittal (CLO.7.2)

01740 Warranties and Guarantees

• Contractor’s Guarantee (CLO.7.3)*

01750 Systems Demonstration, Training and Start-up


PROJECT MANUAL 01600-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01600 – Forms

• Equipment/Systems Acceptance Form (CLO.2.1)

• Owner Training Register (CLO.2.2)



PROJECT MANUAL 01610-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01610 – Specific Forms

SECTION 01610 – Specific Forms

Generic

STATE OF: )ss.

COUNTY:

is the (contractor) (subcontractor) for an improvement to the following described real property situated in county, described as follows (insert legal description)

Contract #

That the following is a statement of each subcontractor and supplier and laborer (for which laborer the payment of wages and/or fringe benefits and withholdings may be due), with whom the (contractor)(subcontractor) has (contracted) (subcontracted) for performance under a contract for the benefit of an owner or lessee, and that the amounts due to the persons as of the date hereof are correctly and fully set forth opposite their names as follows:

* (Some columns are not applicable to all persons listed)Amount of laborer

Name of Subcontractor Type of improvement Total Amount Amount Balance Amount of fringe benefitssupplier, or laborer or Contract previously currently to laborer wages and withholdings

(list items over $1000 only) MC* material furnished Price paid owing complete due but unpaid due but unpaid

All items that are not specifically listed are under $1000 and have been paid in full.

TOTAL -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Contractor states that all supplies used, except those specifically provided for this project and listed above, have been taken from inventory and payments to these suppliers are current.

*MC= Minority 1) Enter one of the following codes: 1=African American 2=Hispanic 3=Asian American 4= Native American 5=WBE Code: 2) Also enter one of the following to describe how company determined its MBE/WBE status: A=Self-declared B=Certified by one of the affiliates of NMSDC C= Certified by public entity. 3) Example: 1A means company is a self-declared African American entity

Contractor further states that the following are paid in full to date all union contributions all tax obligations

SWORN STATEMENT

Being duly sworn, deposes and says or affirms that

)

Form 520 Page 1 of 2 CON 26.02c (11/02/07)

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20

Notary Public

County,

My Commission expires:

1

2

4,

Contractor further states that no money is owed for labor for said contract other than the sums above set forth and that contractor has not employed or procuredmaterial from or subcontracted with any person or persons other than those mentioned on this statement and that the amount of payment requested will be applied tosatisfy specified obligations to subcontractor, material suppliers and laborers of their union if such obligations have not be satisfied previously.

of the (contractor) (subcontractor) for the purpose of representing to the owner or lessee of the above described property and his or her agents that the abovedescribed property is free from claims of construction liens, or the possibility of construction liens, except as specifically set forth on the reverse side and except forclaims of construction liens by laborers which may be provided after wages were due, but unpaid pursuant to applicable state laws.

Deponent further says that he or she makes the foregoing statement as the (contractor) (subcontractor) or

WARNING TO OWNER: AN OWNER OR LESSEE OF THE PROPERTY DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY NOT RELY ON THIS SWORN STATEMENT TO AVOID THECLAIM OF A LIEN OF A SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER, OR LABORER WHO HAS PROVIDED A NOTICE OF FURNISHING OR A LABORER WHO MAYPROVIDE A NOTICE OF FURNISHING PURSUANT TO CERTAIN STATE'S LAWS, TO THE DESIGNEE OR TO THE OWNER OR LESSEE IF THE DESIGNEE ISNOT NAMED OR HAS DIED.

3

WARNING TO DEPONENT: A PERSON, WHO WITH INTENT TO DEFRAUD, GIVES A FALSE SWORN STATEMENT MAY BE SUBJECT TO CRIMINALPENALTIES AS PROVIDED IN APPLICABLE STATE LAWS.

INSTRUCTIONS/INFORMATION

A Sworn Statement in the preceding form must be provided before any contractor or subcontractor can file a Complaint, Cross-Claim or Counter-Claim to enforce a construction lienunder certain state laws.

An owner or lessee may withhold payment to a contractor or subcontractor who has not provided a Sworn Statement. An owner or lessee may withhold from a contractor orsubcontractor who has provided a Sworn Statement, the amount sufficient to pay all sums shown on the statement as owing subcontractors, suppliers and laborers, or the amountshown to be due to lien claimants who have provided Notices of Furnishing or Commencement pursuant to applicable state laws.

An owner or lessee may rely on a Sworn Statement to avoid a lien claim unless the lien claimant has provided the owner or lessee with a Notice of Furnishing or Commencementpursuant to applicable state laws.

Under certain state laws if the contract provides for payments by the owner to the general contractor, if any, in the normal course of construction, but the owner elects to pay lienclaimants directly, the first time the owner elects to make payment directly to a lien claimant he or she shall provide at least five (5) business days' notice to the general contractor of theintention to make direct payment. Subsequent direct disbursements to lien claimants need not be preceded by the five (5) days' notice to the general contractor of the intention to makedirect payment. Subsequent direct disbursements to lien claimants need not be preceded by the five (5) day notice provided in this section unless the owner first returns to the practiceof paying all sums to the general contractor.

(Deponent)

Page 2 of 2 CON 26.02c (11/02/07)

CONTRACTOR’S GUARANTEE

Page 1 of 1 CLO 7.3 (11/11/05)

STATE OF ) Project:

) SS Project #:

County of ) Owner:

TO ALL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

of the City of County of

and State of being duly sworn,

deposes and says that s/he is of

(the “Contractor”) and, being duly authorized, makes this statement and guarantee on its behalf; that the Contractor, in

completing the performance of a certain (check one) Subcontract Order # with Barton Malow Company or

Contract with Owner (the “Contract”) for the Project, warrants that all of its Work under the Contract is of good quality and

new, unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract, and that the Work is free of defects and that the Work complies

with the requirements of the Contract, including all documents incorporated into the Contract by reference. If within

year[s] after the date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion of the Project, any of Contractor’s

Work is found to be defective or not otherwise in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, Contractor shall correct

the Work at its sole expense promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner or Barton Malow Company, including any

other Work affected in correcting such defective or nonconforming Work (the “Correction Period”). The Correction Period

shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time

between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of Contractor’s Work, and for an additional Correction Period

following any correction. This obligation shall survive acceptance of the Work and termination of the Contract.

This Guarantee shall be in addition to the terms of any other warranty or longer period of obligation specified in the Contract,

including all documents incorporated therein, or the terms of any general warranty, and is not in lieu of any of them. This

Guarantee shall not be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations, which the Contractor

might have under the Contract and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract

may be sought to be enforced or to the time, which any proceeding may be commenced.

Trade or Work Guarantee Period Commencement Date

Subcontractor

By:

Subscribed and sworn to before me this

day of A.D. 20

Notary Public

in and for County

My commission expires:

SECOND TIER OR LOWER

UNCONDITIONAL FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER SUBCONTRACTOR/MATERIAL SUPPLIER

Page 1 of 1 CON 26.16 (09/07/07)

The Subcontractor/Material Supplier, , on behalf of itself, its successors and assigns (collectively, the “Contractor”), in consideration of payment in full of the Contract Amount of $ listed above and other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives, releases and forever discharges Owner, Barton Malow Company, and Barton Malow Company’s surety providing a payment bond for the Project (if applicable), and their respective officers, agents, employees, representatives, affiliates, successors and assigns (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, debts, liens, stop notice or bond rights, demands, suits, liabilities, judgments, damages, or expenses, whether known or unknown, which the Contractor now has or may have in the future, arising out of or in connection with work performed and/or materials, supplies or equipment furnished for the improvement of the Project

Project Name Project Address

under its Contract/Subcontract/Order with dated , including any additional work or labor performed and/or materials, supplies or equipment provided at the written or oral request of, or with the express or implied consent of Owner and/or Barton Malow Company, except for the disputed claims that are noted on the reverse side of this waiver, in the aggregate amount of $ . The Contractor, on behalf of itself, its successors and assigns, further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Released Parties, from and against any and all claims, actions, causes of action, debts, liens, stop notice or bond rights, demands, suits, liabilities, judgments, damages or expenses (“Claims”), including all attorneys fees and costs, whether arising out of injury or damage to person or property in connection with the work performed on the Project, or whether arising from claims by the Contractor’s subcontractors, material suppliers, laborers, or their unions or union benefit plans for non-payment of materials, services, labor, or equipment, except for Claims caused by the sole negligence of a Released Party. The Contractor certifies the following: (1) there has been no assignment or other transfer of its interest arising from the Contract/Subcontract/Order; (2) the work performed by the Contractor has been completed in full accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract/Subcontract/Order; and (3) all the Contractor’s subcontractors, laborers and material suppliers, have been paid in full for their work under the Contract/Subcontract/Order, including, but not limited to taxes, wages and fringe benefits for which previous payments were received by the Contractor. The obligations of the Contractor under this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver are in addition to, and not in lieu of, the Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract/Subcontract/Order and nothing in this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver shall be construed to modify such obligations. The person executing this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver on behalf of the Contractor represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the Contractor. Signed this day of 20 Company State of by Signature County of its Corporate or Company Officer

On this day of 20 before me came , to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he/she resides in

and that he/she is the of the corporation described herein and which executed the above instrument.

Notary Public

Notary Seal Expiration Date

Submit in duplicate with all backup documents.

CONTRACTOR NAME****Total

(from cost breakdown)Markup on sub

(if applicable)** Total1. $0.002. $0.003. $0.004. $0.005. $0.00

Total (L/M/E/S) $0.00

Business Privilege Tax(Only Where Applicable)

TOTAL THIS CHANGE $0.00

Notes* Base Rate and Fringe Rate from Certified Payrolls** Refer to General Conditions for maximum percentages*** Penn State is a tax-exempt entity and does not pay sales tax on exempt "Building machinery and equipment items" under Act 45**** Each contractor (prime or sub) involved with this change must submit cost breakdown sheet and be identified as Sub or Prime contractor

CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY

Contractor/Subcontractor Name

CFR/s&s/7-05 Page 1 of 2 31a


CONTRACTOR NAME

Classification CertifiedPayroll

Base Rate *

Fringe Benefits(as definedby L&I) *

Total

$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00

Social Security @ $0.00Medicare @ $0.00

Unemployment @ $0.00Workmans Compensation @ $0.00Public Liability Insurance @ $0.00

$0.00

( ) $0.00

$0.00

MATERIAL COST (attach material list if necessary, insert totals as shown)Quantity Total Cost

$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00

*** Applicable Sales Tax

( ) $0.00

$0.00

EQUIPMENT COST (equipment cost for owned equipment (depreciation, insurance, etc.) or documentation supporting lease of equipment)

Hour Rate Total Cost$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00

PRIME ( ) $0.00SUB

EQUIPMENT TOTAL $0.00

$0.00

On Base Labor RateONLY

COST BREAKDOWN

LABOR COSTTotal

HourlyRate

Hours

$0.00

$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00

Sub-Total

Sub-Total

** Labor Markup

TOTAL LABOR

6.20%1.45%

Sub-Total

** Material Markup

Item Unit Cost

LME TOTAL

Sub-Total

** Equipment Markup

MATERIAL TOTAL

Classification Hours

PRIME

CFR/s&s/7-05 Page 2 of 2 31b


CONTRACTOR NAME

Classification Certified

Payroll

Base Rate *

Fringe Benefits

(as defined

by L&I) *

Total

Electrician $28.56 $10.30 $1,243.52

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$1,243.52

Social Security @ $56.66

Medicare @ $13.25

Unemployment @ $74.94

Workmans Compensation @ $71.29

Public Liability Insurance @ $18.28

$234.42

( 15.00% ) $221.69

$1,699.63

MATERIAL COST (attach material list if necessary, insert totals as shown)

Quantity Total Cost

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$9,806.76

( 10.00% ) $980.68

*** Applicable Sales Tax $588.41

$11,375.85

EQUIPMENT COST (equipment cost for owned equipment (depreciation, insurance, etc.) or documentation

supporting lease of equipment)

Hour Rate Total Cost

$40.00 $160.00

$0.00

$160.00

PRIME ( 10.00% ) $16.00

SUBEQUIPMENT TOTAL $176.00

$13,251.48

$0.00

COST BREAKDOWN

Bill Subcontractor

LABOR COST

Total

Hourly

Rate

Hours

$38.86 32

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

Sub-Total

Sub-Total

** Labor Markup

TOTAL LABOR

6.20%

1.45%

8.20%

7.80%

2.00%

Item Unit Cost

See Attached Schedule

On Base Labor Rate

ONLY

Sub-Total

** Material Markup

MATERIAL TOTAL

Classification Hours

Crane Truck 4

LME TOTAL

Sub-Total

** Equipment Markup

SUB

CFR/s&s/8-04 Page 2 of 2 38

ITEM QUANTITY UNIT COST TOTAL COST

2/0 Bare CU. Wire 79 Ft $2.22 $175.38

3/4" X 10'0" Ground Rod 4 Ea $38.50 $154.00

Cad-Weld 2/0 to 3/4" Rod w/#115 Charge 4 Ea $6.44 $25.76

Cad-Weld 2/0 Tee w/#90 Charge 1 Ea $6.44 $6.44

Excavation and Backfill 33 CY $29.70 $980.10

Crushed Stone #2B Incl. Placement @ Vault 1 Ton $15.08 $15.08

Pre-cast Transformer Vault 7'X7'X4' 1 Ea $3,450.00 $3,450.00

Transformer *** 1 Ea $5,000.00 $5,000.00

Sub-Total $9,806.76

Material Markup (10%) $980.68

Applicable Sales Tax $588.41

MATERIAL TOTAL $11,375.85

*** Tax-exempt item

RENOVATION TO HAMMOND BUILDING

PSU PROJECT NO. 02-66666

MATERIAL COSTS

CFR/s&s/8-04 39

UNCONDITIONAL FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER TRADE CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR/MATERIAL SUPPLIER

Page 1 of 1 CON 26.4 (03/14/05)

VENDOR NO.:

CONTRACT/SUBCONTRACT/ORDER NO.:

JOB NO.:

TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT:

AMOUNT OF FINAL CHECK: The Contractor/Subcontractor/Material Supplier, , on behalf of itself, its successors and assigns (collectively, the “Contractor”), in consideration of payment in full of the Contract Amount listed above and other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives, releases and forever discharges Owner, Barton Malow Company, and Barton Malow Company’s surety providing a payment bond for the Project (if applicable), and their respective officers, agents, employees, representatives, affiliates, successors and assigns (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, debts, liens, stop notice or bond rights, demands, suits, liabilities, judgments, damages, or expenses, whether known or unknown, which the Contractor now has or may have in the future, arising out of or in connection with work performed and/or materials, supplies or equipment furnished for the improvement of the Project.

Project Name Project Address

under its Contract/Subcontract/Order with either Owner or Barton Malow Company dated , including any additional work or labor performed and/or materials, supplies or equipment provided at the written or oral request of, or with the express or implied consent of Owner and/or Barton Malow Company, except for the disputed claims that are noted on the reverse side of this waiver, in the aggregate amount of $ . The Contractor, on behalf of itself, its successors and assigns, further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Released Parties, from and against any and all claims, actions, causes of action, debts, liens, stop notice or bond rights, demands, suits, liabilities, judgments, damages or expenses (“Claims”), including all attorneys fees and costs, whether arising out of injury or damage to person or property in connection with the work performed on the Project, or whether arising from claims by the Contractor’s subcontractors, material suppliers, laborers, or their unions or union benefit plans for non-payment of materials, services, labor, or equipment, except for Claims caused by the sole negligence of a Released Party. The Contractor certifies the following: (1) there has been no assignment or other transfer of its interest arising from the Contract/Subcontract; (2) the work performed by the Contractor has been completed in full accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract/Subcontract/Order; and (3) all the Contractor’s subcontractors, laborers and material suppliers, have been paid in full for their work under the Contract/Subcontract/Order, including, but not limited to taxes, wages and fringe benefits for which previous payments were received by the Contractor. The obligations of the Contractor under this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver are in addition to, and not in lieu of, the Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract/Subcontract/Order and nothing in this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver shall be construed to modify such obligations. The person executing this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver on behalf of the Contractor represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this Unconditional Final Release and Waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the Contractor. Signed this day of 20 CompanyState of by: (signature) County its (corporate or company officer)

On this day of 20 before me ,to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he/she resides in and that he/she is the of the corporation described herein and which executed the above instrument.

(notary public)

(notary seal) *strike through titles not applicable (expiration date)

SUBCONTRACTOR:________________________________________________________________________

DATE:__________________________________________________________________________________

One-time submittal:

Executed Subcontract Agreement

Site Specific Safety Plans

Material Safety Data Sheets

Insurance Certificates & Additionally Insured (Originals & Renewals)

Bonds

Lower Tier Subcontractor Information

MBE/WBE Forms

Local and MBE/WBE Workforce Utilization Forms

Submit to BMC by the 20th of each month:

Application for Payment

Subcontractor's Notarized Sworn Statement

Schedule of Values (AIA Form G703)

Insurance and Additionally Insured not expired

Contractor Injury/Illness Summary

MBE/WBE Report

Certified Payroll & Summary

Submit to BMC weekly:

Weeky Safety Meetings/Tool Box

Submit to BMC daily:

Subcontractor Daily Report forms

PAYMENT REQUEST CHECKLIST

(Please submit by the 20th of each month when preparing pay application)

BARTON MALOW COMPANY

CON 7-9 (01/21/05)

TRADE CONTRACTOR SAFETY CERTIFICATE

Contractor Name

Project Name

Project Number

Nature of work (e.g., masonry, drywall) 1. Does Contractor have a written safety plan applicable to this Project? Yes (attach copy); or Will be provided before on-site work begins. 2. Contractor agrees to follow on this Project (for itself and its subs at any tier): a. All applicable legal standards for safety, including OSHA regulations; b. Any Site Specific Safety Rules furnished for this Project; c. 100% fall protection at elevations over six feet; d. NCCCO certification for all crane operators; e. Job Hazard Analysis to plan for safety before each work task begins; f. Prompt reporting of all OSHA recordable and lost time injuries, plus monthly reports of work hours

and incident rates; g. Commitment of adequate management and financial resources to assure safety compliance and

enforcement. Yes (no other alternative). 3. Contractor expects to encounter the following potential hazards on this Project, and its written safety

plan contains appropriate provisions to address them: Potential Hazard Yes No Name the Competent Person*

1 Work from heights (ladders, edges, etc.) 2 Scaffold erection or use 3 Aerial work platforms 4 Energized equipment (electrical, etc.) 5 Respirator use 6 Confined space work 7 Trenching/excavation 8 Cranes, fork trucks, or heavy equipment 9 Environmental hazards

10 Fire or explosion hazards 11 Aircraft or watercraft use 12 Other (specify): * Where applicable, properly qualified and trained individual who will assure compliance with pertinent standards, procedures, and/or training requirements. 4. Contractor has established procedures for handling first aid and other occupational injuries including medical and fire emergencies. Name of person certified in first aid and CPR: I certify that the above information is correct, and I accept responsibility for implementing and enforcing the safety plan on this Project.

Contractor’s Representative Phone Number Date

RaE/JB/TW/AN(MQB)-3/11 (rev 4)

THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE

PENNSYLVANIA STEEL PRODUCTS PROCUREMENT ACT This form must be completed and submitted by Contractors with each Application / Certificate of Payment.

Project Name Penn State Beaver Stadium Renovation North Endzone & ADA Seating

Project No. 01-93365.00 Application/Certificate of Payment No. Dated

NOTE: One of the four options below must be selected by checking the corresponding box. “Steel Products,” as used herein, shall be as defined within the Steel Products Procurement Act, 73 P.S. § 1881 et seq.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Option 1: NO Steel Products to declare on this Application/Certificate of Payment or Steel Product(s) of the exact type and model included within this Application have been declared on a previous Application.

(if selecting this option, go to signature and corporate seal, at bottom of page)

If there are Steel Products to declare, the information requested below must be provided for each Steel Product included within the Application/Certificate of Payment (use more than one form, as necessary) and Option 2, 3 or 4 below must be selected.

Steel Product Certified:

Model (if applicable):

Name and Address of Supplier / Manufacturer:

Option 2: Identifiable Steel Product - defined as a Steel Product marked as “made in the USA” or otherwise identifiable as U.S. steel. Required Documentation: To demonstrate that the Identifiable Steel Product complies with this certification, invoices, bills of

lading, mill certifications, or other acceptable evidence shall be provided upon request of The Pennsylvania State University.

Option 3: Non-Identifiable Steel Product - defined as a structural or non-structural structural Steel Product , not marked as “made in the USA” or otherwise identifiable as U.S. steel. Structural steel is defined as Steel Products used as a basic structural element of a project (i.e. steel beams, columns, decking, stairways, reinforcing bars, structural lintels, pipes, etc.). Non-structural steel is defined as ALL other Steel Products, including door and window frames, machines, equipment, etc. I certify that 100% of the steel in the product was manufactured in the United States; OR at least 75% of the cost of ALL of the articles, materials (including steel, rubber, wood, plastic, etc.) and supplies incorporated in the product have been mined, produced or manufactured, as the case may be, in the United States. Required Documentation: To demonstrate that the Non-Identifiable Steel Product complies with this certification, invoices, bills

of lading, mill certifications, or other acceptable evidence is attached hereto.

Option 4: Not Domestically Manufactured Steel Product - defined as a Steel Product that is not produced in the United States in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements of the contract.

Required Documentation: Prior written approval of The Pennsylvania State University is attached hereto.

I, the undersigned officer of the Contractor do hereby certify that the information provided herein is true and correct and that all Steel Products utilized on this project are in compliance with the provisions of the Steel Products Procurement Act (73 P.S. §1881 et seq). The undersigned further understands that willful violation of the Steel Products Procurement Act can result in withholding of payments and penalties including, but not limited to, prohibition from submitting any bids, performing any work, or supplying any materials to any public agency for a period of five (5) years from the date of the determination that a violation has occurred.

Witness the hand and seal given this day of 20

Name of Contractor’s Firm: WITNESS: ______________________________ By: ________________________ _________ (signature of witness) (signature*) [*By signing above, I Certify that I am authorized to execute this Agreement by and on behalf of Contractor] ______________________________ Name: ________________________________________________ (please print name of witness signing above) (please print name of person signing above) Title: ________________________________________________ (AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL) (please print title of person signing above)


PROJECT MANUAL 01630-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01630 – Product Substitutions

SECTION 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

1. WORK INCLUDED

1.1. Furnish and install Products specified, under options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section.

2. BIDDER'S OPTIONS

2.1. For products that are specified only by reference standard, select Product meeting that is standard by any manufacturer.

2.2. For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named which complies with Specifications.

2.3. For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", or "or equal", or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any Product or manufacturer which is not specifically named for review and approval by the Architect.

2.4. For Products specified by naming only one Product and manufacturer, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed.

3. SUBSTITUTION PROCESS

3.1. SUBSTITUTIONS

3.1.1. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.

3.1.2. Substitutions for products may be made during the bidding period by submitting completed Substitution Request Form and substantiating product data/literature a minimum of ten (10) Days prior to Bid date to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER who will then forward to the Architect.

3.1.2.1. Architect will consider requests from the Bidder for substitution of products in place of those specified as set forth in this section.

3.1.2.2. Those submitted the specified calendar days prior to Bid Date will be included in an addendum if acceptable.

3.1.2.3. After the end of the bidding period, requests will be considered only in case of Product unavailability or other conditions beyond the control of Subcontractor.

3.1.2.4. Bid Proposals shall not be based on assumed acceptance of any item which has not been approved by addendum.

3.1.3. Bidders are required to submit a separate Substitution Request Form for each proposed substitution. Each substitution request should be accompanied by the following supporting documentation:

3.1.3.1. A full explanation of the proposed substitution.

3.1.3.2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the requirements stated in the Contract Documents.

3.1.3.2.1. Product identification, including the manufacturer's name and address.

3.1.3.2.2. Manufacturer's literature; identifying:

3.1.3.2.2.1. Product description and technical information.

3.1.3.2.2.2. Reference standards.

3.1.3.2.2.3. Performance and test data.

3.1.3.2.2.4. Installation instructions, operating procedures and other like information.



3.1.3.2.3. Samples, as applicable.

3.1.3.2.4. Names and addresses of similar projects on which product has been used, and date of each installation.

3.1.3.3. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified, listing all significant variations.

3.1.3.4. Data relating to changes in delivery or construction schedule.

3.1.3.5. A list of all effects of the proposed substitution on separate contracts.

3.1.3.6. Accurate cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified.

3.1.3.6.1. Amount of any net change to Contract Sum.

3.1.3.7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.

3.1.3.8. Designation of availability of maintenance services and sources of replacement materials.

3.1.4. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:

3.1.4.1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from Bidder.

3.1.4.2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.

3.1.4.3. In judgment of Architect, do not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation.

3.1.4.4. If requested after Contract Award directly by a Subcontractor or supplier, except for special or unusual circumstances reviewed by the Subcontractor with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3.1.5. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of Architect.

3.1.6. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution.

3.2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION

3.2.1. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder represents that:

3.2.2. It has investigated the proposed product and has determined it is equivalent to or superior in all respects to the product specified.

3.2.3. It will provide same warranties or bonds for the proposed substitution as required for the product specified.

3.2.4. It will coordinate installation of the accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects.

3.2.5. It waives all claims for additional costs caused by or arising from the substitution which may subsequently become apparent.

3.2.6. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under its Agreement, but not:

3.2.6.1. Costs under separate contracts.

3.2.6.2. Architect’s costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents.

3.2.7. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for inclusion in an addendum. Requests after the Agreement is awarded shall contain a complete cost comparison.

3.2.8. Any modifications necessary as a result of the use of an approved substitute shall be paid by the Subcontractor proposing the substitution.



3.2.9. Any additional engineering costs required to be performed by the Architect to approve, implement or coordinate the substitution above reasonable review services, shall be paid by the Subcontractor proposing the substitution.

3.2.10. Under no circumstances will the Architect be required to prove that a product proposed for substitution is or is not equal to the quality of the product specified.

3.3. ARCHITECT'S DUTIES

3.3.1. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.

3.3.2. Coordinate review/approval of "Architect Approved" substitutions with the Owner prior to notifying the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3.3.3. Issue a written instruction of decision to accept the substitution.

3.3.4. Substitution requests that are not approved will be returned to the party submitting the request with an explanation for the rejection.

3.4. SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

3.4.1. The form is attached to this Section.

3.4.2. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED ONLY WHEN THE ATTACHED FORM IS COMPLETED AND INCLUDED WITH THE SUBMITTAL WITH ALL BACKUP DATA.



SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: Barton Malow Company

We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above Project: DRAWING NO.: DRAWING NAME : SPEC. SECT. SPEC. NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM

Proposed Substitution: Attached complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.

Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.

CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE

The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item.

Submitted by:

Signature Title

Firm

Address

Telephone Date

Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his/her firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval.



For use by Architect For use by Owner

____ Accepted _____ Accepted as noted ____ Accepted _____ Accepted as noted

____ Not accepted _____ Received too late ____ Not accepted _____ Received too late

____ Insufficient data received ____ Insufficient data received

By: _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________

Date: ____________________________________ Date: __________________________________ Fill in blanks below (attach additional sheets as required):

A. Does the Substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?

Yes_______ No _______ If yes, clearly indicate changes: _______________________________

B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?

Yes_______ No _______ If no, fully explain: _________________________________________

C. What affect does substitution have on other contracts or other trades?

D. What affect does substitution have on the delivery and construction schedule?

E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same ______ Different_______

If different, explain on an attachment.

F. Reason for Request:

G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution; list significant variations:

H. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified:

I. This substitution will amount to a credit or an extra cost to the Owner of:

__________________________________________________________________________________ Dollars

($ ______________________________)



PROJECT MANUAL 01700-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01700 – Contract Close-out

SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT

1. CLOSE-OUT PROCEDURE

1.1. The following procedure and forms will be used to sequentially progress through the contract close-out stage in a productive and timely manner.

1.1.1. PREPARATION FOR CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT

During the course of the Project, the Subcontractor will thoroughly review the Contract Documents as it relates to the requirements and obligations and gather and submit to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER the proper submittals, shop drawings, material certifications, waivers, certificates of insurance, bonds, and other contractual requirements impacting contract close-out.

1.1.2. INITIATING THE FINAL CLOSE-OUT PROCESS

When nearing 75% completion of the Work of each major phase, the Subcontractor will review the status of the Close-Out process with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The Subcontractor's contractual responsibilities will be reviewed and outstanding close-out and other submittals identified.

All close-out requirements including, but not limited to, O&M manuals, warranties, guarantees, tests, certificates, spare stock, etc. as required by the Contract Documents shall be submitted for approval no later than one month prior to each Phase Substantial Completion.

1.1.3. OBTAINING THE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

As the Subcontractor is nearing the completion of the Work and after concurrence with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, it shall submit a written request for Substantial Completion, all required documentation as outlined, and a listing of all minor deficiencies yet to be completed.

The following documents are the minimum required at the time of request for Substantial Completion. Subcontractor shall also submit all additional documentation as required in the Contract Documents:

1.1.3.1. AIA G704 Certificate of Substantial Completion -

1.1.3.2. As-built records in pdf, CAD, and 2 hardcopies

1.1.3.3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals

1.1.3.4. Keys, Maintenance Stock, and Spare Parts

1.1.3.5. Test and Start-up/Owner Training Sessions

1.1.3.6. Submission of Permits and Approvals (i.e. Fire Marshal, Department of Public Health Approvals, etc.) -

1.1.3.7. Guarantee and Warranties

1.1.3.8. Punchlist (list of work to be completed or corrected)

Once CONSTRUCTION MANAGER has received all required documents they will be forwarded to the Architect and Owner. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will review the Subcontractor's request for Substantial Completion; all above documentation, and list of deficiencies, add appropriate comments, and forward to the Architect and/or Owner for review. In conjunction with the Subcontractor, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will establish a schedule for the completion of all listed items, which in no event shall exceed any time periods established in the Contract Documents for Final Completion.

When the Architect and/or Owner determine(s) that the Work is substantially complete, the Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be issued to the Subcontractor.



1.1.4. SUBCONTRACTOR COMPLETES PUNCHLIST WORK

Each Subcontractor shall submit a letter certifying all punchlist items are completed, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect.

1.1.5. FINAL INSPECTION NOTICE

Each Subcontractor is to forward (written notice and accompanying documentation) to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER that Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will forward written notice to the Architect if CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is in agreement that Work is complete. The Architect will perform a final inspection and sign off on the punchlist form if Work is in fact completed. If punchlist work is not found complete, the Subcontractor shall take action to remedy any insufficiencies and then shall re-submit the written notice and accompanying documentation that Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance. If CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect are required to perform more than two site visits to determine Substantial or Final Completion of Subcontractor’s Work, the costs for such additional inspections shall be charged to Subcontractor.

The following documents are the minimum required to complete final payment. Subcontractor shall also submit all additional documentation as required in the Contract Documents:

1.1.5.1. Final Payment Request (on G702 & G703).

1.1.5.2. Guarantees/Warranties (including subs and suppliers).

1.1.5.3. Final Sworn Statements (including subs and suppliers).

1.1.5.4. Acknowledgment of Payment and Partial Unconditional Release

1.1.5.5. Final Release Subcontractor/Materialman

1.1.5.6. Certified Payroll Report (projects governed by prevailing wage laws)

1.1.5.7. Verification of Rate Classification and Payment (Federal projects)

1.1.5.8. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment (AIA G707)

1.1.5.9. Consent of Surety to Reduction or Partial Release of Retainage (AIA G707A)

1.1.5.10. Certificate of Substantial Completion (on G704).

1.1.5.11. Completion and acceptance of all punchlist Work.

Items 1.1.5.2 through 1.1.5.5 must always be submitted with the final request for payment.

1.1.6. REVIEW OF FINAL PAYMENT REQUEST

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect will review the Subcontractor's final payment request and Close-Out file. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to withhold 200% of the estimated cost for each punchlist item not completed until complete If all administrative documents are attached or have been submitted (i.e. guarantee, warranty, waiver of lien, etc.), all Work is complete, and all other responsibilities are met, the Project Team will forward the Subcontractor’s Application for Final Payment to the Owner and payment shall be processed according to the Owner's regular procedures.

2. FINAL COMPLETION

2.1. To attain final completion, the Subcontractor shall complete activities pertaining to Substantial Completion, and complete Work on punch list items. Only then shall it issue written request to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to conduct a site visit to determine Final Completion.

2.2. When Subcontractor considers the Work is finally complete, it shall submit written certification that:

2.2.5. Contract Documents have been reviewed.

2.2.6. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.



2.2.7. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.

2.2.8. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational.

2.2.9. Work is completed and ready for final observation.

2.3. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect will make an observation to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification.

2.4. Should CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or defective:

2.4.5. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will promptly notify the Subcontractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective Work.

2.4.6. Subcontractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER that the Work is complete.

2.4.7. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect will re-inspect the Work.

2.5. When CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or Architect determines that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, it shall request the Subcontractor to make close-out submittals.

3. SUBCONTRACTOR'S CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS

3.1. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities (state, local or federal):

3.1.5. Certificates of Inspection:

3.1.5.1. Mechanical

3.1.5.2. Electrical

3.1.5.3. Others as required

3.2. Project Record Documents: Refer to requirements of Section 01720.

3.3. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Refer to requirements of Section 01730.

3.4. Warranties and Bonds: Refer to requirements of Individual Sections and Individual Technical Specifications and Section 01740.

3.5. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: Refer to requirements of Individual Technical Specifications.

3.6. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: Refer to requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions and Section 01290.



PROJECT MANUAL 01720-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01720 – Project Record Documents

SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

1 SUMMARY

1.01 Each Subcontractor shall be responsible to maintain at the job site one copy of:

1.01.1 Record Contract Drawings

1.01.2 Record Project Manual

1.01.3 Addenda

1.01.4 Reviewed/Approved Shop Drawings

1.01.5 Change Orders

1.01.6 Other modifications to Contract

1.01.7 Field test records

1.01.8 Affidavits

1.02 Store documents apart from documents used for construction.

1.03 Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.

1.04 Do not use project record documents for construction purposes.

1.05 Make documents available for inspection by the Owner, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and the Architect.

1.06 Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause for withholding payments to Subcontractor.

1.07 At the outset of the project, obtain from the Architect through the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, at no charge to the Subcontractor, one complete set of Contract Documents including:

1.07.1 Technical Specifications with all addenda.

1.07.2 One complete set of prints of all Drawings.

2 RECORDING

2.01 Label each document "Project Record."

2.02 Keep record documents current.

2.03 Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded.

2.04 Contract Drawings:

2.04.1 Subcontractor may at his option enter required information on a "working set" and then at completion of Project transfer the information to final submitted "Project Record" set.

2.04.2 Subcontractor shall legibly mark to record actual construction:

2.04.2.1 Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to survey data.

2.04.2.2 Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements.

2.04.2.3 Location and depths of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure.

2.04.2.4 Field changes of dimension and detail.


PROJECT MANUAL 01720-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01720 – Project Record Documents

2.04.2.5 Changes made by PCO- Notice to Proceed.

2.04.2.6 Details not on original Contract Drawings.

2.05 Technical Specifications and Addenda:

2.05.1 Subcontractor shall legibly mark up each section to record:

2.05.1.1 Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed.

2.05.1.2 Changes made by PCO- Notice to Proceed.

2.05.1.3 Other items not originally specified.

2.06 Conversion of Schematic Layouts:

2.06.1 Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts and similar items are in most cases shown schematically on the Drawings.

2.06.2 Subcontractor shall legibly mark to record actual construction:

2.06.2.1 Dimensions accurate to within 1" of the center of items shown schematically.

2.06.2.2 Identify each item, for example, "cast iron drain", "galvanized water", etc.

2.06.2.3 Identify location of each item, for example, "under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", etc.

2.06.3 The Owner, Architect or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may waive requirements of schematic layout conversion, when in their opinion, it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however, rely on waivers being issued except as specifically issued by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in written form.

3 SUBMITTAL

3.01 At periodic points throughout the project, the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may ask to review up to date as-built drawings. These shall be submitted with the monthly application for payment and will be reviewed by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or the designer and/or the owner.

3.02 At completion of Project deliver, three (3) sets of Record Documents, in a format acceptable to the Owner and the Architect, using the Final Document Submittal Form (in Section 01600 Forms), to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER prior to request for final payment.

3.03 Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing:

3.03.1 Date

3.03.2 Project title and number

3.03.3 Subcontractor's name and address

3.03.4 Title and number of each record document

3.03.5 Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate.

3.03.6 Signature of Subcontractor, or his authorized representative.

3.04 At the completion of the project, deliver/ upload all record documents in pdf AND CADD format.



PROJECT MANUAL 01730-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01730 – Operations and Maintenance Data

SECTION 01730 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA

1. SCOPE

1.1. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract.

1.2. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of the Technical Specifications.

1.3. Instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems in accordance with the requirements in Section 01750 Systems Demonstration, Training and Start-up.

2. QUALITY ASSURANCE

2.1. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel:

2.1.1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products.

2.1.2. Familiar with requirements of this Section.

2.1.3. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data.

2.1.4. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.

3. FORM OF SUBMITTALS

3.1. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.

3.2. Format:

3.2.1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11"

3.2.2. Paper: white, for typed pages.

3.2.3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten.

3.2.4. Drawings:

a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.

b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages.

3.2.5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment.

c. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment.

d. Provide indexed tabs.

3.2.6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." list:

e. Title of Project

f. Identity of separate structures as applicable.

g. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.

3.3. Binders:

3.3.1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.

3.3.2. Maximum ring size: 3"

3.3.3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings.

4. CONTENT OF MANUAL

4.1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order.



4.1.1. Subcontractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.

4.1.2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume.

4.1.3. List with each product, name, address and telephone number of:

a. Subcontractor or installer.

b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.

c. Identify area of responsibility of each.

d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.

4.1.4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.

4.2. Product Data:

4.2.1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.

4.2.2. Annotate each sheet to:

e. Clearly identify specific product or part installed.

f. Clearly identify data applicable to installation.

g. Delete references to inapplicable information.

4.3. Drawings:

4.3.1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:

b. Relations of component parts or equipment and systems.

c. Control and flow diagrams.

4.3.2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation.

4.3.3. Subcontractor may use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings - coordinate with CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

4.4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:

4.4.1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.

4.4.2. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.

4.5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.

4.5.1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:

a. Proper procedures in event of failure.

b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds.

5. MANUAL REVIEW AND PREPARATION SCHEDULE

5.1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER prior to start of preparation.

5.1.1. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments.

5.2. Submit three (3) copies of completed data in final form to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER at least three (3) months before the end of the project, for Owner review.

5.2.1. Copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance, with comments.

5.3. Submit copies of completed operation and maintenance manuals at least two (2) weeks before execution and have at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions.



5.4. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ten (10) days after final inspection or acceptance.

6. PRODUCTS

6.1. MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

6.1.1. Submit three (3) copies of complete manual in final form.

6.1.2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:

6.1.2.1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.

6.1.2.1.1. Catalog number, size, and composition.

6.1.2.1.2. Color and texture designations.

6.1.2.1.3. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products.

6.1.2.2. Instructions for care, maintenance and preventative maintenance.

6.1.2.2.1. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.

6.1.2.2.2. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product.

6.1.2.2.3. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

6.1.3. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products:

6.1.3.1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.

6.1.3.1.1. Applicable standards.

6.1.3.1.2. Chemical composition.

6.1.3.1.3. Details of installation.

6.1.3.2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair.

6.1.4. Additional requirements for maintenance data: Reference sections of Technical Specifications.

6.2. MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

6.2.1. Submit three (3) copies of complete manual in final form.

6.2.2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:

6.2.2.1. Description of unit and component parts.

6.2.2.1.1. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.

6.2.2.1.2. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.

6.2.2.1.3. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.

6.2.2.2. Operating procedures:

6.2.2.2.1. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.

6.2.2.2.2. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions.

6.2.2.2.3. Summer and winter operating instructions.

6.2.2.2.4. Special operating instructions.

6.2.2.3. Maintenance and Preventative Maintenance Procedures:

6.2.2.3.1. Routine operations.

6.2.2.3.2. Guide to "trouble-shooting".



6.2.2.3.3. Disassembly, repair and re-assemble.

6.2.2.3.4. Alignment, adjusting and checking.

6.2.2.4. Servicing and lubrication schedule.

6.2.2.4.1. List of lubricants required.

6.2.2.5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.

6.2.2.6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.

6.2.2.7. Original manufacturer's parts, list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.

6.2.2.7.1. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.

6.2.2.7.2. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

6.2.2.8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.

6.2.2.9. Each Subcontractor's coordination drawings.

6.2.2.9.1. As-installed color coded piping diagrams.

6.2.2.10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve.

6.2.2.11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

6.2.2.12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.

6.2.3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:

6.2.3.1. Description of system and component parts.

6.2.3.1.1. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions.

6.2.3.1.2. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.

6.2.3.1.3. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.

6.2.3.2. Circuit directories of panel boards.

6.2.3.2.1. Electrical service.

6.2.3.2.2. Controls.

6.2.3.2.3. Communications.

6.2.3.3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.

6.2.3.4. Operating procedures:

6.2.3.4.1. Routine and normal operating instructions.

6.2.3.4.2. Sequences required.

6.2.3.4.3. Special operating instructions.

6.2.3.5. Maintenance and preventative maintenance procedures:

6.2.3.5.1. Routine operations.

6.2.3.5.2. Guide to "trouble-shooting".

6.2.3.5.3. Disassembly, repair and re-assemble.

6.2.3.5.4. Adjustment and checking.

6.2.3.6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.



6.2.3.7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

6.2.3.8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.

6.2.4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel.

6.2.5. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Reference sections of Technical Specifications.

6.2.6. Draft O&M Materials are to be submitted for review with the regular specification submittals at the beginning of the project. Final O&M Materials will be turned over to the Construction a minimum of one month prior to substantial completion.



PROJECT MANUAL 01740-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01740 – Warranties and Guarantees

SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES

1 GENERAL

1.01 Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Subcontractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and Subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Subcontractor.

2 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS

2.01 Deliver all written warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents with the “Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER” named as beneficiaries. All warranties shall include labor and materials, shall be signed by the manufacturer or Subcontractor as the case may be, and countersigned by the Subcontractor. All written warranties shall be addressed to the Owner and delivered to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER upon completion of the Project, before or with the submission of Request for Final Payment.

2.02 In addition to all other warranties set forth in the Contract Documents or imposed by applicable law, Subcontractor warrants to Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER that the Work will be free from defects and performed in strict conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. This warranty survives the termination of the Agreement and shall only be extinguished by limitation periods imposed by applicable law and shall not be limited by any other provisions contained in the Agreement, including any provisions or time periods related to Subcontractor’s obligation to correct defective Work.

2.03 Subcontractor, upon signing the Agreement, shall obtain and forward to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER any and all Standard Product Warranties for products, materials and systems covered under its Agreement. The Manufacturer’s warranties do NOT relieve the Subcontractor from its warranty obligations under the Contract Documents.

2.04 Special Warranties shall become effective on a date established by the Project Team. This date generally shall be the date of Final Completion of the Project or Substantial Completion of the Project or portions thereof as agreed upon by the Project Team. In the case of acceptance of a portion of the Work or Project, separate warranties shall be issued for those specific portions of the Project that were accepted, and shall be dated the date the specific portion was accepted. As additional Work is accepted, separate warranties for those specific portions of the Work shall be issued and properly dated. Issuance of warranties for a portion of the Work shall in no way become the basis for Application for Final Payment.

2.05 If for any reason, the Bidder cannot warrant any part of the Work using products, materials, or construction methods that have been specified or shown, it shall notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in writing at least ten (10) days before the bid submission date, giving reasons together with the names of products and data on substitutions it can guarantee. Should the Bidder fail to so notify CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within this time period, it will be bound to all warranties and guarantees as set forth in the Contract Documents.

2.06 Related Damages and Losses: In correcting Work that has been rejected as defective or otherwise failing to conform to the Contract Documents, whether before or after Substantial Completion, Subcontractor shall bear all related costs, including, but not necessarily limited to, the cost to correct the Work, the cost to correct all other Work that has been damaged by the defective or non-conforming Work, or that is damaged in the process of correcting the defective or nonconforming Work, and the cost of all additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect and/or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s services and expenses made necessary thereby.

2.07 Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty with a specific time period has failed and has been corrected by Subcontractor, the warranty shall be reinstated for a time period equal to the original warranty.

2.08 Express warranties are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available to the Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER under the law.


PROJECT MANUAL 01740-2 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01740 – Warranties and Guarantees

Express warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which Owner or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may enforce Subcontractor’s duties and obligation or their rights and remedies under the Agreement and applicable law.

2.08.1 Rejection of Warranties: The Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserve the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

2.09 Where the Contract Documents require a Special Warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserve the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Subcontractor presents evidence that the entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.

3 SUBMITTALS

3.01 Submit two 2 written warranties to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within fourteen (14) days of Substantial Completion using the form found in section 01600-Forms and organizing the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. If the project Team's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3.02 When the Contract Documents require Subcontractor, or Subcontractor and a Subordinate Party to execute a Special Warranty, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for approval prior to final execution.

3.03 Prepare a written document utilizing the appropriate form, ready for execution by Subcontractor and its Subordinate Party(ies). Submit a draft to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for approval prior to final execution.

3.04 Warranties shall be held for each individual sub phase for the project. i.e. Haller/Lyons will have its own warranties, Ewing/Cross will have its own warranties, etc. Each warranty shall commence on the date that the individual phase reaches substantial completion.

3.05 For Each Sub phase, submit three (3) binders (two (2) binders with original copies and one (1) binder with copies), 2 CD’s of warranty binders, and an upload in PDF format to submittal exchange. Include a warranty contact list with all binders, cds, and uploads that includes at a minimum the name, address, company name, phone number, and email address of all manufacturers with submitted warranties and all project participants from your company.



PROJECT MANUAL 01750-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01750 – SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION, TRAINNIG & START-UP

SECTION 01750 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION, TRAINING AND START-UP

2 GENERAL

2.01 COORDINATE Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation and instruction of Owner's personnel through CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

3.01 When specified in individual Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to demonstrate operation of equipment and systems, instruct Owner's personnel, and provide written report that demonstrations and instructions have been completed.

3.02 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will provide list of personnel to receive instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at agreed-upon times.

4 SUBMITTALS

4.01 Submit preliminary schedule to CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for Architect's and Owner's approval, listing times and dates for demonstration of each item of equipment and each system, at least two (2) weeks prior to proposed dates.

4.02 Submit one (2) reports within one week after completion of demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date of each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration, with a list of persons present.

5 PREPARATION

5.01 Provide substantiating information that verifies equipment has been inspected and put into operation; testing, adjusting, and balancing has been performed; and equipment and systems are fully operational.

5.02 Submit copies of completed operation and maintenance manuals at least two (2) weeks before execution and have at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions.

5.03 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will develop a schedule for the system demonstration, training, start-up and turn over of all systems and equipment.

6 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

6.01 Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and systems to the Owner’s, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s and Architect's personnel two (2) weeks prior to date of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. Subcontractor shall document the testing, equipment start-up and training sessions as required using the following forms in Section 01600 Forms:

6.01.1 Equipment/System Acceptance - This form will be completed for each piece of equipment or system for each contract that requires operational testing and/or training before acceptance. This will document the date of testing, the equipment tested, names of personnel which witnessed the testing and acceptance.

6.01.2 Owner Training Register - This form will be completed for each contract that requires training to be provided to the Owner’s personnel. This will document the date of training, type of training, names of the personnel trained and acceptance of the training.

6.02 The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections or as mutually agreed upon between Subcontractor and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

6.03 Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, troubleshooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at designated location.

6.04 Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction and review the contents of the manuals with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance.


PROJECT MANUAL 01750-1 ISSUE DATE: October 26th, 2012 SECTION 01750 – SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION, TRAINNIG & START-UP

6.05 Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions.

6.06 Subcontractor is responsible for recording the training sessions. The recording should be of professional quality and the Owner should be provided with three (3) copies in DVD Format.
